HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR Department of Conservation and Land Management Annual Report 2001- 2002 2001- 2002 2001- 2002 2001- 2002

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 1 HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR

OUR VISION OUR PRINCIPLES OUR RESPONSIBILITIES

A natural environment In making decisions we will be guided The Department of Conservation and in Western Australia that by the following principles: Land Management is part of a greater retains its and • The diversity and health of ecological conservation community and has enriches people’s lives. communities and native species distinct State Government throughout WA will be maintained responsibilities for implementing and restored. Government policy within that • Where there are threats of serious or community. Conservation is a irreversible damage, the lack of full collective role. UR ISSION scientific certainty shall not be used O M as a reason for postponing measures We have the lead responsibility for which seek to prevent loss of conserving the State’s rich diversity of In partnership with the community, biodiversity. native plants, animals and natural we conserve Western Australia’s • Users of the environment and ecosystems, and many of its unique biodiversity, and manage the lands resources will pay fair value for that landscapes. On behalf of the people of use. and waters entrusted to us, for their Western Australia, we manage more • Use of wildlife will be on the basis of than 24 million hectares, including intrinsic values and for the ecological sustainability. more than 9 per cent of WA’s land area: appreciation and benefit of present • Outcomes will be delivered in the most its national parks, marine parks, and future generations. effective and efficient way. conservation parks, regional parks, • Cooperation, sharing and integration State forests and timber reserves, of resources and knowledge within the nature reserves, and marine nature Department and between reserves. communities and agencies will be promoted. OUR VALUES As an agency with integrated • We will adopt a flexible and responsive responsibilities, we manage lands and approach to management and In working to achieve our Mission, we waters for the conservation of operations and be receptive to change. endeavour to behave with: biodiversity at ecosystem, species and genetic levels, including management • Honesty and integrity – acting OUR OBJECTIVES for the renewable resources they ethically, legally and treating people provide, and for the recreation and with impartiality. Conserving Biodiversity – To protect, visitor services they can sustainably • Respect – understanding and conserve and, where necessary and support. respecting individual differences, possible, restore Western Australia’s valuing each other’s contribution, and natural biodiversity. We assist the Conservation and Land respecting the views and aspirations of co-workers and the community. Creating sustainable community Management Act statutory bodies (Conservation Commission of Western • Openness – having processes that are benefits – To generate social, cultural Australia, Marine Parks and Reserves transparent and understandable. and economic benefits through the provision of a range of services that are Authority, and Marine Parks and • Commitment – being responsible, valued by the community and are Reserves Scientific Advisory accountable and dedicated in our consistent with the principles of Committee) to carry out their statutory work. ecological sustainability. functions. We will demonstrate: Maintaining community involvement We work closely with the Forest and support – To develop community Products Commission to ensure that • Teamwork – working collaboratively awareness and appreciation of the all activities in State forests and timber and cooperatively with co-workers, State’s rich diversity of native plants, and in partnership with the animals and natural ecosystems, and reserves are consistent with the community. its unique landscapes, and promote protection of , • Leadership – being progressive, community involvement in and support community, recreation, cultural, showing initiative and creativity in for their protection, conservation and catchment and physical values. meeting our objectives. restoration. • Professionalism – acting in a We also contribute to national and professional, courteous and fair Improving the way we do business – international programs through manner, and using up-to-date and To foster a positive work culture of national Ministerial Councils, the sound scientific principles and trust, continuous improvement and Natural Heritage Trust, the work of anticipation of biodiversity accurate information in our work. organisations such as the IUCN (the conservation issues and customer • Value – delivering the best possible World Conservation Union), and to the needs, and deliver core business result for conservation through activities in the most effective and implementation of international continual improvement of our efforts. efficient manner. conservation treaties in WA.

2 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR

HON MINISTER FOR THE ENVIRONMENT AND HERITAGE

In accordance with Section 62 of the Financial Administration and Audit Act 1985, I submit for your information and presentation to Parliament the annual report of the Department of Conservation and Land Management.

Keiran McNamara ACTING EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR CONTENTS 30 August 2002 WHAT WE DO ...... opposite

EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR’S REVIEW ...... 4

HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR ...... 5

OUTPUT 1: NATURE CONSERVATION ...... 10

OUTPUT 2: SUSTAINABLE FOREST MANAGEMENT ...... 24

OUTPUT 3: RESOURCES AND SERVICES PROVIDED TO THE CONSERVATION COMMISSION OF WA (refer to page 72)

OUTPUT 4: PARKS AND VISITOR SERVICES ...... 30

OUTPUT 5: ASTRONOMICAL SERVICES ...... 43

GENERAL INFORMATION ...... 46 Regional Activities ...... 46 Specialist and Service Activities ...... 46 Disability Services ...... 47 Organisation Structure ...... 50 Corporate Executive and Other Senior Staff ...... 51 Lands and Waters (Map, p. 52) ...... 53 Corporate Services ...... 55 Fire Management Services...... 59 Fire Performance Indicators ...... 61

LEGISLATION AND COMPLIANCE ...... 62

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION...... 64

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ...... 79

APPENDICES...... 97

The Department is committed to THE OPINIONS OF THE AUDITOR GENERAL APPEAR AFTER THE developing a range of services that PERFORMANCE INDICATORS AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. meet the needs of our many customers, and at the same time are consistent with our responsibilities for conservation and land management in WA.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 3 HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR’S REVIEW

Western Australia contains a diverse The signing of leases for the living Around 5,600 people volunteer over range of ecosystems and landscapes. areas with the Kawarre Aboriginal 200,000 hours a year to the The southwest of the State is renowned Corporation and Kayiyirriwareny Department’s many and varied as one of the world’s 25 ‘hotspots’ of Aboriginal Corporation was the first activities throughout the year. As biological diversity. A number of native time that traditional owners in mentioned elsewhere in this annual mammal species that were once Western Australia had been granted report, this reflects an enormous level widespread across Australia are now full legal entitlement to live on their of enthusiasm and commitment to relegated to remnant populations in traditional lands in the State’s conservation by the community. the southwest woodlands, native conservation estate. But more forests or off-shore islands. The north importantly, it marked a further step in The involvement of traditional owners, contains some of the oldest landforms involving traditional owners in and the on-going participation of on the planet. The coastal environment conserving the land and the volunteers and community has remarkable features such as the ecosystems it sustains. organisations, is something that will Ningaloo Reef, one of the closest become increasingly important as the inshore fringing coral reefs found This is a partnership that has long conservation estate continues to grow anywhere. And the Shark Bay area is been lacking and one the Department under initiatives such as the State one of only 17 such areas world-wide looks forward to developing across the Government’s Protecting Our Old- that meet all four natural criteria for conservation reserve network. To this Growth Forests policy and the listing as a World Heritage Property. end, the Department has adopted a Gascoyne-Murchison Strategy. policy of increasing the number of Managing these ecosystems and indigenous Australians on its staff. The There is, of course, one particular landscapes is part of the Department’s Department’s vision is that over the section of the community that provides mission to conserve the nature of next few years, Aboriginal Australians an exceptionally high level of Western Australia. will comprise 10 per cent of its commitment and professionalism to workforce. the conservation effort – the A key part of this mission is to create Department’s staff. It is through their partnerships with the community to By involving Aborginal people in skills and dedication that the create awareness of – and support for – conservation and natural resource Department can muster broader conservation initiatives as well as to management, we aim to incorporate community support and in so doing, ensure that the community’s aspirations regimes that date back many conserve the nature of WA. for the natural environment are met. thousands of years. We will combine the ancient with the modern so that we The contributions and commitment of A major step forward in this regard better understand the land and how to the Conservation Commission of WA, during the year in review was marked conserve it for future generations. the Marine Parks and Reserves by a small, but highly significant Authority, the Marine Parks and ceremony in the Kimberley region in Another hallmark for the Department Reserves Scientific Advisory the State’s far north. The ceremony was the opportunity to celebrate the Committee and other advisory marked the granting of living areas for contribution of our many volunteers committees are also gratefully two groups of traditional owners in the during the International Year of the acknowledged. ruggedly beautiful Purnululu National Volunteer. Park, renowed for the beehive-shaped Bungle Bungle massif.

Keiran McNamara ACTING EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 30 August 2002

4 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR

New national parks, new facilities Leases for two living areas extending winner of the prestigious National over 1,000 hectares were signed with Salinity Prize sponsored by the Among the Department’s priorities has the Kawarre Aboriginal Corporation Institution of Engineers, Australia. been the implementation of the and the Kayiyirriwareny Aboriginal initiatives under the Government’s Corporation, two extended family The award recognises a new Protecting Our Old-Growth Forests groups that had been seeking the technology or other practical outcome policy. A key element of this is the living area leases since 1987. to address the major problem of creation of new national parks in the salinity in rural and urban Australia. southwest forests. The signing of the leases meant that for the first time, traditional owners in Toolibin Lake, 50 km east of Narrogin, During the year, proposed boundaries Western Australia will have full legal is one of the most important wetland for three of the new parks and entitlement to live on their traditional systems in the Wheatbelt. It is on the proposed new boundaries for an lands in a conservation reserve. It also Ramsar Convention List of Wetlands of expanded Wellington National Park opens the way for closer involvement International Importance and provides were released for public comment. of traditional owners in managing for up to 42 waterbird species. areas in national parks and working in The proposed new parks are Greater partnership with the Department to Work at Toolibin also has been a Kingston, north east of Manjimup; conserve their lands – now and for partnership among landholders in the Greater Preston, in the Preston River future generations. surrounding catchment and several Valley inland from Bunbury; and Government agencies, and highlights Greater Beedelup, which includes Purnululu National Park also was the progress that can be made in the major extensions to the existing nominated for World Heritage listing fight against salinity by combining a Beedelup National Park near during the year. The nomination was range of techniques such as tree Pemberton. put forward by the Commonwealth and planting, diversion drains and is expected to be decided at the World groundwater pumping. The Department also began an Heritage Committee’s meeting in mid- extensive upgrading of facilities at 2003. Salinity currently has claimed eight national parks and other conservation per cent of the Lake’s catchment and a reserves throughout the State. The Purnululu and its adjoining further 24 per cent – mainly works were funded through the conservation reserve cover 320,000 ha agricultural land – is at risk. As well, Department’s capital budget, Main and have exceptional natural values significant parts of the vegetation on Roads WA tourist road programs and such as the banded ‘beehives’ of the the lake floor are degraded, although an additional $2 million from the State Bungle Bungle Range, which rise to the current water quality and surviving Government out of a four-year 250 m above the surrounding plain areas of fringing vegetation have $25 million national parks works and are recognised internationally as enabled the lake to retain much of its program. being among the most spectacular nature conservation values. landforms on Earth. Many of the new works are in areas Since the early 1990s, tens of proposed to become national parks A significant feature of the area is that thousands of deep-rooting oil mallee including the Blackwood River Valley the traditions of indigenous owners trees have been planted in the upper and in the Walpole Wilderness Area. have survived despite the impacts of parts of the catchment. In 1995, a European colonisation. diversion structure and channel were Working with Indigenous people established to divert low volume, highly saline surface water runoff from The opportunity for Indigenous groups Salinity – national recognition for Toolibin into a nearby saline lake. It is to become more actively involved in community partnership estimated that about 4,000 tonnes of the joint management of key areas of Western Australia’s innovation in salt have been diverted from the lake the conservation estate took a major implementing projects to combat land since the system was established. step forward with the granting of living and water salinity was recognised when Since 1997, 12 deep bores have been areas for traditional owners in the recovery actions in the Toolibin Lake established and now pump more than Purnululu National Park in the area east of Narrogin were named the 700,000 litres of groundwater a day Kimberley.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 5 HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR from Toolibin. While pumping has extinct, bringing to 42 the total The flora additions include eight been slow to take effect in these number of presumed extinct flora species known only from a single environments, there now are signs that species that have been removed from population, including the Yellow- pumping is having a positive effect at this category in the past 10 years. leaved Nemcia (Nemcia luteifolia) from some sites on the lake floor. There are now a total of 531 wildlife the Stirling Range National Park, and species and subspecies listed as Club-leaved Synaphea, a new unnamed … and the combat continues threatened or extinct in Western species from near Pinjarra. Four Australia. This includes 154 known from only two A biological survey of the Wheatbelt animals, 348 threatened plants, populations – including a bitter pea carried out by the Department and 13 presumed extinct animals and (Daviesia glossosema) from the other institutions – currently being 16 presumed extinct plants. Stirling Range National Park and the prepared for publication – has revealed Branched Hemigenia (Hemigenia that as many as 450 native plant The seven presumed extinct plants ramosissima) from the Beaufort River species are threatened by salinity. rediscovered are: – were also added to the list. There are currently 127 native species • Eremophila vernicosa ms – a type listed as ‘critically endangered’, which of poverty bush found during a The nine fauna delistings include three means they may become extinct within survey by a rural community insect species – Guildford springtail a few years unless recovery actions are group; (Australotomurus sp.), a native bee implemented in the near future. (Leioproctus contrarius) and • Two salt heaths, Frankenia parvula Mogumber bush cricket and Frankenia conferta found Many of the threatened species and (Throscodectes xederoides), the Black- during a survey being conducted as ecological communities exist on footed tree-rat (Mesembriomys gouldii part of the State Salinity Strategy; private and other lands that are not gouldii) and five birds – the Princess within the conservation reserve • The Cranbrook pea, Nemcia parrot, Partridge Pigeon (eastern), system. However, it is particularly lehmannii, found by a Bushcare Purple-crowned Fairy-wren, Thick- encouraging that landowners are Support Officer; billed Grasswren and Western showing an increasing keenness to • The net-veined gyrostemon, Whipbird (western mallee). conserve native vegetation. The Gyrostemon reticulatus, which was appointment of permanent flora found in 1990, but only recently Two species of small mammal were conservation officers will give confirmed as the presumed extinct added as threatened fauna. These are landowners better access to the species; the Boullanger Island Dunnart and the knowledge and skills needed to • Ptilotus fasciculatus, a mat-like Barrow Island Mouse, each known only implement programs. mulla mulla, which had been from single islands. Ten of the other confused with the similar Ptilotus fauna additions are also only known Threatened species – the recovery caespitulosus which was added to from very restricted distributions and goes on the list in its place; and are small subterranean spiders, crustaceans, insects and a polychaete During the year, field survey work, • Haloragis platycarpa, an annual found in caves or underground water more detailed reviews and conservation plant found at Dalwallinu by the bodies. One trapdoor spider from the efforts resulted in 14 plant species and Department’s Regional Herbarium tingle forest (Moggridgea tingle) was nine animal species being removed consultant, and not collected since also added. from Western Australia’s threatened the original collection by species lists. However, while this was Government Botanist, James Four turtle species have also been encouraging news in relation to Drummond. added to the State list to achieve conserving the State’s biological consistency with national and diversity, ongoing revision of the The 14 species of flora removed from international threatened species lists. State’s flora and fauna resulted in a the list were found in the South West These are the Olive Ridley Turtle, further 35 animals and 22 plants being Land Division. Recent surveys showed Green Turtle, Hawksbill Turtle and added to the gazetted threatened that most of these species are now Flatback Turtle. species lists. found in sufficient numbers in protected and are therefore no Seventeen bird species were added to During the year, private individuals longer threatened with extinction. the list following a review of the Action and scientists rediscovered seven plant Two taxa were removed from the list as Plan for Australian Birds published in species previously thought to be they were determined to be hybrids 2000. These birds include a number of that do not meet the listing criteria.

6 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR marine species, which may not be and in other parts of Australia where Volunteers – a tribute to their located in Western Australia. They several species once thrived but now contribution include a number of albatross and have become locally extinct. The petrel species. The addition of these Department sent 50 woylies to New The Department recognised the species makes the State list consistent South Wales to help that State’s contribution of volunteers to the with national threatened bird lists. conservation agency re-establish the conservation of the State’s biodiversity species in areas where feral predator at a celebration to mark the Western Shield goes from strength to numbers have been controlled. International Day of Volunteers on strength 2 December 2001. Dibblers – a species listed as Western Shield – the Department’s endangered – were successfully re- The Department now has around 5,600 program that is helping bring native established in the proposed Peniup volunteers who contributed over animal species back from the brink of Nature Reserve east of Albany. 200,000 hours in the past year towards extinction through widespread fox and the Department’s activities. Five years feral cat control – continued Western Shield also reached a ago, this contribution was 70,000 throughout the year with the milestone during the year with the first hours. This increase reflects the successful reintroduction of several release into the wild of two critically enormous level of enthusiasm and species in many parts of the State. endangered species. Captive-bred mala commitment that volunteers have for (rufous hare-wallaby) and Banded conservation programs. New populations of tammar wallabies hare-wallabies were released onto and woylies were established in areas Peron Peninsula in the Shark Bay Volunteers come from all walks of life – such as the proposed Boyndaminup World Heritage Area. It was the first students, retired people, those with National Park, near Lake Muir, south- wild release of Banded hare-wallabies full-time jobs and those who work in east of Manjimup; Thames Forest on mainland Australia and the first the home. Their activities include Block (an area earmarked to become wild release of mala in mainland WA. assistance in wildlife management and part of the proposed Walpole research, the WA Herbarium’s Wilderness Area); the proposed Greater Mala previously had been extinct in the collecting and cataloging activities, Kingston National Park; and in the wild on mainland WA. It was once information services, interpretation, proposed Greater Hawke National Park. common and widespread throughout wildflower management, visitor most of the arid and semi-arid parts of surveys, participation in park planning All of the animals were sourced from Australia but is now found on the and management, coastal the proposed Tone Perup National predator-free Bernier, Dorre and rehabilitation, erosion control, Park, which had an abundance of Trimoulle islands off the coast of WA, historical research and work animals due to intensive fauna on the Peron Peninsula and in the experience. conservation management during the Tanami Desert. The Trimoulle Island past 10 years. population was recently established by The winners of the Volunteer of the the Department as part of the species’ Year awards were: Since the start of fox baiting under recovery plans. • Eggy Boggs, of Dalkeith, who Western Shield, both species have volunteers at Shoalwater Island; recovered remarkably and have been Similarly, the Banded hare-wallaby has • Gregg Thorn, of Kalamunda, who removed from the State's threatened been restricted to only Bernier and writes and publishes the Wildcare species list. The Department now lists Dorre Islands in Shark Bay although it Newsletter and assists with them as ‘conservation dependent fauna’. was previously found throughout the shopping centre displays and southwest of WA. activities at The Hills Forest Tammar wallabies also were Discovery Centre; and reintroduced into Julimar The wallabies released were part of a • Jane Scott, of Witchcliffe, who Conservation Park and Avon Valley captive-breeding program run by the assisted with the Cape-to-Cape National Park as well as to the private Department at Francois Peron National Walk Trail. Paruna Sanctuary run by the Park in Peron Peninsula. It is funded Australian Wildlife Conservancy. by the Department as well as the World Outstanding service awards were Heritage Program of the Natural presented to Reg Bebbington, of Safety The impacts of Western Shield are now Heritage Trust. Bay; Brenda James, of Yanchep; Alan being felt beyond the State’s borders Compton, of Redcliffe; Denise Gillies, of Dardanup; and Robert and Beth Boase, of Dowerin.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 7 HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR

To mark the International Year of the Conservation in the rangelands Dry summer, lightning test fire Volunteer, all Department volunteers management received a certificate and badge. An historic Commonwealth and State partnership has resulted in nearly In January, the Department was faced New structure for better service 3.2 million hectares being acquired with one of the worst weeks in 10 years since 1998 for future addition to the in terms of the number of bush fires The Department restructured its conservation reserve system in the that broke out on conservation lands. districts within the southwest as part Gascoyne-Murchison region. The The Department suppressed at least 55 of its objective to ensure regional and project – funded by the fires in national parks, nature reserves district staffing arrangements can best Commonwealth under the National and State forest from the Pilbara to the deliver the key priorities for nature Reserve System of the Natural Heritage south coast in a four-day period conservation, parks and visitor services Trust and by the State Government following a spate of lightning strikes. and sustainable forest management. under its Gascoyne-Murchison Strategy – will strengthen the In Karijini National Park, the Districts in each of the three southwest conservation reserve network in the Department faced five separate fires regions were amalgamated so that each region and provide long-term within a week. Three of the fires self- region now has two districts. The three protection for a range of ecosystems. extinguished when they ran into areas southwest regions are Swan, The region has a high level of that had been burned in the past two headquartered in Kensington; South- biodiversity with many species still years. The total area burned in the West, headquartered in Bunbury and unnamed. Park is estimated at 55,000 hectares. Warren, headquartered in Manjimup. During the year, the following pastoral In the southwest forest areas, the All the Department’s existing work leases were bought: Doolgunna, Department, with support from Forest centres remain operational and Narloo, Karara and part of Twin Peaks, Products Commission officers and additional Departmental officers are Yuin, Boologoroo, Bulga Downs, local volunteer bush fire brigades, now based in Northcliffe. The Cashmere Downs and Wooleen. The attended 46 fires within a three-day Department will soon establish a leases and part leases cover a combined period. This is the biggest number of presence in Denmark. These will total area of more than 589,000 lightning-caused bush fires in the ensure the Department maintains hectares. forest areas in more than a decade. The services including its fire management fact that so many fires were contained resources in southwest towns and The purchases mean that in the past to small areas was a significant communities. four years, the area of conservation achievement. The biggest forest fire – reserves and proposed conservation 225 hectares – was in State forest near This restructuring reflects the new reserves in the region has more than North Dandalup Dam, north of direction the Government has set for trebled. Dwellingup. the Department, particularly in respect to the creation of new national parks Under the Gascoyne-Murchison The prompt response was due to a and reserves and the reduction in the Strategy it is envisaged that 10 to 15 combination of a network of fire native timber harvest. It also provides per cent of the region will need to be in towers, aerial surveillance by the clearly defined career paths for staff the conservation reserve system to Department’s spotter aircraft and the with the levels of many Regional and meet national criteria and ensuring rapid deployment of waterbombers District positions upgraded to reflect greater representation for the region’s based in Perth and Bunbury. The the increased responsibilities and in diverse flora and fauna. bombers were particularly effective in some cases new positions. knocking down the headfire on many Several of the pastoralists who sold occasions enabling ground crews to their properties have chosen to remain establish containment lines. on the stations.

8 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 HIGHLIGHTS OF THE YEAR

The Department also hosted a three- Bunbury/Collie area. An estimated operation with the Perth Branch of the day symposium that looked at the additional 9,000 students took part in Wildflower Society of Western impact of fire on southwest the Western Shield Schools program Australia, to provide the community ecosystems. The symposium – attended during the year. The aim of these with information on seed by 350 fire managers, scientists, fire programs, designed for students from identification, collection, biology and fighters and community conservation Years 1 – 12, is to educate youth on the germination for a wide range of seed representatives – was part of a three- need for and complexity of types for Western Australian native phased strategy that aims to assist the conservation management, and to species; and a new series of visitor Department in ensuring its fire appreciate and become more aware of guides to WA’s national parks and management policies and activities are the natural environment around them. reserves. in line with the Department’s core Western Australia’s innovative objective of conserving the State’s conservation cadet unit, CALM Bush Three new titles – Waterbirds of biodiversity. Other parts of the strategy Rangers, involved almost 1,100 South-West Wetlands, Threatened have been an internal review of the students aged from 13 to 17 in Wildflowers of the Mid-West, and Department’s fire operations and a voluntary nature conservation work in Geology and Landforms of the South- broader public review to be undertaken conjunction with their local West – were added to the popular Bush by the communities. Eight new units were Book series during the year. More than Authority. established in high schools last year 200,000 copies of Bush Books have and the CALM Bush Rangers been sold since the release of the series Partnerships through communication collectively contributed more than in 1996. Working in partnership with the 180,000 hours to the study of nature community to conserve the nature of conservation and special projects from A range of new information services WA requires consistent, programmed as far north as Broome to Albany in the were added to the Department’s and strategic communications. A range south, and from inland Coolgardie to Internet site NatureBase during the of programs were conducted to create Kalbarri on the coast. year to meet the community demand awareness, appreciation and for free and easy access to information motivation for conservation, to Because of the steadily increasing they want on parks, wildlife, forests, advocate for conservation, to create community interest in environmental conservation and land management. partnerships and alliances, and to and conservation issues, and in nature- The site was modified to ensure that it encourage appropriate public based recreation in the natural areas meets accessibility guidelines for participation and involvement. managed by the Department, 182 people with disabilities and a major publications were produced during the revamping of the ‘For Schools’ section Eco-education school programs were year (see Appendix 10). This included began to increase its effectiveness in run for more than 23,000 students and four-issues of the multi-award-winning delivering conservation education teachers at The Hills Forest Discovery LANDSCOPE magazine; 18 issues of a programs to the community. The Centre in Mundaring and at the new publication entitled Seed Notes for popular web site received more than Wellington Discovery Forest in the Western Australia, published in co- 18 million ‘hits’ during the year.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 9 OUTPUT 1 OUTPUT 1: NATURE CONSERVATION

protection of representative from Alcoa Australia Limited, Cable HIGHLIGHTS ecosystems; and encouraging public Sands (W.A.) Pty Ltd, Iluka Resources • Twenty-five Western Swamp awareness, understanding and support and TiWest Pty. Ltd. Tortoises (Pseudemydura for nature conservation services and umbrina) introduced into a policies. The objective of Western Shield is to newly purchased site at facilitate the recovery of native wildlife Mogumber Nature Reserve. Note: The Department uses the populations by removing or reducing Further re-introductions of the National Strategy for the introduced predators. Native wildlife bilby, tammar wallaby and Conservation of Australia’s Biological populations recover naturally or are woylies under the Western Diversity definition of ‘conservation’, assisted through reintroductions of Shield Program. i.e. ‘the protection, maintenance, fauna back into their natural habitats management, sustainable use, throughout the southwest. • Over 100,000 ha of restoration and enhancement of the conservation lands registered natural environment.’ Monitoring of fauna across the under the Land for Wildlife southwest has continued to scheme. The Output performance can be best demonstrate the effectiveness of • The book “Biodiversity of the measured in three key areas: predator control in fauna recovery. Southern Carnarvon Basin” 1. Wildlife and habitat management. released summarizing the 2. Wildlife utilisation. Further research is being undertaken results of a biological survey of 3. Threatened species management. to develop suitable baits for feral cats. rangelands in the western part Trials have been undertaken to of the Murchison/Gascoyne The Roadside Conservation Committee investigate the most appropriate region. operates within the overall Nature baiting intensity in areas where Conservation Program to coordinate alternative prey (eg. rabbits) are • The removal of seven taxa from and promote the conservation and present or absent. Feral cats have been the list of presumed extinct effective management of native removed from Rottnest, Cocos-Keeling flora, primarily due to the vegetation on road and rail reserves for and Faure islands. Reconstruction of rediscovery of populations in the benefit of the environment and the the mammalian fauna on Faure Island the wild during flora surveys. people of Western Australia. The can now proceed and the translocation Department meets the cost of servicing of several threatened species is the Committee and obtains planned. Feral cat densities have been contributions towards the Committee’s significantly reduced on Peron Outcome achieved by: operations from Main Roads Western Peninsula, enabling the planned Australia and WestNet Rail. reintroduction of several species of The conservation of indigenous plants, threatened mammals on the Peninsula animals and ecological processes in WILDLIFE AND HABITAT to proceed. natural habitats. MANAGEMENT Output description Western Shield – Fauna Recovery Much of the Department’s work in feral cat control research is generously The development and implementation The Department’s wildlife recovery sponsored by the Wind Over Water of programs for flora and fauna program Western Shield continues to Foundation. conservation, for threatened species bait around 3.5 million hectares of and ecological communities and for lands it manages to control foxes and The community education program, commercially exploited species cats with more than 800,000 poison which includes activities at the Hills according to the principles of baits being used annually. Valuable Forest Discovery Centre, professional ecological sustainability, the corporate sponsorship has been development for educators and field acquisition, conservation and provided to Western Shield, notably camps for schools, maintained its

10 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 1 successful interaction with the WA Wetlands Funds for conservation land public by involving 14,703 students acquisitions were obtained from four The Department continues to Chair and teachers this year. sources: the Department’s annual the State’s Wetland Coordinating capital allocation; an allocation under Committee (WCC) and is actively Salinity Strategy the Gascoyne-Murchison Strategy; the involved in the implementation of the National Reserve System Program of Fieldwork and data collation for the Wetland Conservation Policy for the Natural Heritage Trust; and some State Salinity Strategy biological Western Australia (1997) (WCP). The funding from the Crown reserves survey of the Wheatbelt have been Department is represented on the component of the State Salinity completed. Patterns of biodiversity are Working Groups for Classification and Strategy. Additionally, a capital being analysed to provide the basis for Evaluation; Wetland Buffer Zones and appropriation of $501,000 was selecting additional Natural Diversity Wetland Loss - all of which have been provided from State Treasury for the Recovery Catchments in the region established by the WCC to address acquisition of 640 hectares adjacent to with the aim of preserving as much of Actions of the WCP. the Wheatbelt biota as possible in the the Wellington National Park for addition to the Park. The total face of increasing salinisation. More During the year $159,200 was allocated expenditure from all funding sources than 530 sites were surveyed for plants across nine wetland conservation for the financial year was more than and animals, with an additional 450 projects, with projects contributing to $3.15 million. sites being scored for plants alone, and the implementation of objectives and almost 5,400 species collected. actions of the WCP. Projects included With funds allocated under the the development and implementation Gascoyne-Murchison Strategy, the The Drummond Natural Diversity of management plans, research, survey, following pastoral leases were Recovery Catchment, north of Perth monitoring and education/information purchased during the year: Doolgunna, near Bolgart, was established under the (including visitor facilities). Narloo, Karara and part of Twin Peaks, State Salinity Strategy. This is the Successful projects involved wetlands Yuin, Boologoroo, Bulga Downs, sixth Natural Diversity Recovery that are listed under the Ramsar Cashmere Downs and Wooleen. The Catchment to be established for Convention, the Directory of leases and part leases cover a combined priority management. Important Wetlands of Australia, the total area of more than 589,000 Register of National Estate, and as Land Assessment hectares. threatened ecological communities. The Department continued a Acquisitions outside the Gascoyne- comprehensive biological sampling of As part of community consultation for Murchison Strategy area included the the Goongarrie area in the Goldfields. the implementation of the Rowles following: 11.5 ha for addition to the Collaborative work with the Western Lagoon Management Plan, the Woody Lake Nature Reserve in the Australian Museum, which surveyed Department facilitated a meeting with Shire of Esperance; 9.5 ha north-west the neighbouring Jeedamya dune areas stakeholders to establish a Rowles of Bullsbrook supporting an example of 20 years ago, has also been undertaken Lagoon management advisory group. the tumulus (organic mound) springs with a scientific paper being drafted Final stakeholder representation on of the Swan Coastal Plain; a 219 ha comparing fauna assemblages from the management advisory group is parcel of remnant vegetation in the this survey to the present. being negotiated between the Shire of Chapman Valley; 65 ha north- Department and the native title north-east of Eneabba supporting a A comprehensive biological survey and claimants for the area. wetland and a highly restricted monitoring program commenced on vegetation type; five parcels of remnant Lorna Glen Station. Lorna Glen was Land Acquisition vegetation in the Wheatbelt totalling purchased through the Gascoyne The Department acquired over 591,000 1,538 ha; and 1,355 ha in the Murchison Strategy and as part of the hectares of land of high conservation Ravensthorpe Range supporting a wide State’s commitment for management value during the year for future range of vegetation communities. of the area, the Department is addition to the conservation estate. determining baseline populations of Priorities for purchase are those areas The Department gratefully flora and fauna, and establishing containing ecosystems that are not acknowledges the significant monitoring protocols to evaluate adequately reserved in the existing contribution made by the management and recovery processes. conservation reserve system, and Commonwealth Government through additions to existing reserves that the National Reserve System Program would greatly improve their diversity of the Natural Heritage Trust, which or facilitate their management. supported most of the above purchases.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 11 OUTPUT 1

The contribution of the National The Advisory Committee for the Reserve System Program this year has proposed Dampier Archipelago/Cape amounted to more than $1.48 million. The Marine Parks and Reserves Preston Marine Conservation Reserve This support will continue to help in Authority (MPRA) met twelve times met three times and is expected to making significant progress towards during 2001–2002. A strategic plan finalise the details of the draft the establishment of a comprehensive, was prepared by the MPRA to provide indicative management plan during adequate and representative reserve clear guidelines for the Authority for the coming year. This proposal system in Western Australia. both operational and strategic matters, involves a relatively complex planning and a list of key policy subjects was process due to tenure legalities, the Traditional Landowner Liaison developed in consultation with the presence of existing major industry Department and the Conservation Significant resources were allocated to and proposals for future industrial Commission of Western Australia. the implementation of the signed development, and there was associated After consultation with relevant considerable interest from the major memorandum of understanding with stakeholders, the Authority endorsed a the Goldfields Land and Sea Council to stakeholders. The Department Moorings Policy, Guidelines for Mauds progress joint management and conducted extensive consultation to Sanctuary Zone (Ningaloo Marine support the Advisory Committee in its involvement of Aboriginal groups in Park) and the Application of the reserve management. This has consideration of the issues. Marine Management Area Reserve resulted in the following achievements. Category in a Marine Conservation Significant foundation work for the Reserve Planning Process. Further planning process to consider a • Four full-time Aboriginal trainees advice was provided to the Minister proposal for a marine conservation were appointed who work primarily regarding establishment of the reserve in the Geographe Bay/Capes/ for the Department, and at least proposed Jurien Bay Marine Park. The Hardy Inlet area was undertaken. This one week in four working for the MPRA also continued to provide advice included preparing environmental and Goldfields Land and Sea Council. to the Minister on matters relating to social information on the area, the marine conservation reserves vested in undertaking of an issues analysis to • The Goldfields Land and Sea the Authority. gauge the community’s knowledge Council appointed a part-time about marine conservation reserves Land Management Officer funded Extensive planning activities continued and to develop an understanding of the by the Department, to assist with throughout the year for the major issues, concerns and land management liaison between establishment of new marine expectations of the community. Early the Department’s Goldfields Region conservation reserves. This work consultation was held with key and the native title claimant focussed on the two Pilbara marine stakeholders in preparation for the groups. conservation reserve proposals. The expected appointment of an advisory Advisory Committee for the proposed committee and commencement of the Gibson Desert Nature Reserve joint Montebello/Barrow Islands Marine planning process in the coming year. management planning continued with Conservation Reserve held two significant consultation with meetings and finalised its Planning for the review of the Aboriginal communities throughout recommendations in respect to the Ningaloo Marine Park Management the Goldfields. There was also draft indicative management plan for Plan commenced. Background continuation of agreements with the proposed reserve. The Committee information was gathered to support Ngaanyatjarra people for assistance recommended that the Department the planning process and early with operation Warru, bilby work with the petroleum industry on a consultation was undertaken. This monitoring and work in the Gibson number of outstanding general issues review will be progressed in the Desert. related to management targets, coming year. environmental approvals processes and The Department’s Goldfields Region regulation of the industry in marine The Indicative Management Plan for commenced joint management conservation reserves. As a result, a the proposed Jurien Bay Marine Park negotiations for Lorna Glen and Government/industry working group was released for public comment in Earaheedy with the Wiluna Native Title was formed and met three times to October 2000. The plan has now been claimants through the Ngaanyatjarra address the issues. Once these issues amended following consideration of the Council. are resolved, an indicative management public submissions by the MPRA. The plan will be forwarded to the MPRA for Authority has made a recommendation consideration and Government will be to the Minister for the Environment advised on the release of the proposal and Heritage that the marine park now for public comment. be established.

12 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 1

The inaugural Department of Shoalwater Islands and Swan Estuary regards the Recherche Archipelago Conservation and Land Management marine parks, to monitor the ‘health’ region as one worthy of high priority Marine Conference was held in Perth of seagrass and macroalgae for consideration as a future marine during June 2002 and brought communities. This work should be conservation reserve under the together Department staff and key completed in 2003. Conservation and Land Management stakeholder representatives involved in Act 1984. marine reserve planning and/or Research through the Strategic management of the State’s existing and Research Fund for the Marine Departmental officers attended 21 proposed network of marine Environment (SRFME) began with the reported whale and dolphin strandings conservation reserves. Stakeholder commencement of three core research throughout the year, involving both participants were drawn from the projects and 10 doctoral programs, live and dead animals. These conservation, industry, recreational which cover a range of physical and strandings involved 21 individual and tourism sectors. biological topics, and involve both the animals, representing six species, characterisation and modelling of key including Bottlenose Dolphin, A joint MPRA/Departmental moorings ecological processes of the State’s Andrew’s Beaked Whale, Gray’s Beaked policy was adopted. This policy will marine environment. The Department Whale, Humpback Whale, Blue Whale provide guidance on the management was closely involved in these initiatives and Sperm Whale. The most of moorings in marine conservation through representation on SRFME’s commonly stranded cetacean was the reserves and addresses such issues as Technical Advisory and Joint Venture bottlenose dolphin. the designation of areas for moorings, Management committees. SRFME is a licensing of sites and provision of joint five-year $20 million initiative No mass stranding events occurred public moorings. being funded equally by the Western this year. Four entanglements of Australian Government and the CSIRO. cetaceans, all Humpback Whales, were The Conservation and Land reported during the year. The Management Regulations 2002, The first comprehensive summer aerial Department’s response team gazetted on 3 May 2002, provided for survey of dugong abundance and disentangled two Humpbacks, one the first time comprehensive distribution within the Shark Bay escaped contact and one is believed to regulations for the management of World Heritage Property (SBWHP) was have died. The Department trained marine conservation reserves. These conducted in February 2002. Satellite- South Australian officers in regulations will facilitate more effective based tracking of the movement disentanglement procedures and management of lands and waters by patterns of dugongs within the SBWHP provided technical advice regarding providing the Department with the also continued during the year under a appropriate equipment. ability to control activities that could collaborative program with the Shark impact on the marine environment. Bay Yadgalah Aboriginal Corporation Officers also attended 16 pinniped Specifically, this enables the Inc. This program is increasing the strandings throughout the year, implementation of management understanding of dugong movements including seven Sub Antarctic Fur strategies outlined in management and habitat requirements. Seals, three Leopard Seals and eight plans for marine conservation reserves. Australian Sealions. In most cases, Inventories of the State’s marine these animals were ill or injured. Four The establishment of a network of biological resources continued to be Sub Antarctic Fur Seals and one long-term monitoring sites in each of augmented through the development Australian Sealion were taken into the State’s marine conservation of broadscale shallow water marine captive management, successfully reserves was progressed during the habitat and wildlife distribution maps rehabilitated and released. Two year. These were established to for the Rowley Shoals, Ningaloo, Shark Australian Sealions and the Leopard monitor potential impacts of human Bay, Swan Estuary, Marmion and Seal were returned to the sea without activity and periodic natural, physical Shoalwater Islands marine parks. A the need for captive management. and biological processes. The number major series of studies to identify and of monitoring sites in the Ningaloo map the marine natural resources of Fire Impacts Marine Park was increased to 78. A the Recherche Archipelago began, with A study was done on the impacts of a total of 58 monitoring sites were projects being undertaken by the wildfire that burnt through the Nuyts established in the Rowley Shoals Department under collaborative Wilderness Area, Walpole Nornalup Marine Park and Mermaid Reef Commonwealth funding (Natural National Park, recording fire impact on National Marine Nature Reserve. In Heritage Trust) and the University of vegetation and fauna, and post fire early 2002, planning commenced for Western Australia under funding from regeneration and recovery. Particular the establishment of a network of the Fisheries Research and attention was paid to the fate of the monitoring sites in the Marmion, Development Corporation. The MPRA recently translocated Western

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 13 OUTPUT 1

Bristlebird population. Those in the The Voluntary Nature Conservation Advice was provided on a range of wildfire area were killed but others Covenant Program was established to issues including program priorities, survived in an adjacent buffer. encourage private landowners to and monitoring and evaluation. On conserve bushland of high nature advice of the Commonwealth, and in Off-reserve Conservation conservation value. In the past year, a recognition of the new structure being The Department’s Land for Wildlife new Coordinator and Technical Officer developed for the second phase of the Scheme is a voluntary program that have been appointed with three part- Natural Heritage Trust, the BRG was aims to increase the area of wildlife time or casual officers based in disbanded at the end of 2001. habitat on lands under private regional offices. To 30 June 2002, the management. To achieve this, program established 11 covenants in The Department continues to engage landowners or leaseholders are invited perpetuity on 20 titles covering a total with resource development companies to register their properties in the of 380 ha of land. A further 26 regarding collaborative management of scheme. An assessment is made of the covenants are in negotiation, covering lands adjacent to Department-managed quality of the wildlife habitat and a total of 4,331 ha of land. A reserves. The Department has two advice is provided to encourage land Stewardship Program to provide Memoranda of Understanding (MOU’s) management based on sound ongoing management advice and with mining companies who hold land ecological methods. Advice is also assistance to landowners is currently as pastoral leases adjacent to provided to allow landholders to obtain being developed. Department-managed reserves: Karijini assistance in fencing, replanting and National Park in the Pilbara, and managing wildlife habitats. The Department continues to manage Wanjarri Nature Reserve in the and lead the Commonwealth’s Natural Goldfields Region. The leases subject During the year, 167 properties were Heritage Trust Bushcare Program. The to the MOU’s cover an area of nearly inspected and assessed for registration State Bushcare Program Coordinator, 1.2 million hectares and are managed to the scheme. The total area of the Bushcare Administrator and five in sympathy with the core conservation properties visited was 75,583 ha, with Bushcare regional facilitators provided reserves. Management Advisory a total area of 8,894 ha being dedicated assistance to a range of key Groups for both MOU’s meet wildlife habitat. stakeholders in building regional and irregularly to share information on State capacity to deliver nature management issues and proposed To 30 June 2002, a total of 1,037 conservation outcomes. Support is also actions, research and education properties have applied to join Land provided to the Natural Heritage Trust opportunities. The MOU’s will be for Wildlife. Of these, 807 have been Grants Scheme, including reviewed during next year with the assessed, while 230 are awaiting a administration support and technical view to develop more formal visit. Those properties that have been assessment of applications seeking cooperative arrangements. assessed cover a total of 578,161 ha, funding. A total of $7.8 million was and include 102,691 ha of land whose provided to 31 new and 39 continuing During the year, two programs of the primary management purpose is projects during the year, with 53 per Department of Environmental nature conservation. cent of the funds going to community Protection were transferred to the groups. Department as partial implementation Land for Wildlife staff gave talks to 44 of the Machinery of Government Report. community groups and five school The WA Bushcare Monitoring and groups during the year, put up 17 Evaluation Program continued to Ecoplan is a community support displays at shows and organised 15 assess Bushcare funded projects and program that has been in operation field-days/workshops. Twenty-two assist in program management. since 1991 and operates through articles appeared in the media, including community partnerships. The three radio interviews and a TV segment. Twenty-six projects and around 270 program supports community sites were visited during the year to conservation volunteers and Friends Four issues of the magazine Western evaluate project outputs and outcomes. groups, raises public awareness about Wildlife and three new Wildlife Notes bushland and biodiversity values and were produced. The Bushcare Reference Group (BRG) undertakes education and training met two times during the year to programs for conservation volunteers. At the State Landcare Conference, a provide advice to the Department and In February 2002, the program Land for Wildlife Officer was ‘runner- Environment Australia on the delivery together with one full time staff up’ in the inaugural Landcare of the Bushcare program in the State. member moved from the Department Professional of the Year Award, and The BRG includes State Government, of Environmental Protection to the ‘Western Wildlife’ won the State section non-government organisations and Department. of the Sigma Landcare Media Award. community group representation.

14 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 1

The Ecoplan Bushland Care Day by the Cooperative Research Centre on BIOLOGICAL SURVEY program operates in conjunction with Weed Management to identify and Conservation Volunteers Australia. establish an effective biological control In September 2001, the Minister for During the year there were four agent for Blackberry in the southwest the Environment released Biodiversity bushland care days with a total of the State. of the Southern Carnarvon Basin, a attendance of 360 volunteers. 595 page book that summarized the The State Herbarium has assisted in results of Department of Conservation The award winning (2001 WA Adult the detection and identification of a and Land Management and Western Learners Awards) Skills for Nature number of new weed infestations and a Australian Museum’s biological survey Conservation Education and Training potentially serious environmental between 1994 and 1996 of rangelands Program operates in conjunction with weed, Canary Island Wort, was detected in the western part of the Murchison/ Greening Australia (WA) and the Swan near Hopetoun and controlled. Gascoyne region. Sixty-three terrestrial Catchment Centre. Twenty Skills for and 56 wetland sites were surveyed and Nature Conservation workshops and Regional community herbaria have almost 1,600 species of plant and seminars are conducted throughout continued to demonstrate their value animal were recorded. Current patterns the year. Eight workshops have been in the early detection and of biodiversity were documented and conducted in 2002 with an attendance identification of new weeds and weeds the additional habitats requiring of 180, participating in over 720 hours that have expanded their historic protection to ensure the reserve system of workshops and skills training. distribution. is comprehensive, adequate and representative were identified. Ecoplan News is published quarterly Mining Management with a circulation of 1,800. Two copies In January 2002, a report on the Liaison with the mining industry Western Australian component of the have been produced since February 2002. continued through dealing with Alcoa First National Assessment of River Bauxite, Worsley Bauxite, Boddington Part of the former Department of Health was released. The report Gold, MELC, Eneabba Mineral Sands described the development of AusRivAS Environmental Protection Bioregional operations, the Pilbara Iron Ore models that use the invertebrate fauna Planning Branch was transferred to the Environmental Committee, State of a river as a measure of its ecological Department. This was associated with Gravel Strategy Management Group the Salinity Strategy 2000 task - condition and then the use of these and State Lime Strategy Steering models to assess all major rivers in the working with agencies and Committee. Staff reviewed numerous State. Rivers in northern Western communities to develop environmental annual reports for mining operations objectives and criteria for identifying Australia are mostly in good condition, on Department managed lands and although degradation is evident in priority environmental assets when assisted other agencies to review some long-grazed areas. In southern planning salinity action at property, reports and proposals that impacted on catchment, regional and State level Western Australia, only the Shannon conservation values both on and off River catchment is in good condition, scales. This function will continue reserved land. within the Department, particularly although many forested sections of with respect to bioregional planning. other rivers are also healthy. Coastal Environmental Protection Section Plain and Wheatbelt rivers are coordinated and commented on 11 Weeds degraded. formal assessments by the EPA. A total The Department continued to be of 90 mining tenement applications Fieldwork for a three-year project on represented on the State Weed Plan were processed in consultation with the Ord River (with collaboration from Steering Group (SWPSG) during the the Conservation Commission of WA, the Geography Department, University past year. The State Weed Plan was and appropriate conditions imposed. of WA and financial support of the released by the Government and Tropical Savannas Cooperative provided guidance to government, The Department continues to pursue Research Centre) to construct an industry and community stakeholders conservation opportunities by overview of the bio-physical attributes on weed management. Work identifying land to replace/offset land and processes occurring on the river progressed on establishing a State impacted by mining activity and was completed. An important result Weed Council. bringing these to the attention of was the documentation of change mining companies. Compensation for caused by dams, and this information The Department continues to provide loss of conservation values is also is being used to help formulate support to research being undertaken sought for operations impacting upon Environmental Water Requirements Departmental- managed lands. and a Water Allocation Plan for the lower Ord.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 15 OUTPUT 1

THE WA HERBARIUM More than 280 new names were added Ministers for the Environment for the to WACensus, with lichen names being period 1998–2002. Under these The Western Australian Herbarium in compiled and undergoing refereeing. programs, commercial harvest quotas Perth added a total of 24,453 were set for each species for the 2002 specimens to its collection. The Three thousand nine hundred and calendar year. During 2001, aerial number of databased specimens is seventy one specimens were loaned out kangaroo population surveys were 528,972. Of the new accessions 1,327 from the Herbarium and 2,751 undertaken over the northern survey were Priority taxa, and 279 were specimens were received on loan from zone as part of the triennial survey Declared Rare Flora. other institutions. Eight hundred and program. As euros are difficult to ten specimens were exchanged to other count from the air, a baseline The Public Reference Herbarium herbaria, and 1,444 specimens were population estimate using air survey continues to attract professional received from other institutions to add estimates corrected by trial ground botanist consultants, tertiary students to the State collection. truthing has been calculated. and members of the public. During the year 1,517 visitors used this resource. The WA component of Australia’s The management program for Only a few specimens were added to Virtual Herbarium was initiated, with saltwater crocodiles and freshwater the collection, with main work three staff being employed for crocodiles in Western Australia undertaken in maintaining and databasing and curation. A new continued. The management program ensuring that the 12,869 specimens in database server was acquired by the covers all aspects of crocodile this collection were updated. Herbarium, and a new Spatial Database management, including crocodile Engine acquired for the WABiota population surveys and regulation of The Community Regional Herbarium project. The WABiota application has crocodile harvests, farming, processing project closed on 15 March 2002 due been migrated from a trial phase to and export. to the expiry of external funding. For pre-production, with a comprehensive the nine months another 2,178 testing phase to occur soon. Under the management program, specimens were added to the commercial harvests of live crocodiles collection, of which 87 specimens were Production Version 2 of Max, the for farm breeding stock development, Priority taxa and 20 were Declared Herbarium’s electronic specimen and limited harvest of eggs and Rare Flora. information download system, was hatchlings, can be approved. For released during the year. This version management purposes, these harvests The volunteer program continued to is a substantial improvement on are primarily restricted to the provide excellent contribution and Version 1, with features including GDA Cambridge Gulf area, where assistance to the work at the capabilities and enhanced name monitoring ensures that the wild Herbarium. During the year, 71 checking. crocodile populations are conserved. volunteers were on the roster, with 65 Surveys were again undertaken of each giving at least 50 hours or more Two issues of Nuytsia, the Department’s saltwater crocodile and freshwater of their time. The total number of taxonomic research journal, were crocodile populations in the Cambridge volunteer hours was 16,273 hours, published during the year. Gulf–Lake Argyle area during the year. being slightly lower than the previous year. Since 1990, volunteers have WILDLIFE UTILISATION A total of 5,930 fauna (other than mounted 152,138 specimens. The Department ensures that wildlife- damage, but including non- based activities are licensed, in commercial) licences were issued Number of Per cent accordance with the Wildlife during the year, a reduction of 11.6 per databased increase Conservation Act 1950, and conducts cent from the previous year (see specimens from last monitoring and investigations to Appendix 7). The decrease was due to a year ensure compliance with legislation and reduction in the number of licences issued for the import and export of Algae 5,586 2.6 the licences issued. Mosses 4,942 7.8 fauna and fauna products along with Liverworts 1,295 19.6 Management of the commercial smaller reductions in the number of Fungi 6,987 1.7 harvesting of kangaroos continued licences to farm fauna for commercial Lichens 5,876 17.1 purposes. The total number of flora Ferns 2,902 4.5 throughout the year, with input from licences/permits issued was 1,962, a Gymnosperms 1,649 5.2 the Kangaroo Management Advisory Monocots 83,689 5.0 Committee. Kangaroo management decrease of 6.6 per cent from the Dicots 416,046 4.7 operated under management plans previous year, with the decrease in Total 528,972 approved by the State and Federal commercial flora licences being 5.8 per cent. The Department issued 480

16 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 1

Commercial Purposes Licences and whales, southern right whales are the The total number of damage licences 417 Commercial Producer’ Licences/ focus of whale watching activities in issued for birds was 290, an increase of Nurseryman’s Licences in 2001–2002. the Albany area. 17 per cent from 2000–2001.

The Flora Industry Data Management There were 43 boat-based dolphin During the year, Departmental staff System was updated. The majority of interaction licences, three in-water provided guidance to many people district and regional flora industry dolphin interaction licences and five regarding the legal requirements of staff can now access the database to boat-based dugong interaction licences conservation legislation. Verbal obtain information on the industry issued. No in-water sealion interaction warnings were issued for minor operation in their management areas, licences were issued, however 21 boat- offences as appropriate. Three hundred and input flora industry based Australian sea lion/ New Zealand and twenty six offences under the endorsements. fur seal interaction licences were Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 and issued. Regulations and 152 offences under Intensive management of Banksia the Conservation and Land hookeriana, Boronia megastigma, Twelve Whale Shark interaction Management Act and Regulations were Stirlingia latifolia, Verticordia nitens, licenses were issued for the year. the subject of written reports. In and eucalyptus stems used for making Passenger numbers increased from addition, 18 offences under the didgeridoos continued during the 3,193 (2000–2001) to 4,332 (2001– Agriculture and Related Resources year. Monitoring of Banksia 2002), a 36 per cent increase. Protection Act and Regulations were hookeriana and Dasypogon prosecuted for illegally importing and bromeliifolius continued to determine Problem Wildlife and Offences keeping prohibited bird species. To their regeneration following Departmental staff provided advice on a date, action in 131 matters under the disturbance/fire and harvesting wide range of wildlife matters in Wildlife Conservation Act and 124 respectively. response to many thousands of matters under the Conservation and inquiries from members of the public. Land Management Act has been The Western Australian Flora Industry Calls involved sick, injured and completed. A summary of reported Advisory Committee met once during orphaned fauna; fauna causing a offences is presented below (see also the year, and provided flora industry nuisance, such as possums living in Appendix 9 for further details of management advice to the rooves and noise from frogs and offences). Department and the Minister for the ravens; dangerous fauna including Environment. The Minister THREATENED SPECIES venomous snakes and swooping MANAGEMENT supported a recommendation to ban magpies; and fauna, such as kangaroos, the Crown land harvesting of ducks and parrots, causing damage to The Threatened Species Scientific Andersonia caerulea, as a result of private property and primary Committee (TSSC) had previously met earlier research by the Department production. A summary of licences in October 2000, but the demonstrating that commercial issued is at Appendix 7. recommendations for changes to the harvesting causes death of the plant. lists of threatened flora and fauna Officers in the Kimberley and Pilbara under the Wildlife Conservation Act, There are currently four flora industry received six reports of problem whilst having been endorsed by the management teams; Southern, Swan crocodiles. Licences to remove the six Minister for the Environment and Region, Warren Region and Northern saltwater crocodiles from the wild were Heritage, had not been gazetted by 30 Sandplains. These groups meet as is issued because of the threat they posed June 2001. These amendments were necessary to coordinate the industry to public safety. Other dangerous gazetted on 14 August 2001. and to discuss management issues. fauna licences were issued for magpies Marine Interactions (74), butcherbirds (2) and galahs (1) at The TSSC met again twice during the an airstrip that represented a risk of year, on 30 August 2001 and 14 March A total of 107 whale-watch boat-tour bird strike on aircraft. 2002. The changes recommended at operators are licensed Statewide, an the August 2001 meeting were increase of 11 (11.1 per cent ) on last Fauna causing damage resulted in 62 endorsed by the Minister for the year. Licensed operators from various licences issued for emus, 927 licences Environment and Heritage, and were centres around the State carried a for grey kangaroos, 34 licences for gazetted on 9 April 2002. The total of 22,498 passengers. This is a western long-billed corellas, 45 recommended changes from the March decrease of nine percent from the licences for twenty-eight parrots, 20 2002 were not referred to the Minister, previous season. While these tours licences for galahs and 24 licences for as at 30 June 2002, and consequently were primarily based on humpback Australian ravens. were not gazetted at that time.

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 17 OUTPUT 1

As at 30 June 2002, the fauna listing Department’s Priority Flora list and 14 Department and many members of the has 154 taxa threatened with transferred from the declared rare rural community. extinction. Three taxa of mammals flora, and 26 taxa were deleted from were added to the list and one deleted, the list on the basis of further survey Regional and District Threatened Flora while 7 subspecies of existing taxa and taxonomic review and 19 transferred Recovery Teams coordinated the were listed to provide greater to declared rare flora. A total of 2,066 recovery of threatened flora, and in definition of the threatened entities. taxa are listed as Priority Flora. some cases Threatened Ecological Seventeen bird taxa were added, Communities, in the South West, principally as a result of including a Volunteers continue to make a Warren and Swan Department Regions, number of seabirds listed under the significant contribution to the survey and the Geraldton, Merredin, Albany, Action Plan for Australian Birds, and effort for declared rare and priority Moora, Katanning and Narrogin four taxa deleted. Four reptiles, six flora, accounting for 17 per cent of the Districts. Recovery teams also operate arachnids, four crustaceans and a year’s surveys, an increase of seven per for particular threatened ecological polychaete were added, while a cricket, cent from last year. Seven per cent of communities: Toolibin Lake, a native bee and a springtail were volunteer reports came through the sedgelands in Holocene dune swales, deleted from the list. Regional Herbarium program. thrombolites of Lake Richmond, Department staff accounted for 75 per thrombolites of Lake Clifton, aquatic Thirteen taxa of fauna are listed as cent of the reports received. Of the root mat community of caves of the presumed to be extinct, 30 bird species 1,704 populations inspected during the Swan Coastal Plain and montane are specially protected because of their year, 148 were new declared rare flora thicket and heath community (Stirling listing under the Japan and Australia populations, and 436 new priority flora Range). The North West Cape Karst Migratory Bird Agreement and the populations. Management Advisory Committee China and Australia Migratory Bird oversees the preparation and Agreement, and 11 taxa are otherwise Flora and Fauna and Ecological implementation of recovery plans for specially protected. The Priority Communities Recovery Teams Camerons Cave and Cape Range Fauna List has 194 taxa. During the year implementation of remipede (Bundera Sinkhole) recovery plans continued for the communities, and the Lake Bryde With respect to flora, there are following species of threatened fauna: Recovery Catchment Team covers two currently 348 taxa of extant declared Gilbert’s potoroo, numbat, dibbler, occurrences of the Muehlenbeckia and rare flora and 16 listed as presumed to southcoast threatened birds (noisy Tecticornia lakebed community. be extinct. During the year, 21 taxa scrub-bird, western bristlebird, were added to the extant list, and 14 western whipbird and western ground The project to identify and conserve deleted from the list due to studies parrot), Muir’s corella, Carnaby’s black- threatened ecological communities determining that the taxa were either cockatoo, western swamp tortoise, (TECs) in the agricultural southwest of more common than previously Lancelin Island skink, orange-bellied Western Australia, (previously funded thought, or were now adequately and white-bellied frogs. by Natural Heritage Trust) is now reserved. Seven taxa were removed Implementation of the National being funded by the State Salinity from the list of flora presumed to be Recovery Plan for the malleefowl Strategy and concentrates on TECs extinct. In addition to the five continues, with the involvement of the threatened by salinity and water- rediscovered last year, Haloragis platycarpa was also rediscovered and taxonomic confusion was sorted out 2000–2001 Reported Offences 2001–2002 Reported Offences between two species of Ptilotus, with 30-6-2001 Revised As at 30-6-2002 Ptilotus fasciculatus being removed from the list, and Ptilotus caespitulosus Total Offences Reported 305 315 Total Offences Reported 478 being added to the list. The presumed Convictions 23 59 Reported Convictions 39 extinct flora species Stachystemon Dismissals 0 0 Dismissals 0 Letters of Warning 120 138 Letters of Warning 129 nematophorus, previously known as No Further Action 51 87 No Further Action 87 Pseudanthus nematophorus, was Pending 111 28 Pending 111 rediscovered by Department Total Fines $11,450.00 $20,250.00 Total Fines $6,050.00 volunteers at Kalbarri following the Total Costs $1,943.00 $5,897.35 Total Costs $2,141.90 TSSC meeting in March 2002. It will soon be transferred to the extant list. Note 1: Figures for 2000–2001 reported offences are updated from those included in last year’s report under the Revised column. A further 42 taxa were added to the Note 2: See Appendix 9 for details of 2001–2002 offences. In the 2001–2002 figures above and in Appendix 9 Conservation and Land Management Act and Regulation offences are shown for the first time and accounts for the large increase in the number of total offences.

18 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 1 logging. Two other TEC projects Recovery Plans and Interim Recovery The following interim recovery plans for funded by the NHT, one identifying and Plans Western Australian threatened species conserving TECs in the rangelands and and communities have now been One Recovery plan was published the other implementing Interim adopted under the Commonwealth’s during the year: Recovery Plans for critically Environment Protection and Wildlife Management Program No. 35 endangered TECs, continue. Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999: Sunset Frog Recovery Plan 2001–2006. Ecological Communities Recovery The Western Australian Threatened Wongan Gully Acacia, Acacia pharangites Western Woolly Cyphanthera, Cyphanthera Threatened communities of native Species and Community Unit odgersii plants and animals are given additional celebrated the approval of the 100th Blunt Wattle, Acacia aprica ms protection under new arrangements Interim Recovery Plan (IRP) during the year. IRPs are mostly written for announced recently by the Minister for Orange-flowered Wattle, Acacia auratiflora critically endangered species and ms the Environment and Heritage. The ecological communities in order to Minister has adopted a list of 68 Spiral Fruited Wattle, Acacia cochlocarpa prescribe urgent recovery actions subsp. cochlocarpa ms threatened ecological communities needed to address the threatening maintained by the Department and will Spreading Grevillea, Grevillea humifusa processes most affecting their ongoing consider future recommendations from Green Hill Thomasia, Thomasia sp. Green survival. Since the last Annual Report, the Department of such communities Hill 13 Interim Recovery Plans were for inclusion on the Ministerial list. Gingin Wax, Chamelaucium sp. Gingin approved, including eight for threatened The list identifies threatened ecological Rough Emu Bush, Eremophila scaberula flora and five for threatened ecological communities as being Critically communities. Hinged Dragon Orchid, Drakonorchis Endangered, Endangered or Vulnerable, drakeoides ms these categories being arrived at by Those flora IRPs approved were: Giant Andersonia, Andersonia axilliflora scientific appraisal against criteria Lonely Hammer Orchid, Drakaea isolata ms Prostrate Flame Flower, Chorizema humile based on those used internationally for (No. 81) Pungent Jacksonia, Jacksonia pungens ms threatened species. Bancroft’s Symonanthus, Symonanthus Trigwell’s Rulingia, Rulingia sp. Trigwell bancroftii (No. 84) Bridge The list approved by the Minister Butterfly-leaved Brachysema, Brachysema Abba Bell, Darwinia sp. Williamson includes such well-known ecological papilio (No. 85) Winged-fruited Lasiopetalum, Lasiopetalum communities as Toolibin Lake near Whorled eremophila, Eremophila verticillata pterocarpum ms Narrogin and Lake Clifton in Yalgorup (No. 99) Western Prickly Honeysuckle, Lambertia National Park, both of which are Vein-leaf Grevillea, Grevillea phanerophlebia echinata subsp. occidentalis Wetlands of International Importance (No. 100) Cunderdin Daviesia, Daviesia cunderdin under the Ramsar Convention. Less Silky eremophila, Eremophila nivea (No. 101) Milky Emu Bush, Eremophila lactea well-known threatened ecological Foote’s Grevillea, Grevillea calliantha (No. Dwarf Spider Orchid, Caladenia bryceana communities include remarkable 102) subsp. bryceana assemblages of cave dwelling animals Pythara Grevillea, Grevillea pythara (No. 103) Pinnate-leaved Eremophila, Eremophila on the Leeuwin Naturaliste Ridge, at pinnatifida ms Yanchep National Park and in the Threatened ecological community IRPs Scott River Boronia, Boronia exilis limestone caves and sink-holes of the approved were: Cape Range Peninsula. Split-leaved Grevillea, Grevillea althoferorum Unwooded fresh water lakes of the southern Many plant assemblages are also on the Wheatbelt of Western Australia, dominated Mallee Box, Eucalyptus cuprea list, and include some like the by Muehlenbeckia horrida subsp. abdita, Shrubland Association on Southern Swan ‘Shrublands on southern Swan Coastal and Tecticornia verrucosa across the lake Coastal Plain Ironstone (Busselton area) floor, and Muehlenbeckia horrida subsp (Southern Ironstone Association) Plain Ironstones (Busselton area)’ and abdita. IRP 2001-2006. (replaces No. 48 and ‘Montane Thickets and heaths of the Cinnamon Sun Orchid, Thelymitra manginii includes Muehlenbeckia horrida subsp ms. eastern Stirling Range’ that contain abdita) (No. 92) Small-flowered Snottygobble, Persoonia many threatened species of plants. In Plant assemblages of the Moonagin System micranthera both cases dieback disease caused by (No. 105) Scaly-leaved Featherflower, Verticordia Phytophthora cinnamomi is a major Lesueur-Coomallo Floristic Community A1.2 spicata subsp. squamosa threat to both the threatened species (No. 106) Quartz-loving Synaphea, Synaphea and the threatened ecological Plant assemblages of the Inering System quartzitica communities. (No. 107) McCutcheon’s Grevillea, Grevillea maccutcheonii

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 19 OUTPUT 1

Montane Thicket and heath of the South Hook-point poison (Gastrolobium several critically endangered species West Botanical Province, approximately hamulosum) being successfully regenerated for 900 m above sea level Ironstone petrophile (Petrophile recovery work more than five years latericola) Aquatic Root Mat Communities numbers 1-4 after initial storage. of caves of the Leeuwin-Naturaliste Ridge Mt Lesueur grevillea (Grevillea batrachioides) Ironstone Grevillea, Grevillea elongata In September 2001, the Western Thick-billed Grasswren (western Australian Millennium Seed Bank The five threatened ecological subspecies), Amytornis textilis textilis Flora Conservation Project was communities featured in such posters Community of Tumulus Springs (organic launched between the Department of are: mound springs) of the Swan Coastal Plain Conservation and Land Management, Plant communities on ironstone and Muchea Shrublands and Woodlands on Muchea the Botanic Gardens and Parks limestone (near Perth) Limestone Authority, and the Royal Botanic Woodlands of the Swan Coastal Plain Eastern shrublands and woodlands (Swan (eastern side) Gardens, Kew, United Kingdom. The Coastal Plain community 20c) Thrombolites of Lake Clifton and Lake project will be funded by the Royal Corymbia calophylla - Kingia australis Richmond Botanic Gardens, Kew, for up to ten woodlands on heavy soils Monsoon thickets of the coastal sand dunes years and will involve the collection Corymbia calophylla - Xanthorrhoea preissii of Dampier Peninsula of seed from more than 1,400 rare woodlands and shrublands The species-rich fauna community of the and threatened Western Australian Roebuck bay intertidal flats Shrublands and woodlands on Perth to plant taxa with storage of the seed to Gingin ironstone Translocations take place jointly at Department’s Elegant Spider Orchid, Caladenia elegans ms Threatened Flora Seed Centre and Phalanx Grevillea, Grevillea dryandroides Translocations (including the Botanic Gardens and Parks subsp. dryandroides reintroductions, introductions and Authority seed storage facility and at Narrow Curved-leaf Grevillea, Grevillea restocking) continue to be very the Royal Botanic Gardens Kew curviloba subp.incurva valuable in conserving threatened Millennium Seed Bank facility in the Blue Babe-in-the-cradle Orchid, Epiblema species. Translocation proposals for United Kingdom. grandiflorum var. cyaneum ms. threatened and conservation Wongan Cactus, Daviesia euphorbioides dependent fauna and declared rare During the year 101 collections of Curved-leaf Grevillea, Grevillea curviloba flora approved during the year are seed were collected under the subsp. curviloba listed opposite. Millennium Seed Bank Flora Aquatic Root Mat Community of Caves of Conservation Project, and 34 the Swan Coastal Plain Monitoring of previous translocations collections forwarded to the Royal is demonstrating that reintroduced Gillham’s Bell, Darwinia oxylepis Botanic Gardens at Kew. The populations of threatened or priority Late Hammer Orchid, Drakaea confluens remaining collections are being species are establishing sustainable ms cleaned, counted and databased prior populations where predator control is Albany Cone Bush, Isopogon uncinatus to being sent to Kew. maintained. Examples are presented in Stirling Range Beard Heath, Leucopogon the Performance Indicator section of gnaphalioides A three-year collaborative study this and previous annual reports. between the Department of Information Posters Western Everlasting Conservation and Land Management, Land and Water Australia and CSIRO Information Poster were produced for The Department’s Threatened Flora Plant Industry commenced in 11 flora species as follows: Seed Centre continues to provide an October 2001 to investigate the important focus for flora recovery Quartz-loving synaphea (Synaphea genetic and ecological viability of programs. The Centre’s gene-bank quartzitica) plant populations in remnant Spiral fruited wattle (Acacia currently holds collections from 1,001 vegetation. The study will quantify populations of rare and threatened cochlocarpa subsp. cochlocarpa) the factors that influence the viability flora with 84 of the 119 critically Split-leaved grevillea (Grevillea of plant populations in two althoferorum) endangered flora represented. contrasting agricultural landscapes Spreading grevillea (Grevillea in NSW and WA and explore how humifusa) Research conducted in the Centre has these are affected by characteristics of Tufted plumed featherflower shown that seeds from rare and remnants such as size, disturbance (Verticordia plumosa var. ananeotes) threatened species from the southwest Abba bell (Darwinia sp. Williamson) and landscape position. Three of Western Australia can be stored Blunt wattle (Acacia aprica) species with contrasting life-histories under low temperature and low Butterfly-leaved brachysema have been selected for study in the moisture conditions, with seeds of (Brachysema papilio) Kwongan shrublands and heathlands

20 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 1 of the Dongolocking area in the events are in relation to pollinator physical and biological interactions Wheatbelt. Work is currently behaviour, reproductive output and which influence the dynamics within underway to identify thresholds of recruitment. populations. It is expected that this population size and landscape context work will allow the construction of required for genetic and ecological Experimental translocations of demographic models and population viability of contrasting life-history critically endangered plants have persistence probabilities, and provide classes. The project is unique in continued, with 15 taxa completed to guidelines on how many individuals combining molecular genetic and date. Apart from the successful and how many populations are demographic approaches to identify establishment of new populations of necessary for taxa to persist. It will key biological processes affecting critically endangered plants these also provide practical guidelines and population performance and translocations are also aimed at experimentally derived techniques for determining under what remnant developing appropriate translocation increasing population size in these vegetation conditions they limit techniques for a range of site critically endangered plants. viability and remnant conservation conditions such as soil type, landform, value. vegetation and climate. A second Phosphite Program important outcome is the development Nineteen sites covering 165 hectares Ongoing flora recovery research of protocols for assessing and were aerially sprayed with phosphite includes the use of DNA based predicting translocation success based during 2001 –2002, comprising 126 molecular markers to identify on monitoring and population hectares in Stirling Range National conservation units, resolve systematic modelling of each experimental Park and 39 hectares on road reserves, problems in threatened flora, and to translocation. To date all taxa nature reserves and private property assess the effects of recent translocated during the last four years south of Busselton. Twelve fragmentation and reduction in have flowered and set seed, and one Phytophthora – susceptible declared population size on genetic diversity species has naturally recruited second rare flora species were treated in the levels in populations of critically generation plants. Translocations are Stirling Ranges and three species endangered Acacia, Banksia, currently underway for a further three treated near Busselton. Eucalyptus, Grevillea, Verticordia and taxa and more are planned for 2003. Dryandra species. These markers are Three new sites were added to the also being used to determine patterns Research has also continued on program, two in the Stirling Range (for of mating and inbreeding within populations of critically endangered Daviesia pseudaphylla), and one south populations of critically endangered Acacia, Grevillea, Synaphea and of Busselton (Grevillea mccutcheonii). species, and how significant these Verticordia taxa to investigate the

Translocation Proposals Approved for threatened flora and fauna 2001–2002

Species Source and destination

Rough emu bush From seedlings derived from seed from population 2 to Bulbarnet NR (introduction) Western Swamp Tortoise Perth Zoo to Mogumber Dibbler Re-introduction from Perth Zoo to proposed Peniup Reserve Bancroft’s Symonanthus Botanic Gardens & Parks Authority to Reserve 12985 and Reserve 23187 Shark Bay Mouse Perth Zoo to Faure Island (Shark Bay WA) Burrowing Bettong Heirisson Prong, (Shark Bay WA) to Faure Island (Shark Bay WA) Norseman pea From seed sourced from populations around Norseman and Southern Cross and introduced to sites located nearby in a water catchment reserve and Common land Butterfly brachysema Extension to translocation proposal approved in 2001 Abba bell Extension to translocation proposal approved in 2001 Maccutcheon’s grevillea Extension to translocation proposal approved in 2000 Foote’s grevillea Extension of original translocations approved 1998 and 1999 Woylie From Perup State Forest to Thames, Flybrook and Boyndaminup Forest Blocks Tammar Wallabies From Perup State Forest to Thames and Boyndaminup Forest Blocks, and from Tutanning Nature Reserve to Julimar State Forest and Avon Valley National Park

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 21 OUTPUT 1

ROADSIDE CONSERVATION Current membership of the RCC is: occurrence of environmental weeds on COMMITTEE roadsides. This is now an integral part • Department of Conservation and Land of all roadside surveys and provides a The Committee’s Terms of Reference Management (Chair) • Main Roads Western Australia useful picture of the individual species are “To coordinate and promote the • Australian Railroad Group present as well as an overview of the conservation and effective • Western Australian Local Government extent of weed infestation. Data from management of native vegetation on Association • Western Australian Wildflower Society these surveys is used to generate a road and rail reserves for the benefit of • Department of Agriculture series of maps that indicates roadside the environment and the people of • Fire & Emergency Services Authority conservation value, remnant vegetation • Greening Australia Western Australia Western Australia”. The Roadside on adjoining landscape and weed Conservation Committee (RCC) has no • Western Power • AlintaGas infestations of roadsides. The powers to regulate for, or enforce, the • Telstra Corporation Department’s Geographic Information protection of roadside vegetation. • WA Conservation Council Section of the Information Achievement of its Terms of Reference Management Branch now processes The Department of Conservation and is based on cooperation, liaison and the this data for map generation. voluntary acceptance by all who work Land Management and Main Roads in the roadside environment, of Western Australia each pay 50 per cent Liaison and Public Relations management practices, which maintain of the Executive Officer’s salary. The RCC has continued to liaise with a safe and efficient road system while However all other costs associated with State, local government and ensuring the sustainability of the many servicing the RCC are met by the community groups, e.g. Greening values present within the roadside. Department. Australia WA, landcare groups, Main Roads WA, FESA and the Department The care, control and management of During the past year the Roadside on roadside conservation issues. most public road reserves in this State Conservation Committee continued to Information regarding roadside are vested in local government meet on a quarterly basis. The conservation has been disseminated by authorities under the Local increasing public awareness of the a variety of mediums, such as written Government Act or Main Roads value of roadside vegetation has material for print media, displays at Western Australia under the Main resulted in a noticeable increase in country shows, response to public Roads Act. The management of the rail public complaints about alleged complaints regarding roadside network is privatised, and is under the excessive clearing of remnant conservation matters and requests control of the Australian Railroad vegetation in transport corridors. from the public for information. Group. Continuing education of agencies working in the transport corridor Training The past year has seen some changes to environment of the values associated the membership of the RCC, namely with this vegetation is necessary. During the past year the RCC the resignation of Water Corporation collaborated with Main Roads WA in GIS Mapping and Roadside Surveys from the RCC and the addition of the providing a series of two-day of Conservation Values Conservation Council of Western workshops for Main Roads staff and Australia. Also this year the This project commenced in 1987 and staff of term network contractors. To representatives from local government involves organising local community date, workshops were held at Northam, resigned from the RCC and have yet to groups to survey the roadsides within Bunbury, Albany, Kalgoorlie and be replaced. It is expected that two their local area. Training and support Geraldton. Additionally the RCC new local government representatives is provided for the volunteer data provided training workshops for a will take up positions on the RCC in collection. A feature of current number of Shires and community the near future. roadside surveys has been the desire by groups as requested. local community groups to map the

22 ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 OUTPUT 1

Performance Measures Output 1

2001–2002 2001–2002 Explanation of significant variation Target Actual Quantity Nature Conservation area 24.5 million 24.2 million Less land acquisition than expected in 2001–2002 managed (hectares) Quality Threatened species 472 502 Two threatened species notices gazetted. Change in number of +18 +48 Two threatened species notices gazetted. Timeliness Completion of management plans 100% 100% within specified timefames Cost Cost per hectare managed $2.63 $2.28

ANNUAL REPORT 2000–2001 23 OUTPUT 2 OUTPUT 2: SUSTAINABLE FOREST MANAGEMENT

landscape and other values in the long 1. Implementation of approved forest IGHLIGHTS H term, and encouraging public management plans and • Implementation of the awareness, understanding and support Government policies and Government’s Protecting Our for sustainable forest management, programs. Old-Growth Forests policy. services and policies. 2. Inventory and assessment of forest • Preparation of a discussion resources. paper for the Conservation This Output was created in the 2000– 3. Maintenance and enhancement of Commission of Western 2001 Budget Statements (May 2000) in biodiversity and other values. Australia to provide anticipation of the legislated 4. Provision for harvesting, stakeholders and the public establishment on 1 July 2000, with regeneration and growth of forest with an early opportunity to their respective statutory functions, of products in accordance with comment on aspects of the the Conservation Commission of approved management plans and in next forest management plan. Western Australia and the Forest line with the principles of • Provision of data to an Products Commission (FPC). The ecologically sustainable forest independent consultant for the enabling legislation for these management. assessment of other high Commissions came into effect on 16 conservation value areas in November 2000. 5. Partnerships. the southwest forests to be Working Arrangements considered for inclusion in the Consistent with the statutory purpose reserve system. of State forests and timber reserves as Following the separation of the • Formulation of indicative defined in the Conservation and Land commercial timber production boundaries for new Management Act 1984, this Output functions of the Department from its conservation reserves provides for the management of the conservation functions in November proposed in the Government’s forests and timber reserves on an 2000, work to consolidate the working forest policy. ecologically sustainable basis, arrangements between the Department • Review of sustained timber including: and the FPC has continued. This yield within the context of included the identification of key ecologically sustainable forest • implementing the Protecting Our planning and information services that management. Old-Growth Forests and other are provided by the Sustainable Forest • Provision of integrated forest Government policies; Management Division to a range of management, monitoring and clients, including FPC, other branches • ensuring that the values of planning services. of the Department and external multiple use forests and woodlands agencies. are maintained on an ecologically sustainable basis; and IMPLEMENTATION OF APPROVED Outcome achieved by: • providing for the harvesting, FOREST MANAGEMENT PLANS The development and implementation regeneration and growth of forest AND GOVERNMENT POLICIES AND of management plans and systems for products from State forest and PROGRAMS sustainable management of State timber reserves in accordance with forest and timber reserves. approved forest management plans Protecting Our Old-Growth Forests and in line with the principles of policy ecologically sustainable forest Output description Following the State Election in management. February 2001 the Government The sustainable management of State implemented its policy to end logging forest and timber reserves while The Sustainable Forest Management in nearly 99 per cent of Western maintaining or enhancing nature Output addresses five key areas of Australia’s old-growth forests by conservation, water, recreation, activity: reserving approximately 340,500

24 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 OUTPUT 2 hectares of the remaining old-growth on the indicative boundaries for the with priority given to displaced timber forests, and placing a moratorium on new conservation reserves is workers. Up to June 2002, 127 harvesting in the remaining one per progressively being undertaken by the displaced timber workers have been cent of old-growth forests, pending a Department. During the year, contacted and 75 declined interview. Of review of the forward timber harvest indicative boundaries were announced the 52 interviewed 35 have been plans and timber contracts to for the proposed Greater Preston, employed by the Department, of whom determine whether contracts could be Greater Beedelup and Greater 6 have since ceased employment. The honoured without harvesting this area. Kingston National Parks, as well as the Department has created 35 new Immediately after the election, action extension to Wellington national park. positions with funding provided to was taken to cease timber harvesting in Final boundaries for the new national manage the new national parks, and 25 old-growth forests. On 4 November parks to be created under the of these have been filled. 2001, the Government announced that Protecting Our Old-Growth Forests the remaining one per cent of old- policy will be established in New Forest Management Plan growth forests that had been placed consultation with the community. The Forest Management Plan 1994– under a moratorium from harvesting, Community-based advisory groups will 2003 will expire on 31 December 2003. would be permanently set aside. be formed to help with the preparation As part of the Government’s of management plans for the new restructure of the timber industry an The Government also placed an parks. The committees will represent accelerated process of preparation of immediate moratorium on timber the community’s conservation the next forest management plan harvesting in Palmer and Leach blocks recreation and cultural aspirations in continued during the year. near Collie, Helms block near Nannup each area. and the proposed expansion of the The Department is preparing the new Wellington National Park to undertake The forest policy commits to the forest management plan for the an assessment of the scientific, reinstatement of the 17 reserve Conservation Commission. A economic and community values, and proposals revoked by the then discussion paper, A new forest the impact of harvesting on salinity in Government during the RFA. Twelve management plan for Western those areas. The assessment, of the reinstated reserve proposals will Australia, was also prepared for the conducted by URS Australia Pty Ltd, proceed unchanged, however, five of Conservation Commission during the was completed in August 2001. the earlier reserve proposals would year. It was released in January 2002 Subsequently the Government limit access by Alcoa Australia and to provide stakeholders and the public announced proposed additions of Worsley Alumina Pty Ltd to known with an early opportunity to comment 14,500 hectares to Wellington National bauxite deposits or high levels of on aspects of the new forest Park. The forest blocks endorsed by mineral prospectivity on their State management plan that were well the Government for addition to the Agreement Act mining leases. State developed. Submissions received were park are Lennard, Gervasse, most of Agreement Acts protect the companies’ taken into account during the Davis and part of Lowden. The URS access to their lease areas and the formulation of the draft forest report commented that these blocks in agreement of both the State and the management plan, due to be released particular were ‘able to contribute to mining companies is required before for public comment in August 2002. the conservation of vegetation land use changes can be made. Alcoa The principles of ecologically complexes heavily impacted by and Worsley have agreed to relinquish sustainable forest management, as clearing for agriculture’. The area of their rights to some alternative areas described in the CALM Act, are the Westralia block placed under within their leases that will meet the focus of the draft plan, consistent with moratorium will be set aside from Government’s conservation objectives the old-growth policy commitment to timber harvesting. Of the remaining without jeopardising access to high manage the forests in line with the areas that were originally placed under value mineral resources. Negotiations principles of ecologically sustainable moratorium Arcadia, Yabberup, Leach have been held with the companies to forest management. The plan will and parts of Lowden, Mungalup, find alternative areas that have similar detail the additions to the conservation Palmer and Helms blocks will be conservation values to the earlier reserve system set out in the retained as multiple use State forest. reserve proposals. These areas are Government’s policy, and strategies for included in the draft of the next forest the protection of remaining old- As part of its forest policy the management plan. growth areas within State forest. The Government has committed to create draft plan will put forward two 30 new national parks, including the The policy commits to the creation of management scenarios for public 12 new national parks proposed under 130 new jobs in the Department of comment as part of the process of the Regional Forest Agreement (RFA), Conservation and Land Management determining final sustained timber and two new conservation parks. Work and the Forest Products Commission, yield figures.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 25 OUTPUT 2

The following reviews and inquiries Implementation of the Regional Forest • the provision of data, analysis, were undertaken as part of the Agreement technical and policy advice to development of the new forest various committees, review panels, management plan and implementation The RFA, signed in May 1999, included independent consultants and of the old-growth forests policy: a number of commitments by the State Government; which are the responsibility of the • the assessment of moratorium • the ongoing maintenance of Department. As a result of the series of areas by URS; inventory and growth datasets: policy changes, the intended timelines monitoring of harvesting data, • a review by the Water and Rivers for implementation of RFA update of bluegum growth data Commission of the adequacy of commitments have been altered. measurements on behalf of the stream buffers; Nevertheless, substantial progress has FPC and industry, establishment of • an assessment by an independent been made. permanent sample plots, initiation consultant of 106 forest blocks and of a new timber inventory for two- four more general areas in the Further to the commitments tiered karri forests; southwest forests for areas of high completed and reported in the 2000– conservation value for possible 2001 Annual Report, substantial • the maintenance of spatial inclusion in the reserve system; progress has been made for the reference sets for the condition and following commitments: history of management activities • a report by an expert panel to assist for southwest forests, including the the Department with its final • development of an environmental extension of databases compliance reporting requirements management system conforming to summarising the occurrence of to the Environmental Protection international standards; Phytophthora cinnamomi on lands Authority in relation to Ministerial • assessment, data-basing and vested in the Conservation Condition 11.1 attached to the integration of cultural heritage Commission of Western Australia Forest Management Plan 1994- resources into forest planning; and prescribed fire extent; 2003; and • addressing improvements related • assistance with mapping the • a review of forest structural goals to the calculation of sustained density of forest in inland areas for to determine the continuing timber yields; the Goldfields forest classification relevance of the existing whole of • external review of the sustained project (GOLDFOR project); forest goals and recommend a yield estimating process; mechanism for developing • survey and demarcation of sensitive • preparation of a forest structural goals for the new forest boundaries (e.g. conservation management plan to implement management plan. reserves) adjacent to harvest areas the commitments in the RFA; on behalf of the FPC; • updating processes to allow more An update of silvicultural guidelines • the design and execution of efficient consideration of social, for jarrah, karri and wandoo forests inventories and resource mapping economic and environmental with an emphasis on specific practices in FPC softwood plantations to implications in the development, to be applied in the field was also assess sustainability, audit approval and on-going audit of commenced during the year. requirements and to assist harvest compliance with forest planning and asset valuation; Forest Management Plan 1994-2003 management plans; and • validation of sharefarm contract Progress and Compliance Report • development of a set of areas, plantation survey for the sustainability indicators. A report to the Environmental 2001 planting season and Protection Authority in respect of INVENTORY AND ASSESSMENT OF stratification of timber resource by Ministerial Conditions on the 1994– FOREST RESOURCES productivity classes on some 2003 Forest Management Plan for plantations were undertaken on 2000, 2001 and the first six months of Throughout the year the Forest behalf of the FPC; 2002 is being finalised. Preparation of Management Branch of the SFM • services such as resource inventory, the combined report has been deferred Division performed a diversity of tasks photogrammetry, GPS survey and after consultation with the Department relating to the maintenance, analyses Phytophthora cinnamomi disease of Environmental Protection to allow and provision of datasets for the mapping services were also progress to be made on the new forest southwest forests, and softwood provided to other Government management plan. plantations on behalf of the FPC, other departments, private companies Divisions, and external clients. This and individuals on a recoup basis; included: and

26 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 OUTPUT 2

• specific projects to progress the Silviculture estimation of sustained timber yields and the preparation of The Jarrah Forest of public utilities such as reservoirs or analyses for the draft forest power lines. Cleared areas are not Harvesting in the jarrah forest is management plan. regenerated immediately but where undertaken using a variety of silvicultural possible are rehabilitated later. objectives (silviculture is the art and MAINTENANCE AND science of establishing and tending The Karri Forest ENHANCEMENT OF BIODIVERSITY forests). Where there is a predominance Karri forest harvesting is also dependent AND OTHER VALUES OF FORESTS of vigorously growing trees, the stand is on the structure and age of the existing thinned; where this is not the case the forest, though it is less complex than The SFM Division arranges the delivery stands are harvested with the object of jarrah harvesting. Patches of even-aged by Regional Services staff of a wide regenerating them. This is achieved and vigorously growing forest which are range of programs that aims to either by harvesting in a way that will greater than two hectares in size are release existing lignotubers to grow identified for thinning. When the stand maintain or enhance the biodiversity unimpeded into saplings; or, where there is old enough to yield saleable products, and other values within the forests. are inadequate lignotubers, harvesting to it is thinned to an appropriate density These include the provision of threat create a shelterwood under which by commercial harvesting. No further abatement programs (weed control, seedlings are established. The proportion tending is necessary. of each area that is harvested to each of pest animal control, disease Mature forests and forests of mixed these objectives, and the degree of management) and the delivery of fire structure created by past logging intermixing, vary according to the existing activities are harvested under a management regimes that integrate stand structure and condition. with silvicultural programs. clearfelling system. Regeneration In many areas the desirable silvicultural following harvesting is achieved within Disease in native forests objective is achieved completely or nearly the following year or two by means of completely by the harvesting operation temporarily retained seed trees, by The mapping of the presence of itself. A proportion of the remainder is planting with nursery raised seedlings, completed by silvicultural tending or by broadcast seeding. Seed trees are dieback (Phytophthora cinnamomi) operations one or two years after the preferred method, but planting is disease symptoms was carried out to harvesting. In more marginal forest types used in the years when there are determine protectable areas and specify harvesting is done by selective cutting. inadequate seed crops available in the hygiene requirements for activities In some areas harvesting precedes karri forest. Broadcast seeding is only likely to result in soil movement on clearing for mining or the construction used to a limited extent. lands managed by the Department. Environmental Management System Forest Management Branch undertook Approximately 36,400 hectares were the monitoring of harvesting, silvicultural mapped to assist the planning of Work on an Environmental treatments and land disturbance roading and harvesting operations Management System (EMS) for the activities carried out by the FPC or undertaken by the FPC. This included Sustainable Forest Management other organisations during the year. 8,960 hectares of previous mapping Output of the Department continued that was rechecked for further spread. during the year. In 2001, 15,760 hectares of jarrah Aerial photography covering Cultural Heritage forest were harvested with the following approximately 1,780 hectares was silvicultural or management objectives: acquired in full cloud, shadowless A comprehensive review of the conditions for future Phytophthora Department’s management of cultural Hectares cinnamomi disease mapping heritage was undertaken and a suite of Thinning 2,420 requirements. This was less than the new and revised documents was Release of regeneration 1,490 targeted area due to lack of suitable prepared for consideration by the Establishment of regeneration 7,920 weather conditions and constraints Department’s Corporate Executive. Single tree selection 1,270 with contractor services. Selective 2,030 Mapping of the occurrence of PROVISION FOR HARVESTING, Other (mining and utilities) 630 Phytophthora cinnamomi and hygiene REGENERATION AND GROWTH Total 15,760 planning was also undertaken by OF FOREST PRODUCTS IN Silvicultural objectives for approximately accredited interpreters for the Tourism ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED 250 hectares of the above area were and Recreation Output (360 hectares), MANAGEMENT PLANS AND THE achieved through the commercial Nature Conservation Output PRINCIPLES OF ECOLOGICALLY harvesting operations. Silvicultural (1,940 hectares) the SFM Output SUSTAINABLE FOREST objectives for a further 9,850 hectares (1,120 hectares) and for external MANAGEMENT harvested in this or previous years were requests. Monitoring of timber harvesting and achieved by follow-up treatment during treatment activities 2001.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 27 OUTPUT 2

In 2001, 1,380 hectares of karri forest yield and public consultation processes criteria and indicators for ecologically were clearfelled or partially cut, and that will result from the development sustainable forest management, and 120 hectares were thinned. Regeneration of the new forest management plan. the RFA. Monitoring sites were was completed on 1,340 hectares established in forest subject to harvested in either this or previous years. Indicative Timber Yields shelterwood and gap creation silvicultural treatments, as well as in Review of sustained yield within the To assist the timber industry restructure as a result of the cessation retained mature forest. Attributes context of ecologically sustainable studied at each site include soil forest management of harvesting in old-growth forests (and without pre-empting the outcome disturbance, stand structure and Work continued by an independent of the new Forest Management Plan), regeneration status, vertebrate and expert panel, chaired by Professor Ian advice on indicative timber yields for invertebrate fauna, vascular plants, Ferguson from the University of the post-2003 period was previously cryptogams and fungi. Melbourne, to assess the management provided to the Government. The practices, data and calculation methods indicative yields announced by the Two projects evaluating the application that estimate the sustained yield of Government on 1 June 2001 were of indicators for ecologically timber for their conformity with the 140,000 cubic metres of first and sustainable forest management were principles of ecologically sustainable second grade jarrah sawlogs and finalised during 2001. Both projects forest management. Stage two of the 40,000 cubic metres of first and second were financially supported by the project required assessment of whether grade karri sawlogs. In light of Forest and Wood Products Research proposals associated with the subsequent decisions by the and Development Corporation using calculation of sustained yield in the Government in respect of areas to be funds made available from the draft forest management plan conform reserved and areas that will be available Commonwealth Government’s Wood to these principles. A preliminary stage for timber harvesting, these figures and Paper Industry Strategy. One two report was provided to the were revised during the year to project addressed the development of Conservation Commission, however, as 182,000 cubic metres and 42,000 cubic standardised measures of regeneration the draft plan will include a range of metres respectively. success for sustainable management of timber yields, the terms of reference Australia’s native forest, and involved have been varied by deleting the FORESTCHECK close collaboration with silvicultural research colleagues in Victoria, requirement to complete the stage two Implementation of the Tasmania, New South Wales and review. Under the variation the panel FORESTCHECK monitoring system Queensland. Regeneration reference will be required to review and report commenced in September 2001 with sites were established and used to on the final forest management plan the establishment of 10 monitoring compare existing regeneration survey towards the end of 2002. The report sites in jarrah forest within the techniques and stocking standards will assist the Environmental Department’s Warren Region. employed in each state. Methods for Protection Authority in developing FORESTCHECK is an integrated comparing and aggregating recommendations to the Minister for monitoring system that has been information gathered by different the Environment and Heritage for the developed to provide information to techniques were developed. A second final plan. forest managers about trends and project evaluated indicators of changes in key elements of forest Regional indicative harvesting plans sustainability relating to soil physical biodiversity associated with a range of properties and organic matter. Studies forest management activities. The Division was involved in the were undertaken to quantify the extent Monitoring is recognised as an preparation of the 2002 Indicative of disturbance during forest harvesting essential part of adaptive management. Timber Harvest Plan, which was operations and to compare the FORESTCHECK has been developed to released in October 2001 and identified practical application of several different meet a range of compliance conditions areas for detailed planning and coupe measures of soil disturbance. Three placed on the Forest Management Plan design. The plan, which included parts existing long-term fire effects study 1994–2003 through Ministerial of 52 forest blocks, formed the basis for sites provided the basis for an Conditions and the Codd Report of regional consultation and has been investigation of the relationship 1999. Outputs from monitoring will prepared for a one-year rather than between fire frequency and soil organic also contribute to responsibilities for three-year period, so as not to pre- matter. empt land use decisions, sustained reporting against Montreal process

28 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 OUTPUT 2

PARTNERSHIPS The SFM Division contributed to the work of the Primary Industries Throughout the year effective Ministerial Council, the Natural communication and interaction Resource Management Ministerial continued with: Council, the National Forest Inventory • the community and stakeholders; and to other national forums on • other State agencies and ecologically sustainable forest authorities; and management. • Commonwealth agencies.

Performance Measures Output 2 2001–2002 2001–2002 Explanation of significant variation Target Actual Quantity Forest area managed 1,870,000 1,871,000 (hectares)

Quality Compliance with management 100% 100%*

Timeliness Satisfaction of programmed 100% 100%* management

Cost Average cost per hectare managed $20.94 $17.82

*Note: These measures relate to output performance in relation to the application of forest management standards and the auditing of those standards, the preparation of detailed discussion information for the Conservation Commission for the next forest management plan and compliance with the scheduled completion of a draft forest management plan.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 29 OUTPUT 4 OUTPUT 4: PARKS AND VISITOR SERVICES

HIGHLIGHTS visitor facilities; protecting natural There are several other significant areas, visitors and facilities from projects that such as the Bibbulmun • Draft management plans wildfire; training Departmental staff Tracks, Regional Parks and Regional released for Beeliar Regional and volunteers, working with local Services that merit reporting Park and Carnac Island Nature tourist bureaux and commercial tour separately. Reserve. operators; involving Aboriginal people • Living area leases issued for in park management and the provision PLANNING FOR MANAGEMENT two Aboriginal corporations in of visitor facilities and services; Section 33 of the CALM Act requires Purnululu National Park. providing visitor information and the Department to manage all land to • Site development plans designing and initiating educational which the Act applies according to a prepared for Leeuwin and and interpretive activity programs ‘management plan.’ A management Naturaliste Lighthouses. which enrich visitor experience and plan contains a statement of the • Interpretive activity programs help develop greater community policies or guidelines proposed to be run by the Department reach awareness and support for parks, followed, as well as a summary of the 3,000,000 visitors. natural areas, nature-based tourism proposed operations. The CALM Act and recreation services and policies. • 5,683 volunteers contributed also specifies that the public be given 217,000 hours to help the an opportunity to contribute to the The output performance of the Department care for the content of management plans. The Department can best be reported in environment. Department achieves this through eight key areas: public workshops and meetings, • New regulations for the • Planning for management; advisory committees, newsletters and management of national inviting comments on draft plans. parks, nature reserves, State • Acquisition and administration of forests and marine reserves protected areas; Priorities for plan preparation are come into force. • Park presentation and resource guided by the assessment of each • Planning and development for protection; proposed management plan against the proposed new parks in the • Visitor communication and delivery of strategies outlined in the southwest. management; Department’s Corporate Plan (2002– • Community involvement; 2005). Priorities for terrestrial areas Outcome achieved by: • Liaising and working with are determined for a three-year period Community enjoyment of wildlife, indigenous people; but reviewed annually by the lands and waters without • Business management; and Conservation Commission of WA. Management plans are prepared for a compromising conservation and other • Legislation and policy for parks and period of 10 years after which they may management objectives. visitors services. be replaced by a new management plan.

Output description Areas Covered by Management Plans Dealing with public involvement, Tenure Area covered by Total tenure % visitation and appreciation of the classification plan (ha) area (ha) covered natural environment on lands and National Park 1,751,553 5,095,200 34.4 waters managed by the Department, Nature Reserve 361,031 10,825,039 3.3 including preparing and implementing Marine Reserve 1,115,125 1,145,940 97.3 management and recreation site Other Recreation/ 93,710 850,193 11.0 development plans; providing, Conservation Reserves managing and maintaining appropriate Total CALM access, recreation opportunities and Conservation Estate 3,321,419 17,916,372 18.5

30 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 OUTPUT 4

Forty-four management plans have responsible for auditing the During 2001–2002, draft management been approved by the Minister for the Department’s performance in plans were completed and released for Environment, with a further 32 in implementing management plans five Beeliar Regional Park and Carnac various stages of completion. The and 10 years after plan gazettal. Island Nature Reserve. Five public Conservation Commission of WA meetings and 50 advisory committee assists in determining priorities for the The Marine Parks and Reserves meetings were held to facilitate preparation of management plans, as Authority has a similar role for marine community input into the planning well as revising and approving plans reserves (see Output 1 Marine process (excluding marine reserves— before submitting them to the Conservation). see Output 1 Marine Conservation). Minister. The Commission is also

Management Plans as of 30 June 2002 Final Management Plans (completed and approved) Region Effective from Mooradung Nature Reserve Swan 21/2/86 Nature Reserves in the Shire of Wyalkatchem Wheatbelt 21/2/86 Forrestdale Lake Nature Reserve (5 year term) Swan 10/7/87 Nature Reserves in the Shire of York-Northam Swan 10/7/87 Lane Poole Reserve Swan, South West 14/12/90 Shannon and D’Entrecasteaux National Parks Warren 8/1/88 Benger Swamp Nature Reserve (5 year term) South West 12/2/88 Cape Range National Park Pilbara 23/3/90 Northern Forest Region Swan 12/2/88 Central Forest Region South West 12/2/88 Southern Forest Region Warren 12/2/88 Ningaloo Marine Park Pilbara 24/11/89 Leeuwin-Naturaliste National Park South West 21/4/89 Yanchep National Park Swan 29/9/89 Fitzgerald River National Park South Coast 19/7/91 Dampier Archipelago Nature Reserves Pilbara 31/8/90 Waroona Reservoir and Catchment Area South West 16/3/90 Logue Brook Reservoir and Catchment Area South West 16/3/90 Shoalwater Islands Nature Reserves Swan 20/10/92 Walpole-Nornalup National Park Warren 3/7/92 Marmion Marine Park Swan 15/5/92 South Coast Region South Coast 13/3/92 Matilda Bay Reserve Swan 21/5/93 John Forrest National Park Swan 19/8/94 Goldfields Region Goldfields 24/2/95 West Cape Howe National Park South Coast 4/8/95 Yalgorup National Park Swan 15/8/95 Dryandra Woodland Wheatbelt 14/11/95 Lesueur National Park – Coomallo Nature Reserve Midwest 13/10/95 Two Peoples Bay Nature Reserve South Coast 7/6/96 Purnululu National Park and Conservation Reserve Kimberley 5/3/96 Shark Bay Marine Reserves Midwest 7/3/97 Wanjarri Nature Reserve Goldfields 2/7/96 Canning River Regional Park Swan 5/12/97 Nambung National Park, Wanagarren, Midwest 11/9/98 Nilgen and Southern Beekeepers Nature Reserves Leschenault Peninsula Conservation Park South West 8/1/99 Esperance Lakes Nature Reserves South Coast 11/5/99 Karijini National Park Pilbara 15/6/99 Swan Estuary Marine Park and Adjacent Nature Reserves Swan 7/4/00 Stirling Range and Porongurup National Parks South Coast 3/12/99 Jurabi, Bundegi Coastal Parks and Muiron Islands Pilbara 25/08/00 Serpentine National Park Swan 3/10/00 Shark Bay Terrestrial Reserves Midwest 3/10/00 Rowles Lagoon Conservation Park and Clear and Goldfields 19/1/01 Muddy Lakes Nature Reserve Final Management Plans (being prepared) Region Submission Period Shoalwater Islands Marine Park Swan 27/10/95–29/12/95 Yellagonga Regional Park Swan 17/4/00–31/7/00 Herdsman Regional Park Swan 5/6/01-5/9/01 Jurien Marine Park (Indicative Management Plan) Midwest 5/10/00-5/1/01 Turquoise Coast Islands Nature Reserves Midwest 19/12/00-28/2/02 Beeliar Regional Park Swan 14/11/01-14/2/02 Carnac Island Nature Reserve Swan 24/12/01-24/5/02

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 31 OUTPUT 4

Management Plans as of 30 June 2002 (continued)

Draft Management Plans (in preparation) Region Darling Range Regional Park Swan Yanchep and Neerabup National Parks Swan Woodman Point Regional Park Swan Jandakot Regional Park Swan Rockingham Lakes Regional Park Swan Forrestdale Lake Nature Reserve Swan Thomsons Lake Nature Reserve Swan Dampier Archipelago Pilbara Millstream-Chichester National Park and Mungaroona Range NR Pilbara Montebello/Barrow Islands Marine Conservation Reserve Pilbara (Indicative Management Plan) Cape Range National Park (Revision) Pilbara Ningaloo Marine Park (Revision) Pilbara Dampier Archipelago/Cape Preston Marine Conservation Reserve Pilbara (Indicative Management Plan) Wellington Forest National Park South West Leeuwin Naturaliste Ridge and Scott National Park South West St Johns Brook Conservation Park South West Kimberley Region Kimberley Rowley Shoals Marine Park (Indicative Management Plan) Kimberley Kalbarri National Park Midwest Gibson Desert Nature Reserve Goldfields Esperance Coastal Parks and Reserves South Coast Shannon-D’Entrecasteaux National Park (Revision) Warren Walpole Wilderness Warren Wheatbelt Region Wheatbelt Forest Management Plan South West, Swan & Warren

‘Have Your Say’ brochures were December, when more than 4,400 hits In the first quarter of 2002, the released for the Dampier Archipelago; were recorded for the month compared Department announced the Parks of the Leeuwin Ridge and Scott to 3,442 in the previous 11 months. introduction of new licensing National Park; Yanchep and Neerabup Downloadable versions of existing procedures that provide benefits to National Parks; Forrestdale and management plans were also placed on commercial tour operators who Thomsons Lake Nature Reserves; the webpage. achieve industry-based accreditation Wellington National Park, Proposed programs. The Department can now Park Additions and the Proposed The two tables list the area of each issue licences for up to five years to Westralia Conservation Park; and tenure category managed by the operators who achieve accreditation Esperance Coastal Parks and Reserves. Department for which plans are from the Tourism Council of WA and Issues papers were also released for all completed, and the status of plans in the Ecotourism Association of of the above except the Esperance preparation or already approved as at Australia. Further information can be Coastal Parks and Reserves. 30 June 2002. found on the Department’s NatureBase website. A major initiative of the Management ACQUISITION AND ADMINISTRATION Planning Section, in conjunction with OF PROTECTED AREAS Staff completed the initial stage of an the Department’s Strategic To assist in the management and on-line training program aimed at Development and Corporate Affairs conservation of Western Australia’s educating tour operators and guides of Division, was an upgrade of the protected areas, the Department the Department’s policies and licensing ‘Managing Our Parks and Reserves’ licenses commercial tourism activities conditions. Staff will introduce the webpage. This included creation of an in accordance with Section 101 of the program next financial year as a electronic platform for public Conservation and Land Management component of the new licensing submissions via the internet and Act 1984. procedures. placement of downloadable issues papers and ‘Have Your Say’ brochures The issuing of licences enables the As of 30 June 2002, a total of 390 on the web. The success of this Department to monitor and manage commercial tourism licences were strategy was demonstrated with the visitor access and use of lands and current, with a further 87 applications release of the Carnac Island and waters vested in the Conservation under assessment. This represents 8 Turquoise Coast Island Nature Commission and Marine Parks and per cent growth in the number of Reserves management plans in Reserves Authority. tourism licences. Of the total licences

32 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 OUTPUT 4 issued, 340 were unrestricted and 55 renew, and as a lessee, the Department PARK PRESENTATION AND were issued as restricted licences. Two entered into an agreement for a depot RESOURCE PROTECTION hundred and ninety commercial tour site as part of a District office’s operators were licensed to conduct infrastructure requirements. The Department aims to achieve high land-based or terrestrial activities, and quality visitor services and facilities that 71 licensed to conduct marine Separate to the 27 arrangements are planned, designed, developed and activities. Thirty-four were licensed to discussed above, the Department properly managed in a sustainable way. operate both. managed the issuing of a further nine leases at Point Peron. The land is Master plans, site development and/or The Department of Conservation and managed by the Department as part of concept plans were completed for Land Management has 188 current the Rockingham Lakes Regional Park many projects around the State. These formal arrangements for a wide range although the land is vested in another plans are prepared to assist with of purposes. The majority of such government agency (the Recreation funding applications and to ensure arrangements are in the form of leases Camps and Reserves Board). Although capital works projects are undertaken for uses including grazing, utilities, the Department manages the leases, according to plan. Some examples dams, rubbish disposal, gravel the agreements themselves were include plans for the lighthouse extraction, tourism and recreation. executed by the other agency. precincts at Cape Leeuwin and Cape Other arrangements include permits Naturaliste in the Leeuwin-Naturaliste for sawmills and licences for other As at 30 June 2002 there were 2,849 National Park, Rowles Lagoon activities where exclusive use is not current apiary site permits issued on Conservation Park, Bluff Knoll in the appropriate, such as agencies co- Department managed land and other Stirling Range National Park, locating on Departmental Crown land throughout Western Waychinicup Inlet Campground in communication towers. Australia. During the year, the Waychinicup National Park, recreation Department continued to administer sites in Stockyard Gully National Park, During the year 27 leases and licences the apiary site permit system involving Dingo Beach in West Cape Howe were issued. These included a new the granting of new permits, cancelling National Park and Savannah Campsite lease for a telecommunication sites as requested, transferring permits in Karijini National Park. regenerator site and five licences to between beekeepers, and relocating authorise the use of Departmental sites as necessary. Most of the available Design and/or construction towers for communication purposes. beekeeping resource is covered by documentation drawings were Three leases were granted to replace permits issued to 94 beekeepers. prepared for many projects, including expired leases for sporting groups: the Walyunga Pool in Walyunga National WA Rifle Association, the Walpole During the year the Department Park, Canal Rocks and Lefthanders in Yacht Club and the Mounts Bay Sailing merged the Pastoral Lease Conditions, Leeuwin-Naturaliste National Park, Club. Water Catchment Conditions and the small structures at Bluff Knoll in Beekeepers Code of Practice into a new Stirling Range National Park, toilets at Mt Chudalup in D’Entrecasteaux A new lease was finalised for the document called ‘Standard Apiary Site operation of the Wellington Dam Conditions’. A condition paper on the National Park, Turquoise Bay in Cape Kiosk. Four leases were granted to future administration of apiary sites on Range National Park, Dales in Karijini Shires, two for waste transfer stations Crown land and State forest was National Park and Canal Rocks and and two for purposes associated with released for public comment. Hamelin Bay in Leeuwin-Naturaliste local Bush Fire Brigade requirements. National Park. Other structures such A new lease was granted to replace an The Department has emphasised the as boardwalks and lookouts were expired agreement for a dam site, a need for all permit holders to hold a designed and prepared for construction new licence was granted for an Public Liability insurance policy for at Alfred Cove, the Loop Lookout in infiltration drain, and a lease was not less than $10,000,000 cover while Kalbarri National Park and Lake issued to formalise access across a they hold sites on Crown land. Toolibin. small portion of State forest. Two leases were issued to two Aboriginal The Beekeepers Consultative Planning, training and design advice Corporations for living areas located Committee (BCC) provides a forum for was provided as needed throughout the within the Purnululu National Park. communication between the year. Informal training in recreation Department, other land managers, the and tourism planning and design was In addition to the above, the beekeeping industry groups and the provided to Department staff on a Department formally renewed a lease Department of Agriculture. The BCC project basis throughout the year. for a camping ground at Broome, with met on two occasions and dealt with a the lessee exercising the option to range of policy and operational issues.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 33 OUTPUT 4

Formal training was provided through Training programs and publications Risk Management program. two Advanced Recreation Planning and are being considered including the Professional advice was given to a Management Courses held in June development of awareness training and number of shires and community 2002. Advice was given on numerous lectures. Delivery will commence as groups towards developing interpretive projects associated with the resources allow. facilities, services and sign products. Of Department and representation note is the concept planning for an occurred on working groups including VISITOR COMMUNICATION AND environment centre within the Shire of the Carnarvon Coastal Strategy and the MANAGEMENT Dalwallinu and consultation with the Coastwest/Coastcare Technical Interpretive Planning National Trust (WA) on the Golden Assessment Group. Pipeline Project between Mundaring Visitor communication planning is an Weir and Kalgoorlie, the Kalgoorlie- Concept, site and documentation essential component of the Boulder Urban Landcare Group for plans/drawings were prepared as part Department’s management planning Karlkurla Park signs and interpretive of the Government’s Protecting Our process. Officers provided interpretive signs for the Blackwood River in Old-Growth Forests policy. Projects perspectives into the preparation of Nannup Shire. included new day use facilities at management plans, recreation site Circular Pool, the Knolls and Valley of development plans and interpretive Guided Interpretive Activity Programs the Giants in Walpole-Nornalup projects such as the Monkey Mia Interpretive activity programs are National Park, camping sites on the Visitor Centre. Interpretive planning is Warren River and on Carey Brook near conducted in many parks and reserves in progress for Perth’s regional parks throughout Western Australia. Pemberton, recreation facilities in and the Shark Bay World Heritage Area. Giblett block on the Karri Forest Participants enrich their experience while learning to support sound Explorer, new day use facilities at Lake The Government’s Protecting Our Old- Muir near Manjimup, safe river access management of our heritage. Regular Growth Forests policy has funded a activity programs attract more than deck at Honeymoon Pool in the number of key projects within a broad proposed additions to Wellington 300,000 participants. Major interpretive communication strategy to interpretive activity programs are at National Park, new day use facilities at enrich visitors’ value of the biodiversity King Jarrah near Collie and at Yanchep National Park, The Hills of our southwest forests. A shopping Forest Discovery Centre, Perth Barrabup Pool in St John’s Brook centre display, multi-media exhibit, Conservation Park. Observatory and Penguin Island in the guides to interpreting the southwest metropolitan area; at Geikie Gorge, Visual impact assessment, and guided activity programmes in Mirima and Purnululu National Parks recommendations, guidelines and national parks are new initiatives that in the Kimberley; Karijini and specialist advice were provided for commenced in 2001. Millstream-Chichester National Parks numerous proposals throughout the Interpretive design in the Pilbara; Monkey Mia in the year. Other impacts commented on Midwest and the Valley of the Giants in included telecommunications towers, The Unit’s Sign Design Studio the Southwest. mining, gravel extraction, continued to meet regional demands infrastructure development, housing for signs and displays in managing The Government’s Protecting Our and tourism developments. visitors to Department estate. Designs Old-Growth Forests policy supported were prepared for more than 110 projects, the redevelopment of guided activity Native forest harvest and regeneration eight of these were for new parks. programs at Walpole, Pemberton, plans and impact assessments Margaret River and Leeuwin- (including community consultation) Interpretive products of particular note Naturaliste National Park in summer were prepared for a number of harvest were the Vasse-Wonnerup Ramsar and during school holidays at Easter coupes including Warner Block. Wetlands shelter and bird hide and April/May. The Big Bush Heritage Visual landscape management interpretation signs, the sign system Celebration at Wharncliffe processes and operational guidelines for Regional Parks in Perth, EcoDiscovery Centre in Margaret River for a wide range of impact and interpretive signs for a number of on Easter Saturday was an exciting development types continue to be granite outcrops in the Wheatbelt new initiative that attracted more than developed between the Department, region, the Esperance Wetlands and in 300 people. Local community the Department for Planning and proposed new parks such as involvement, employment of local Infrastructure, Main Roads WA and the Blackwood, Boorara and Margaret River. guides, resident and visitor Swan River Trust. participation, and local businesses Risk and dieback signs continued to be benefited from this special event in demand as part of the Department’s celebrating the natural and cultural values of the area.

34 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 OUTPUT 4

Training and Professional New projects registered this year Indigenous people through the Development included the Lorna Glen Biological Indigenous Heritage Unit (IHU). survey, (a recently purchased pastoral The nationally accredited Designing lease), planting of critically endangered Stage one of a new Mentored Ecotour Interpretive Activities plants in the Wheatbelt, and the weeding Indigenous Training Employment Workshop was conducted again in and rehabilitation of regional parks, Program began and is expected to lead collaboration with the University of which has resulted in an increased to the development of remote location Notre Dame Australia in Fremantle. output of this successful program. training. The program will be funded Students, Department staff and others with the assistance of the interested in ecoguiding participated. Many four-wheel-drive (4WD) clubs are Commonwealth Department of Students then presented the Footloose working closely with the Department’s Employment, Workplace Relations and in Freo Guided Activities Program to field staff to enhance and improve the Small Business to provide assistance residents and visitors to Fremantle. natural landscape. Additionally, under Structured Training and wildlife carers and wildlife officers Employment Projects (STEP). Under Visitor management through attended the 4WD and Caravan, this program eight trainees have joined communication strategies of Camping and Park Home Shows to the Department – four in Kalgoorlie, information, interpretation, inform and educate the general public two in Shark Bay, and two in Yanchep. community involvement, consultation about caring for our unique wildlife. and public participation are a core A very successful new partnership has component of the Advanced Recreation This program continues to provide been forged with Balga TAFE, with Planning Course. many opportunities for students to eighteen Indigenous students spending COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT gain work experience throughout the two days a week studying Cultural and year, and receives valuable feedback Eco Tourism at Yanchep National Park. The contribution made by volunteers from the public, through managing to the Department’s Community parks in partnership with community Staff from IHU were invited to visit Involvement program continues to based advisory committees and Friends Mulan (Lake Gregory), and Wila remain an effective means of enlisting of Parks groups. Gutharra (Geraldton) to advise the support of the general public into Aboriginal Community members on Community Involvement Volunteers the Department’s management programs. the identification and development of Year No. New Hours tourism products, and the concept of The International Year of the Volunteer registered projects contributed ranger training. 2001 saw many functions held throughout the State to celebrate and 1998–99 2,400 19 108,630 Cross cultural awareness has received a honour the Department’s volunteers. 1999–00 3,800 12 121,000 higher priority within the Department The Volunteer of the Year and 2000–01 4,499 26 190,000 and several workshops have been Outstanding Service Award function 2001–02 5,683 20 217,000 conducted with more planned for the was held last December and attended future. The Cultural Heritage Education by the Minister and senior Department Bush Ranger Cadet Program program is still very successful. staff and volunteers. All volunteers The Department’s Bush Ranger Cadet who contributed to Department Business Management Program, now in its fourth year, caters projects in the International Year of for young people with a range of The Department attempts to combine the Volunteer 2001 received certificates different physical and intellectual elements of social, ecological and and badges commemorating their abilities from a variety of cultural traditional marketing to craft messages, commitment and dedication to backgrounds. services and products that encourage Western Australia’s environment and responsible use and promote realistic biodiversity. images of parks and services. Year No. school No. of No. of Volunteers continued to participate in units Cadets hours Staff designed and developed three new several major ongoing projects such as 2000–01 21 800 105,600 brochures promoting the Northern, the Bibbulmun Track and Cape to Cape 2001–02 29 1100 180,000 Central and Southern regions of maintenance, the campground host Western Australia. The new brochures program, flora and fauna surveys, plant Liaising and working with Indigenous replace the single State-based guide curation, the Nearer to Nature People and aim to assist visitor decision Environmental Activity Program and making by delivering a regional Friends of Parks groups. During 2001–2002 there was a greater overview, encouraging responsible focus on joint management with

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 35 OUTPUT 4 behaviour, and providing a more as Western Australia’s major event for Legislation, Policy for Parks & Visitor detailed summary of the region’s parks the International Year of Ecotourism Services and reserves. 2002. The Forum Advocating Cultural and Eco-Tourism chose the event for The Conservation and Land The Department distributed brochures its success in promoting sustainable Management Regulations 2002 were and promoted National Park Passes nature and ecotourism. The aim of the published in the Gazette on 3 May through many consumer events. In expanded two-day conference and trade 2002 and provide a consolidated set of November 2001, the Department expo was to encourage the industry to regulations applicable to the joined Tread Lightly Australia and discuss and plan how Western management of visitors and other staffed a cooperative display at the Australia can lead the world in users of the land and waters that the 4WD and Adventure Show. In March innovative and sustainable nature Department manages. These 2002, Department staff from Regional tourism experiences. More than 150 regulations repealed and replaced Part Parks, Marine Conservation, Wildlife, people attended the well-publicised and 6 of the Wildlife Conservation and Park Policy, partnered with the WA effective event. Partners included the Regulations 1970 (which applied to Raptor Society and Tread Lightly Western Australian Tourism nature reserves), all of the National Australia to cooperatively build the Commission, Western Australian Parks Authority Regulations 1977, all public’s awareness and appreciation of Indigenous Tourism Operator’s of the Conservation and Land nature conservation, marine parks, Committee, Department of Fisheries, Management Regulations 1992 and national parks and services. Ecotourism Association of Australia, those regulations in the Forest Edith Cowan University, Rottnest Management Regulations 1993 that Brochures and park passes are also Island Authority, Council of Australia’s addressed the activities of visitors to distributed and sold through 40 Secondary Tourism Teachers, Murdoch forests. The new regulations address independent retail outlets. As of 30 University, Curtin University, Regional visitor and other activities in marine June 2002, the Department had Tourism Associations, and Aquarium of conservation reserves for the first time. distributed 20,000 park passes. This Western Australia. There is a continual review and update represents a nine per cent sales of existing policies impacting parks increase and approximately $570,000 The Department continues to work and visitor services. reinvested into new park facilities and with and inform the industry. services during the financial year. Department staff continue to produce During the year, a review of Policy 18 – the quarterly Touring Western Recreation, Parks and Visitor Services, was completed. The Policy outlines Breakdown of Pass Distribution Australia newsletter and discuss major issues with key industry the Department’s policy on a range of Holiday Park Pass (4 wks) 37% representatives at the Department’s issues from commercial concessions Annual Local Park Pass Tourism Industry Reference Group and visitor fees to off-road vehicles and (1 park, 12 mths) 34% meetings. An e-mail database was also sand-boarding, and provides much of Annual All Park Pass developed that instantaneously the policy detail in support of the (All parks, 12 mths) 23% Conservation and Land Management Gold Star Park Pass broadcasts information to operators Regulations 2002. (All parks, 12 mths, 1yr LandScope and important industry information Subscription) 6% providers. A Leases Policy was also developed, To assist future sales, staff designed For commercial activity (tourism setting out the Department’s and developed awareness building licences) new procedures were framework for entering into a wide point-of-sale promotional material, introduced in April 2002 to allow for range of leases on the lands that it issued park pass renewal letters, and longer term unrestricted ‘T Class’ manages. advertised in the Western Australian licences linked to the licence holder Bibbulmun Track and Munda Biddi Tourism Commission’s Winter Breaks achieving a certain level of tourism Trail and $100 Million Holiday Sale industry based accreditation. This catalogues, and AAA Tourism’s WA supports Government’s commitment Department of Justice work crews from Experience. The potential advertising to assisting industry to raise the Karnet prison and the Walpole Work reach totalled more than 7.2 million standards of their operation and Camp continued to work on visitors. promote greater awareness of the Department trails construction, impact of commercial visitation upon maintenance and improvement The Department’s annual Tourism the conservation estate. projects. Information Exchange was celebrated A major project also commenced to provide a standardised methodology

36 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 OUTPUT 4 that will provide reproducible data to of the ‘Eyes on the Ground’ volunteer Woodman Point, Beeliar, Jandakot, satisfy auditing, strategic planning and maintenance program with FOBT’s Rockingham Lakes and Darling Range. management requirements. Some major sponsor Alphawest 6. FOBT results from this study obtained for the completed a major tourism and The Department’s role in regional Mundaring area of the track indicate employment generation project parks encompasses a number of facets: an annual visitation of 29,000 people. funded by a Federal Regional Tourism • It has taken over the management grant through the Great Southern of lands within regional parks Sales of Bibbulmun Track publications Development Commission. Survey owned by the Western Australian continued to increase. Guidebook sales design, data, processing and analysis Planning Commission which were average 3,400 per year and maps more were provided by the Department’s formerly managed by the than 6,000 per year. There is a steady Tracks and Trails Unit to support this Department for Planning and demand for souvenir items. The work. Key outcomes and findings of Infrastructure; Friends of the Bibbulmun Track this project are available from the • It manages reserves vested in the continue to be the biggest retailer of Department. Recreation Camps and Reserves track publications. The Northern Board formerly managed by Sport Guidebook sold out in September Detailed planning was completed for and Recreation Western Australia; 2001. A revised 2nd edition was the first stage to Collie of the Munda and published in April 2002. Revised Biddi long distance bike trail (formerly editions of the maps and the Southern known as the Hardwood Trail) that will • It is responsible for coordinating the management of regional parks. Guide are planned for the 2002–2003 eventually extend from Mundaring to financial year. Albany. Extensive consultations were This involves preparing conducted with Water Corporation, management plans for each of the The track receives very high usage and Water and Rivers Commission to parks and ensuring an integrated from non-commercial groups such as negotiate trail routes through water management approach to works recreation clubs, scouts, schools and supply catchments. Consultations also within the parks. other education groups. It is proving occurred with other stakeholders to be a very valuable resource for the including Alcoa Australia, the The Regional Parks Unit continues to recreation and education sectors. Aboriginal Land and Sea Council and co-ordinate the management tasks the Nyoongar claimants of the within the parks. A crew comprising displaced timber southwest and Metropolitan Council of workers was employed to upgrade Elders. The Member for Armadale Works within the parks are track and water crossings in Donnelly launched the trail development project accomplished by purchasing services Valley and carry out maintenance of in December 2001. from the private sector and from the track and campsites throughout the employment of 14 staff through the Department’s Swan Coastal and Perth Warren region – 245km of trail in Five campsites have been selected and total. This project was very successful detailed site plans and designs have Hills Districts. The Department also for both the track and crew members. been completed. A contract acknowledges and appreciates the construction supervisor was appointed volunteer groups who are dedicated to Major improvements to the track and and, with the help of Perth Hills tasks and areas within the regional facilities during the past year include: District staff and a work crew from parks. Support is provided to the volunteer groups as required. • addition of two more composting Karnet Prison, construction of most of toilets in sensitive stream zones the trail between Mundaring and Community advisory committees for and drinking water catchments; Dwellingup was completed by June 2002. each of the regional parks have been • completion of a new suspension established and continue to provide bridge over Deep River near A non-profit community group, the valuable advice to the Department in Walpole; Munda Biddi Foundation continues to managing the parks. The advisory • weather proofing of two shelters in work closely with the Department’s committees comprise a range of people exposed coastal locations; and Tracks and Trails Unit to secure from local communities who are • the completion of a lookout in an funding and develop marketing capable of advocating on behalf of old fire tower at Mt Wells. opportunities. community views.

Tourism, marketing and interpretation REGIONAL PARKS During the past 12 months, the projects have continued in partnership Department has consolidated the Perth’s regional parks are Yellagonga, with the Friends of the Bibbulmun management of the eight regional Herdsman Lake, Canning River, Track (FOBT) along with continuation parks. Some of the major

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 37 OUTPUT 4 achievements for the parks are as recent graduate officer recruits and This partnership seeks to utilise and follows: other Department staff at the Ministry apply the universities’ expertise and • Preparation of the Beeliar Regional for Sport and Recreation’s Point Walter knowledge in the social and Park Draft Management Plan, Conference Centre. A number of environmental sciences on various which was released for public second and third year students from field-based recreation and tourism comment by the Minister for the the University of Notre Dame also projects. Students can gain valuable Environment and Heritage. participated in this nationally field experience and the Department accredited training program as one of can benefit from the results of these • The commencement of a review of the University’s Environmental Science studies. lease management procedures and Units. rent reviews for relevant tenants. A Research Reference Group that • A review and update of the jointly Involvement with the WA 4WD facilitates the coordination of students prepared (Department/ Fire and Association, Track Care WA and and projects has been operating since Emergency Services Authority) Tread Lightly! Australia 1998 and comprises academic staff Fire Response Plans for the Coastal from the five West Australian As part of the International year of the Plain Regional Parks. Universities as well as Department Volunteer celebrations, the • The Regional Parks brand image staff. The main functions of the Department in conjunction with Track and award winning sign system was Reference Group are to: Care WA and the WA 4WD Association completed. The signs and brand helped to organise and co-host a images are expected to greatly • identify potential research studies volunteer recognition weekend in enhance public recognition and of relevance and importance to the October at the Icy Creek Bush Camp enjoyment of the parks. planning, development, near Dwellingup. The main purpose of management, monitoring, this function was to celebrate and Year one works of the Jervoise Bay marketing and financing of acknowledge the work of the many Conservation and Recreation sustainable recreation and tourism volunteers from Track Care and the Enhancement Plan are complete. The opportunities in natural areas; numerous 4WD clubs who have works, coordinated by the Department, • act as ‘research brokers’ by finding contributed their time and expertise to have resulted in major improvements and allocating these studies to various track restoration and other to John Graham Reserve, the Headland tertiary students and/or faculty environmental rehabilitation projects and Woodman Point View in Woodman members who are interested in on Department managed lands. More Point Regional Park. pursuing a particular topic or field than a hundred Track Care members of inquiry; and their families joined in the Major upgrades of paths were weekend activities, which included a • assist in disseminating the results completed in Herdsman Lake Regional presentation of certificates of of these studies to the Park and new paths were constructed appreciation by the Department’s Department’s regions, districts and at Yellagonga Regional Park and Director of Parks and Visitor Services. specialist units and to other Beeliar Regional Park. interested parties. Staff in a number of centres also Weed Control and Revegetation Plans continued to promote the ‘tread A wide range of potential research were completed for Yellagonga, lightly’ message and to actively work topics have been identified and listed Woodman Point and Herdsman Lake with the WA 4WD Association, member on the Department’s website Regional Parks. clubs and Track Care WA on various NatureBase. A number of these track rehabilitation projects primarily projects are currently being An Aboriginal Heritage Trail was in the southwest of the State. The undertaken by students as honours, developed at the Spectacles within Department also participated in the masters and PhD studies while others Beeliar Regional Park in partnership annual WA 4WD Show in South Perth have already been completed. The with traditional custodians. The Trail in association with representatives Research Reference Group also hosted interprets the natural features of the from Tread Lightly! Australia a one-day research forum in area from an Aboriginal perspective. conjunction with the Department’s Nature-Based Recreation and Recreation Training annual Parks and Visitor Services Tourism Research Workshop. Several students who have During the year, Departmental staff either completed or were undertaking The Department operates a cooperative conducted two week long training nature based recreation and tourism nature-based recreation and tourism courses on recreation planning and research projects presented the results research program with Western management in natural areas for of the field research at this forum. Australia’s major tertiary institutions.

38 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 OUTPUT 4

Visitor Information and Statistics Visitor Survey Program concurrently issued leases over some 3,661 hectares of Purnululu The aim of the VISTAT Program is to The revised visitor satisfaction survey National Park to the Corporations provide accurate information on visitor program was implemented for a third for the use and benefit of their use, needs and expectations and on year, with feedback provided from members. The act of issuing the levels and patterns of use throughout survey results used to assess visitor leases symbolized the lands and waters managed by the needs and expectations as well as Government’s commitment to Department. The VISTAT and Visitor satisfaction with recreation and forming a strong and enduring Survey databases contained within the tourism facilities and services. relationship with the Corporations Recreation & Tourism Information and their members. System (RATIS) provide an effective Those parks and recreation areas • Upgrade of camping facilities and efficient means of collating and surveyed represent a broad range of including new composting toilets storing visitor use monitoring data and recreation settings based upon visitor at Mitchell Plateau. visitor feedback form results. The use levels, access to the site and Department has continued to upgrade presence of facilities. The survey Pilbara hardware required to monitor visitor provides feedback from visitors’ • On-ground roadworks for the use. regarding the management of these Savannah campground at Karijini areas, their overall level of satisfaction National Park were completed. The Visitor Use Monitoring during their visit, their main purpose Department is currently working of visit and the activities undertaken. The visitor use-monitoring program through securing a lease with the This information aids in the planning continued, with 185 sites monitored by local Aboriginal corporation. and management of these recreation traffic classifiers and counters, • Work was completed on the Dales areas by providing vital information for observation surveys and ticket sales in Day Use Area at Karijini National site planning and design, visitor national parks, State forest areas and Park and funding was secured for communications, business and reserves throughout the State. The the upgrade of Karijini National marketing plans and performance total visitation to lands and waters Park airstrip. managed by the Department during evaluation. • Significant progress was made the year was 9.8 million visits. This REGIONAL SERVICES towards the full upgrade and represents an increase from the 9.7 restoration of the Mt Herbert- million visits recorded during 2000– The Department’s nine regions have Python Pool Cameleer’s Trail at 2001. This increase reflects a continuing entered into Service Provider Millstream-Chichester National interest by the public in visiting natural Agreements with the Director of Parks Park and the extension of the areas managed by the Department. and Visitor Services to provide a full Turquoise Bay carpark at Cape range of management, maintenance Range National Park. and development services required to Total visits to Lands and Waters effectively and efficiently implement • Work commenced on the managed by the Department actions under the Parks and Visitors development and implementation of the Coral Bay Boating Strategy. Year No. Data Total No. Services Output. Highlights from the collection sites visits (million) regions include: The Departmental presence increased from .5 FTE to 1.5 FTE. 1996–1997 137 6.4 Kimberley 1997–1998 144 8.1 Goldfields 1998–1999 149 8.7 • Certificates to commemorate a • Planning commenced for the 1999–2000 158 8.9 commitment to a new and just 2000–2001 226* 9.7 relationship between the Goldfields Woodlands National 2001–2002 185 9.8 Government of Western Australia Park and surrounding conservation and the Kawarre and areas; and a recreation master plan was developed for the Goldfields. * This figure includes 68 sites that Kayiyirriwareny Aboriginal • Site development plans were also contributed only marginally to the Corporations in Purnululu prepared for Rowles Lagoon, Cave overall total annual figures for 2000– National Park were signed. These Hill, Burra Rock. 2001, as most of these sites are part of certified that the Western numerous small reserves in remote Australian Government is • There were tenure changes and areas with limited access and use and committed to the development of a extensions to Cave Hill and therefore not included in the 2001– new and just relationship with the Wallaroo Rocks and the disposal of 2002 data collection sites. families and members of the Niagara and Malcolm Dams Corporations. The Government continues to progress.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 39 OUTPUT 4

• Work continued on Rowles Lagoon • Significant progress was made with • The redevelopment of the viewing recreation site upgrade including the 4WD movement and the WA area at King Tree in the Ferguson access facilities upgrade, Trail and Enduro Club (T&E). The Valley with new parking areas, interpretive information and 4WD movement is actively involved walkway, viewing platform and shelters, toilet block construction. in volunteer work in both the interpretive signs installed. The The implementation of Rowles Wellington National Park and facility is wheelchair accessible. Lagoon Management Plan is in Leschenault Peninsula • Upgrading of the walk trail network consultation with the newly Conservation Park. The T&E Club has commenced with sign posting, appointed management advisory is working closely with District erosion control and minor group made up of local officers to plan events so they are realignment of the Sika trail, stakeholders. more environmentally acceptable construction of Potters Gorge link • Liaison continued with indigenous and better managed. trail and a trail to the lookout east groups, particularly the Goldfields • The Leschenault Peninsula of Honeymoon Pool. Land and Sea Council, the Conservation Park entry was representative body and native title upgraded with improvements to Blackwood District: Works focused on claimants, by contact, consultation the carpark, installation of a the proposed Margaret River and and forming partnerships to composting toilet, construction of Blackwood national parks, and St develop understanding, joint a 500m access for all footpaths John’s Conservation Park and the management and input to reserve through tuart forest and along the Leeuwin Naturaliste National Park. management including: fringe of a small wetland, and the • Traineeships – employed four development of the JB O’Reilly • Management Planning for Leeuwin Aboriginal trainees in conjunction memorial interpretive shelter. Naturaliste National Park in with Curtin University and Interpretive information is progress. Goldfields Group Training in provided about the park, its • The commencement of an Certificate 11 in Land Aboriginal history and the life of interpretive activities program at Management. Irish humanitarian JB O’Reilly. The Margaret River Eco Discovery facility is fully wheelchair • Cultural tourism initiatives Centre, Conto’s and Hamelin Bay accessible. including a southwest tour for during the summer period and Goldfields key Aboriginal • Commencement of management long weekends. individuals. planning with community • The upgrading of Warner Glen day consultation, forming of an • Finalised, installed and continued visitor and camping facilities at advisory committee, appointment to promote the new Blackwood National Park. of a planning officer and team, and biogeographical panels of the preparation of issues paper and Goldfields Region, developed Major works at Leeuwin Naturaliste discussion papers for Wellington through strong links to corporate National Park included: National Park. sponsorship eg existing • A major carpark upgrade, surface arrangement with AurionGold. • Renovation works on the buildings drainage and access at Lefthanders at Wellington Discovery Forest and Canal Rocks. SouthWest including upgrade on storeroom, • Construction of a camper’s kitchen Significant activities this year include public toilets and veranda, which with gas cooking facility at Conto’s the implementation of the Protecting will enhance the increasing use by campground. Our Old-Growth Forests policy school groups for environmental through the New Parks program, education. • Several new stairways and walkways were installed as part of which has resulted in the appointment • Commencement of consultation an ongoing program to improve of four National Park rangers and five with the Aboriginal community public safety and protect cave park workers to work specifically in the regarding Honeymoon Pool. Plans features at Calgardup Cave. proposed new parks. were prepared for the further • A beach lookout and paved pathway Wellington District: the program improvement of the camping and picnic area. were completed at Ellensbrook focused almost entirely on works permitting views of the coast and • A major road upgrade program within Wellington National Park and surf breaks while protecting the commenced with the sealing of its proposed extensions. Maintenance fragile coastal vegetation. of existing facilities across the District steep sections of Lennard Drive completed and survey and continues to be a major activity. Major works at Tuart Forest National engineering commenced on River Rd. Park included the upgrade of the

40 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 OUTPUT 4 birdhide and access path and Conservation Volunteers and with • Visitor Risk Management systems construction of parking areas. Western Australian Tourism are now in place at all recreation Interpretive information was designed Commission funding assistance. sites within the Region. Many of and will be installed next year. the higher risks have now been Shark Bay District: ameliorated, thus improving the Mid West Region • Redeveloped Monkey Mia carpark safety of our visitors. Moora District: and boat trailer parking and • Yanchep National Park has • Commenced the Expression of implemented new educational and exceeded its visitation targets. Interest process associated with the interpretive programs at Monkey • Two Aboriginal trainees were Grey and Wedge Master Plan and Mia to enhance the dolphin appointed bringing the total met with Native Title Claimants in interaction experience. number of Aboriginal employees in relation to Grey and Wedge • Commenced an Aboriginal Yanchep National Park to six full Squatter areas. traineeship program in partnership time equivalent staff. Additionally, • Heritage surveys in Lesueur, with Yadgalah Aboriginal 16 Aboriginal students from West Stockyard Gully and Nambung Corporation. Coast College of TAFE are studying National Parks as well as Coomallo • Participated in planning with the tour guiding in the park. Nature Reserve were completed in Shire of Shark Bay for the World • The lessee of Yanchep Inn has readiness for implementation of Heritage Centre and Management begun renovations and developed Recreational Development Plans. Precinct. improved accommodation facilities • Liaison with Ministry of Justice • Produced posters, displays and in accord with strict heritage resulted in mutually beneficial brochures to better interpret World guidelines. working arrangements, including Heritage values. fabrication, installation and South Coast Region maintenance of recreational sites. Swan Region • Fitzgerald River National Park - • Visitor Risk Assessments at all • Work focused on Stage one of installation of a new toilet at Four recreation sites within the District development on five proposed new Mile Beach and the construction of were completed and recommendations national parks. A major clean up a new platform/boardwalk lookout were implemented. resulted in 400 dumped cars and for whale watching at Pt Ann. hundreds of tonnes of illegally • Stirling Range National Park - Geraldton District: dumped building rubble, garden Planning for new facilities at Bluff • Kalbarri National Park– developed waste, tyres and asbestos being Knoll car park, and installation of new lookouts over the river gorge removed from the proposed parks. temporary quarters for volunteers at Hawks Head and the Loop, and Signage erected and initial at Moingup Springs. constructed new paths associated inventory undertaken. • Porongurup National Park - with these lookouts at Kalbarri • The Margaret Forrest Centre was Planning stages for Castle rock National Park; defined safe viewing opened after being refurbished at a access platform. Several Green platforms on coastal cliffs at Eagle cost of $60,000. It is a premier Corps programs were Gorge and Grandstand; prepared a facility for interpretation and implemented. Park Interpretation Plan; produced school programs in John Forrest • Development of day use/ campsite Park information panels for display National Park. at Waychinicup. in information bays built by the • The high use education facility in local tourism association; and • Community Volunteer work at Lane Poole Reserve Icy Creek site recreation sites, rehabilitation and liaised with Nanda Working Group was converted from diesel in drafting the Aboriginal Heritage track closures at Gull Rock generated power to solar. section of the draft management Reserve. • The Plunkett Road entrance to plan. • Redeveloped Cape Le Grand beach Avon Valley National Park was ablution block and redevelopment • Kennedy Range National Park– upgraded to allow better access to initiated consultation with the of the tenting area at Lucky Bay the northern section of the park. Gnulli Working Group, to assist in campsite. Site Plan prepared for • Lesmurdie Falls National Park’s preparing Interim Management Hellfire carpark and road main access path to the low section Guidelines and a Recreation Plan; redevelopment. and Thistle Cove of the park was upgraded. redefined the camp ground to carpark. improve environmental protection, • Universal and public access on • New park office erected at Stokes in association with Australian Penguin Island has been improved. National Park.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 41 OUTPUT 4

• Construction of wooden walkway • Toolibin Nature Reserve east of Tourism Development Officer to onto Skippy Rock Beach. Narrogin received new visitor promote and develop tourist • Woody Island–Shearwater Viewing facilities including access road and product in the Greater Dryandra Platform constructed by Local parking area and picnic furniture. area. Environmental group • At Dryandra Woodland, new • The upgrading of facilities at interpretive signs providing visitors selected reserves in the Merredin Wheatbelt with information about District coincides with an increase • The construction of the $340,000 Sandalwood and the history of the in interest and willingness by Barna Mia facility at Dryandra railway between Dwarda and members of the local community Woodland over two years was Narrogin were installed. The road to be involved in managing the completed. The facility includes network throughout Dryandra visitor use sites on reserves. new access road and parking area, continues to be upgraded with a Cooperation with catchment lighted pathways, an interpretive section of Kawana Road re-aligned groups across the region continues educational building with away from the Village to receive a high focus by staff. auditorium, and a fenced accommodation area. • Liaison with the National Trust of enclosure. Funded through the • A Departmental sponsored Australia (WA) in developing the State Government and a grant ‘Bushrangers’ cadet program was Golden Pipeline Project continues from the Commonwealth Regional commenced with the Katanning across Merredin District. Tourism Program, the strawbale High School. The students are Infrastructure will be provided building is designed to participating in a range of nature across the District mostly on Shire complement the natural reserves. Totadgin Conservation conservation and landcare projects. environment. Park near Merredin will have a • A significant investment was made • Visitor facilities at several reserves walk trail constructed with in developing and managing a in the Merredin District – Wongan interpretive signs provided. strong wildlife carer network Hills, Korrelocking, Yorkrakine • Another successful Dyrandra throughout the Katanning District Rock and Totadgin – have been Woodland Ecology Course was held that is able to care for and upgraded in the past two years. this year with 22 American rehabilitate injured fauna. The More than $100,000 has been spent students from Oregon and some carer network has increased from at these sites upgrading access members of the Blackwood 20 to 40 registered carers. roads and parking areas, Catchment Group participating. • The Dryandra Woodland Focus constructing walk trails, providing • The ‘Wonders of the Woodland’ Group with the support of the new picnic furniture and installing schools program continues to be a Department was successful in interpretive signs. popular activity with many obtaining a grant to employ a different groups participating.

Performance Measures Output 4

2001–2002 2001–2002 Explanation of significant variation Target Actual

Quantity Visits to sites managed 10,300,000 9,821,000 While there was an overall increase in visitor numbers from the preceding year, the actual increase was smaller than predicted. This may have been due to a combination of factors including the effects of the events of September 11 on world travel.

Quality Mean level of visitor satisfaction 85% 85% with their visit overall

Timeliness Visitor services/activities delivered 100% 100% within advertised timefames

Cost Average cost per visit $4.68 $5.12

42 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 OUTPUT 5 OUTPUT 5: ASTRONOMICAL SERVICES

attendance was due to the Public awareness of the Perth HIGHLIGHTS Observatory’s new initiative of Observatory remains high. In 2001– • New record for annual providing a computer-based astronomy 2002 the number of people who visited, attendance at star-viewing presentation with expert commentary phoned for information (11,080 calls), nights. as an alternate activity on cloudy attended talks or attended an • Donation of the rare and nights. This initiative was well received astronomy field night totalled 28,119 important historical and resulted in only a few sessions (31,144 in 2000–2001). Observatory astronomical book, ‘Atlas where star viewing was impossible. staff informed the public of Coelestis’. Only 17 sessions were cancelled this astronomical events in 82 radio and • Perth Observatory Volunteer year, compared with 48 last financial two television interviews, and 65 Group awarded over $19,000 in year. Monthly attendance records of newspaper articles. grants. 989 and 1,004 were also set in January • Hosting of international and March 2002, respectively. Astronomy services were also delivered astronomy workshop. off the Observatory site to rural and The 2001–2002 attendance for daytime metropolitan areas. Staff provided Outcome achieved by: guided tours and Sunday daytime telescope viewing at many schools and guided tours totalled 3,213 and 394 actively participated in the Western Astronomical information and services respectively – an increase of around Australian Astrofest and Astrofair. In for the benefit of the community. 300 on last year’s total attendance. total, more than 2,833 people viewed the stars with Observatory telescopes Output description Visitors’ satisfaction remained high as in previous years; with more than 94 transported to their locality for one of Providing public information and per cent both satisfied with their visit 27 ‘astronomy field nights’ conducted awareness directly beneficial to the and the educational quality of services during the financial year. Western Australian community, and in which they participated. contributing to scientific research in In August 2001, the Observatory was astronomy by co-operating with Formal education activities provided by the beneficiary of the donation of an national and international institutions the Observatory included the important historical astronomical book in the acquisition, analysis, continuation of a second-year practical – ‘Atlas Coelestis’ by the first interpretation and dissemination of astronomy course at Curtin University Astronomer Royal of England, Rev. information. and participation in a new multi- John Flamsteed (1646–1719). This disciplinary first-year course work is rare and is one of about ten Perth Observatory activities in the past containing a large component of known in existence. It is now on year remained focussed on its three astronomy at the University of Western permanent and secure display in the core functions of education, Australia. Six university students were Observatory’s museum area. information and research. Some areas supervised in their research projects. experienced significant improvement Two had Summer Studentships The book was inherited and donated by while others continued with relatively involving tracking asteroids and Mrs Win (Ethelwin) Frances Flamsteed steady output or an increase in comets, and working toward Moffatt of South Australia, a direct capability. automating astrometry processing. descendant of Flamsteed’s brother. The Another two students constructed and aim of the donation was to share the Star viewing nights continue to be the operated an all-sky camera. Longer beauty and significance of this book main focus of the education/public duration projects include upgrading with a wide audience, at an appropriate access programme at Perth and testing of the 16" telescope for place. In honour of her donation Observatory. They are extremely scientific observations and the use of a asteroids 5542 and 4987 discovered by popular with the public and a new supercomputer to simulate the effect of Perth Observatory were named Moffatt annual attendance record of 6,107 was binary orbits on pulsar signals. and Flamsteed, respectively. set in 2001–2002. The increase in

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 43 OUTPUT 5

Another significant donation to the activity. Volunteer assistance totalled Despite Perth’s isolation, 10 attendees Observatory was a brass, 3"-aperture 1.57 FTEs and continues to make an from Europe, Africa, New Zealand, solar telescope constructed by Mudd of important contribution. North America and Australia Liverpool. The donor’s father, Rev. participated out of 16 members at the Barnacle, used it in a 19th Century The Supernovae Search programme time (the total membership now is 19). eclipse expedition. The telescope has continues to operate but has not been carefully restored by Observatory detected any new events in this period. The PLANET homebase (team staff and added to the Museum display. The system is working at its nominal coordination and data management) sensitivity and has detected events was also hosted by Perth Observatory Perth Observatory Volunteer Group discovered by others. This lull in last July. Publications in the current has been extremely successful in progress is the result of the changeover interval concerned the search for the fundraising after becoming an to the new AP7 camera on the 24" signatures of planets in intensively incorporated body. The group has been Lowell Telescope and the need to monitored microlensing events. It awarded the following grants. compile new galaxy library images. appears that less than one-third of • A National Bank CommunityLink Astronomer Ralph Martin completed a stars with mass approximately 30 per Volunteer Award of $1,000. significant milestone with the cent of the Sun have Jupiter mass submission of his MSc thesis companions with semi-major axes in • A $3,600 International Year of the concerning the Supernova Search the range of 1.5 to 4 AU. Volunteer grant from the system. Commonwealth Department of Perth Observatory’s minor body Family and Community for the In September 2001 a new AP7 CCD astrometry programme using the Mike provision of equipment that will camera was purchased and put into Candy Telescope (MCT) continued to make the volunteers’ work easier, immediate use in addition to a new be productive. The number of useful safer or more enjoyable. The Group image pre-processing ‘pipeline’ that observations increased to 662, used the funds to purchase jackets dramatically improves the system noise compared to 520 in 2000–2001. for all volunteers to use during star level. Thirteen of these positions were viewing nights. published in discovery announcements • A $14,829 grant from the Lotteries Automation of the Lowell Telescope for four Near Earth Objects (NEOs) and Commission of WA Gordon Reid continues to advance and the system a further 294 positions for 38 known Fund. This has been used to has been successfully left running NEOs were also published. The long- purchase a ‘parallelogram’ mount unattended overnight. The use of a term monitoring of the brightness of that is fixed atop an outside pier, cloud sensor (from University of comets also continued. which is fitted with an 8" Schmidt- Adelaide Physics Department) and its Cassegrain telescope. This design integration into a simple system to Work on characterising the enables people in wheelchairs to communicate the presence of cloud atmospheric seeing conditions around view the stars unimpeded by the and rain across the Observatory’s WA continued. Observatory need to reach a high eyepiece. A computer network facilitates its safe astronomers, along with six volunteers ‘colour camera’ was also operation in unattended mode. on a LANDSCOPE Expedition, took a purchased, which will facilitate the Differential Image Motion Monitor to a viewing of the brighter objects Perth Observatory astronomers site in the Murchison area for four such as the Moon and planets by organised the 2001 workshop for the nights of observations. A portable people in wheelchairs and the PLANET (Probing Lensing Anomalies weather station was used to record visually impaired. In addition a NETwork) microlensing group in basic meteorological conditions at the more sensitive camera and display Fremantle last November. A Major site. unit was purchased to provide a National Research Facilities view of fainter objects. International Collaboration Grant of None of the Perth Observatory Archiving activities by volunteers $2,895 supported the workshop. achievements would be possible without continued. In October 2001 an unused the on-going hard work, creativity and colour-processing darkroom was set up PLANET members are based in more dedication of the Observatory’s full- with basic equipment dedicated to this than 10 countries in six continents. time and volunteer staff.

44 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 OUTPUT 5

Performance Measures Output 5 2001–2002 2001–2002 Explanation of significant variation Target Actual Quantity Tour visitors. 8,700 9,714 Introduction of new capacity. Enquiries. 19,000 18,405 Refereed scientific papers. 5 5 Quality Positive responses to ‘quality’ 99% 98% measures in customer surveys. Submitted research papers published 100% 100% in international refereed journals. Timeliness Satisfaction of information 95% 98% requests as they occur. Timely publication of research 100% 100% papers in international refereed journals. Effective study of astronomical targets 57% 68% Increased telescope capacity. of opportunity as they occur.

Cost Cost per tour visitor. $18.50 $20.42 This increase is mainly due to an increase in the number of more night sessions conducted. Cost per enquiry. $32.90 $31.54 Cost of research activities per $85,000 $81,836 Improved efficiency with increased telescope capacity. refereed research paper. Cost of research activities per $190 $213 1,000 head of WA population.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 45 GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION

The Department is in the portfolio of Satisfactory experiences for the Perth Observatory is a group within the Minister for the Environment and 9.8 million visits (2001–2002 estimated Science Division. It has three Heritage and is headed by an Executive figures) to lands and waters managed by astronomy-based core functions: Director. the Department, drawn from interstate research, information services and and overseas as well as from all over educational services. In keeping with the varied interests of Western Australia, are largely in their the Department there is also a hands. Regional staff are also responsible Strategic Development and Corporate Corporate Executive, which consists of for the conservation of native flora and Affairs Division is responsible for corporate planning and organisational seven directors working with and fauna within regional boundaries. development, and internal and external reporting to the Executive Director. communications, marketing, Regional, branch and other specialist Regional managers are responsible advertising and community education. officers often attend meetings of the under corporate direction for The Division initiates, develops and Corporate Executive. developing the region’s annual works program, and for managing the implements communication strategies to address major issues of conservation The Department gives responsibility to region’s budget allocation. Liaison with and land management, produces its staff whenever possible, depending local groups, especially Aboriginal publications, displays and multimedia on skills and potential. Provided there communities, other Government productions, designs and stages special is opportunity, there is no impediment agencies and the community in general, events, coordinates the Department’s to the progress of a capable individual is extensive. There are often advisory media activities, provides the in the organisation. committees established with a focus on community with an information parts of Department-managed lands service, and coordinates internal and waters. The committees make input The detailed structure of divisions, communication and develops and into the preparation of management plans regions and branches is shown in implements school and experience- and, after their approval, advise on Figure 1. The names and qualifications based education programs. of the officers occupying senior management. It is mostly the regional managers and their staff who are positions are shown on the page Fire Management Services sets fire responsible for this important interface opposite the figure. management standards, coordinates with the local community. the preparation and implementation of REGIONAL ACTIVITIES SPECIALIST AND SERVICE fire prevention and suppression plans, The Department is committed to ACTIVITIES provides detection, communications, regionalisation. There are nine regions aircraft, fire trucks and equipment and which, according to the intensity of The Department’s operations are other fire support services, and activity, are subdivided into districts. directed by the Corporate Executive conducts training. Accordingly, the Department is spread and supported by specialist and service over many locations. The map shows staff. Their responsibilities are as People Services Branch provides regional boundaries and the location of follows: strategic planning, policy development regional offices, as well as the types of and formulation, advice and lands and waters the Department manages. Science Division provides up-to-date, coordination in the management of scientifically sound information to the Department’s people. Services are Management structures are in place at uphold effective conservation and land provided by the Branch in the nine regional, 15 district and nine local management in Western Australia. functional areas of personnel, payroll, offices. Within the regions there are Three science groups address the labour relations, training and national park rangers at 39 other Department’s scientific needs: to development, and risk management. locations, and a district wildlife officer discriminate and document the biota, Environmental Protection Section at one location and operations officers ecological processes and biological prepares guidelines and procedures for at three others. resources of the State; to conserve protection from dieback, weeds and threatened species and ecological feral animals, evaluates mining and Because of community concern for communities by minimising inimical protection of the natural environment development proposals, and advises on processes; and to ensure that lands, and an increasing desire to experience rehabilitation of Department-managed waters and biological resources are its values, the roles of regional managers lands and waters, and on environmental used sustainably. and their staff are most important. protection generally.

46 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 GENERAL INFORMATION

Financial Services Branch provides Planning and Visitor Services Branch • Telephone calls to our main offices advice to operational managers on incorporates land administration, will be answered on average within purchasing and fleet management, management plans, recreation six rings. Telephone messages will manages accounts receivable and planning and design, landscape normally be returned by the next accounts payable processes, and asset management, and visitor business day. records, coordinates remote area interpretation. • A contact name, address and housing, consolidates Department telephone number will be given in budgets, maintains core financial Threatened Species and Communities all correspondence for future software that is shared by all parts of Unit coordinates and assists with enquiries. Where it is not possible the Department, and produces Departmental programs for threatened to respond to correspondence fully, management, tax and statutory species and communities, including an acknowledgement will be sent, reports. preparation and implementation of advising of the current situation recovery plans. and when a reply may be expected. Forest Management Branch carries • Brochures and other information out resource inventories, disease Wildlife Branch develops policies and materials will be easily mapping and database maintenance for provides information and advice on understandable, accurate and up- the Department’s Sustainable Forest wildlife protection and management to-date. Management output and the Forest throughout the State, administers Products Commission. It maintains wildlife licences and permits, enforces • Recreational facilities in national, corporate resource information and GIS the Wildlife Conservation Act and conservation and marine parks, databases relating to forest areas in the Regulations, maintains and manages reserves and State forests will be south west and prepares strategic databases on wildlife resources and well maintained and kept clean. resource plans. , and ensures DISABILITY SERVICES Information Management Branch compliance with legislation and licence plans, coordinates and implements the conditions. The Department’s current Disability Services Plan covers the period 2001 – Department’s information systems CUSTOMER SERVICE support, and is responsible for 2006 and is based on a policy of corporate document and records While fulfilling our conservation and “universal access”. The outcomes of management. The Branch maintains land management responsibilities, the this plan reflect a focus on improving the Department’s Geographic Department places a great deal of access to existing Departmental Information System, and provides a importance on community and buildings, facilities, information, land-related information service. customer relations. We aim to increase public participation mechanisms and our customer focus and provide a employment. The plan has been Management Audit Branch reports to range of services that meet customer published on the Department’s web the Executive Director, providing needs. Our customers can expect: page NatureBase and can be accessed through the Register of Disability audits of management systems to • positive, courteous and friendly Discrimination Act Action Plans on the advise on their effectiveness, efficiency, service; economy and compliance with Human Rights and Equal Opportunity • competent and efficient assistance; legislation, policies and procedures. Commission website. • timely and accurate information; and Marine Conservation Branch provides In accordance with the plan, the policy, strategic and scientific advice • confidentiality where commercially Department has continued its ongoing for marine conservation and sensitive issues are concerned. program of improving visitor access at a number of recreation areas and management, and advises marine More specifically, our customers can facilities around the State. Some of the reserves planning teams. expect that: more noteworthy access improvements • Department staff will be well impacting on people with disabilities Park Policy and Tourism Branch trained, competent and helpful; and their families completed during develops policies and strategies for will wear name badges when in the year include: recreation and tourism, including direct contact with the community; • the further upgrading of pedestrian business development, leases and and will identify themselves by access around the Peron licences, external funding and name when answering the telephone. community involvement. It coordinates Homestead in Francois Peron • Requests for information or policies and programs concerning National Park in the Shark Bay assistance will be met directly or Aboriginal and other special interests, World Heritage Area; referred to the appropriate person and visitor research and surveys. for answering as soon as possible.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 47 GENERAL INFORMATION

• the development of new wheelchair buildings, access to information, staff has the responsibility of administering accessible walkways and lookouts awareness and public participation. other State Government and over the Murchison River Gorge at An access audit of the information on community projects. Phase One of the Hawks Head and The Loop in NatureBase is almost complete. Once Trust will conclude in 2002. The Kalbarri National Park; finished, the site will meet all Priority Natural Heritage Trust Extension • the construction of a new 1 key accessibility standards developed (NHT2) will continue for a further five wheelchair accessible walk trail at by the World Wide Web Consortium years. Important support is received Moolah Hill Lookout in Beekeepers Accessibility Initiative, and many also from other Commonwealth Nature Reserve; Priority 2 and Priority 3 standards. sources including Cooperative • the construction of a 500-metre Research Centres, Research and With regard to employment, an audit fully accessible walkway, Development Corporations and the on the work experiences of people with interpretive shelter and toilets at Department of Industry, Science and disabilities in the Department has the site of the J B O’Reilly Resources (DISR). recently commenced. This includes Memorial in Leschenault Peninsula collating data on the number of people Conservation Park near Bunbury; Commonwealth funding in 2001–2002 in the Department with a disability, totalled $7.7 million, a decrease from • the provision of a sealed access their work experiences, and the the previous year due mainly to the path and boardwalk to improve perceptions of managers on employing conclusion of a number of projects access to the birdhide at Malbup people with disabilities. funded under Phase One of the Natural Creek in the Tuart Forest National Heritage Trust. Programs that Park; External Funding continued to be funded included the • the provision of a new wheelchair This report focuses mainly on revenue National Reserve System, Bushcare, accessible walkway and viewing to the Department from grants or the National Moorings Program and platform as part of the funding programs by the Farm Forestry. redevelopment of the viewing area Commonwealth or State governments, at the King Tree in the Ferguson from sponsorship or donations. Other It should be noted that the figures Valley; operating revenue (including royalties, below include several programs and/or • the partial upgrading of the national parks and recreation) are projects for which the Department is a existing trail system in Rotary Park detailed elsewhere in the report. joint proponent. adjoining the Margaret River National Park and the sealing of a Grants or funding programs provide a Support from the State Government short circuit walk so that it is major source of financial support for continued, with recurrent funding wheelchair accessible; the Department. Most Commonwealth being provided through programs that • the completion of a major upgrade funding is supplied through grant included the Salinity Strategy of the Lefthanders site in Leeuwin programs under the umbrella of the ($4.6 million), Main Roads Western Naturaliste National Park including Natural Heritage Trust. The Trust Australia ($2 million), Management of the provision of a wheelchair provides grants for programs that Perth’s Regional Parks ($2.35 million) accessible lookout and composting relate to the environment, natural and the Gascoyne/Murchison Strategy toilets; and resources or sustainable agriculture for targeted land acquisition ($1 million). Government funds were also • the construction of a universal and is administered jointly by Federal provided for new national parks and access toilet at Mt Chudalup in government agencies Environment their staffing ($2.5 million). D’Entrecasteaux National Park near Australia (EA) and Agriculture, Windy Harbour. Fisheries and Forestry Australia (AFFA). Programs fall mostly under a A Disability Access Audit Online ‘one-stop-shop package’, which Commonwealth Funding Information Program, currently being includes terrestrial programs developed in conjunction with the (including Bushcare, National Reserve Year Amount Disability Services Commission, is due Systems, Farm Forestry) and Coast (million $) for completion by the end of 2002. and Clean Seas initiative (including 1995–1996 4.80 This will provide managers in the Coastcare and Marine Species 1996–1997 5.14 Department with readily accessible Protection). The Department is the 1997–1998 8.67 1998–1999 9.71 information on how to conduct a lead agency for several of these 1999–2000 7.55 disability access audit in work areas, programs (including Farm Forestry 2000–2001 11.96 including checklists for access to and National Wetlands), and for these 2001–2002 7.71

48 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 GENERAL INFORMATION

The ‘Western Australian Millennium The BankWest LANDSCOPE Visa card Venture, Cable Sands, Iluka Resources Seed Bank Flora Conservation Project’ raised about $11,700 for the Limited and Alcoa World Alumina was established in September 2001 conservation of endangered species Australia. between the Department, the Botanic and ecological communities. Projects Gardens and Parks Authority and the funded during the year included the The Department also benefits through Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, United application of phosphite to a assistance in small ways provided by all Kingdom. The Royal Botanic Gardens, threatened Southern Ironstone sectors of the community. These Kew, will fund the project for up to ten Community and the ‘subterranean include small donations of cash into years, with total funds estimated to be aquatic fauna’ survey, adjacent to the Department’s collection-boxes, about $1.2 million. It will involve the Fortescue Marsh. assistance with carting materials to collection and storage of seed from offshore islands, the loan of specialised more than 1,400 rare or threatened The Department continued to receive tools, the donation of recycled Western Australian plant taxa. valued support through corporate conveyor belting for stabilizing tracks, sponsorship for conservation, help with relocating animals and The Green Corps Grant Program, education and infrastructure projects. participation in biological surveys. administered by Conservation Ongoing sponsors include Aurion Gold Volunteers Australia (CVA), continued (Delta Gold/Kanowna Belle Gold The Friends of the Bibbulmun Track to provide support for conservation Mine)(Kalgoorlie Arboretum continued to support the Department projects of high priority. Work was interpretive panel display), Pacific strongly in meeting its management conducted in Stirling Range National Waste Management (Kalgoorlie obligations for the Bibbulmun Track. Park and Porongurup National Park. Arboretum waste management) and Their sponsors include AlphaWest, BP, CVA crews also assisted the Edison Mission Energy Company (Leda Mountain Design, Paddy Pallin, Ranger Department with the rehabilitation of Nature Reserve conservation). The Camping, Peregrine and Snowgum. Mickalurrup Reserve, south of Boyup Western Shield campaign received Brook. major support from TiWest Joint

PUBLIC SECTOR STANDARDS AND CODE OF CONDUCT COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

In the administration of the Department Conduct, with the Manager, People Services Following the recent review of the Public of Conservation and Land Management, Branch undertaking a monitoring and Sector Code of Ethics the Department’s I have complied with the Public Sector advisory role. In addition, staff in Workforce Code of Conduct was reviewed in March Standards in Human Resource Services and Planning section monitor all 2002, appropriately amended, copied to Management, the Western Australian transactions for recruitment, selection and all cost centre managers and placed on Public Sector Code of Ethics and the Code appointment, secondment, transfer, the Department’s intranet. A memo was of Conduct. temporary deployment, redeployment, sent to all employees advising that the performance management and grievance Code had been updated, and detailing The Department of Conservation and resolution to ensure current Departmental where they could access it. The Code of Land Management has adopted policy is adhered to. Staff in the Employee Conduct is made available to all new staff guidelines and processes supporting the Relations section are responsible for through a comprehensive induction public sector standards in human termination and disciplinary cases. package accessible on the intranet. resource management. I am pleased to say that there were no breach findings A system audit was undertaken in June/ The Department’s Good Working made against any standards for the July 2002 by the Department’s Relations online training package for reporting period 2001 – 2002. Management Audit Branch and found the Grievance Contact Officers has undergone Department’s policies and procedures significant redevelopment and redesign Policies and supporting procedures are identified with and reflected the standards so that it is now an information and in the People Services Manual, which, like requirements. The audit identified the education program aimed at employees, the Code of Conduct is accessible to most Department’s compliance with the managers and Grievance Investigation staff on-line via the Department’s standards is satisfactory and there is no Officers, as well as Grievance Contact intranet. Hard copy or CD-ROM versions evidence of non-compliance with any of Officers. The expanded program was can be made available to those staff in the standards. launched Department-wide on the remote areas who have difficulty Department intranet and at the Perth Hills accessing the intranet at present. The Department’s Management Audit District, Mundaring in March 2002. Branch will undertake an annual review of Individual managers are responsible for the Department’s compliance with all the ensuring compliance with the standards with an emphasis on a complete Keiran McNamara Departmental policies and the Code of compliance audit of three standards each ACTING EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR year. 30 August 2002

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 49 GENERAL INFORMATION

FIGURE 1 ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE ...... MINISTER ......

CONSERVATION MARINE PARKS MARINE PARKS COMMISSION OF AND RESERVES AND RESERVES WESTERN AUTHORITY SCIENTIFIC AUSTRALIA ADVISORY COMMITTEE

......

MANAGEMENT ...... EXECUTIVE AUDIT DIRECTOR ......

DIRECTOR DIRECTOR DIRECTOR DIRECTOR DIRECTOR DIRECTOR DIRECTOR SUSTAINABLE CORPORATE STRATEGIC NATURE PARKS AND SCIENCE REGIONAL FOREST SERVICES DEVELOPMENT CONSERVATION VISITOR SERVICES ...... MANAGEMENT AND SERVICES ...... CORPORATE ...... AFFAIRS ......

FINANCIAL PROGRAMS AND WILDLIFE PARK POLICY BIODIVERSITY PILBARA FOREST SERVICES PUBLICATIONS AND TOURISM CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT ENVIRONMENTAL KIMBERLEY EDIA PEOPLE M PROTECTION PLANNING AND BIOLOGICAL ELATIONS AND SERVICES R VISITOR INFORMATION WHEATBELT VENTS E MARINE SERVICES NFORMATION I CONSERVATION FORESTS AND MIDWEST CO DUCATION ANAGEMENT E -E M TREE CROPS OLDFIELDS E MEDIA THREATENED G SPECIES AND ASTRONOMICAL ARKETING AND OUTH OAST M COMMUNITIES UNIT SERVICES S C CUSTOMER SERVICE SOUTH WEST

SWAN

WARREN

FIRE MANAGEMENT SERVICES

50 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 GENERAL INFORMATION

CORPORATE EXECUTIVE REGIONAL MANAGER, WHEATBELT (as of 30 June 2002) K J Wallace Dip Ed, BSc (Hons)

MANAGER, BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION GROUP EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR K D Morris BSc, MSc K J McNamara* B Nat Res (Hons) MANAGER, BIOLOGICAL INFORMATION GROUP DIRECTOR, CORPORATE SERVICES N G Marchant BSc (Hons), PhD J C Byrne MBA, PhD, FCPA MANAGER, FINANCIAL SERVICES BRANCH M J Neilson BA, MAcc, CPA DIRECTOR, NATURE CONSERVATION G J Wyre* B Nat Res (Hons) MANAGER, FIRE MANAGEMENT SERVICES R Sneeuwjagt BSc, MSc DIRECTOR, PARKS AND VISITOR SERVICES MANAGER, FORESTS AND TREE CROPS GROUP J R Sharp B Ed, Dip PE, M Ed J F McGrath BSc (Hons), PhD

DIRECTOR, REGIONAL SERVICES MANAGER, FOREST MANAGEMENT BRANCH A W Walker BSc For (Hons) M Rayner BSc For (Hons), PhD

MANAGER, INFORMATION MANAGEMENT BRANCH DIRECTOR, Science C J Pearce BSc (Hons), PhD N D Burrows BSc For, PhD MANAGER, MANAGEMENT AUDIT BRANCH DIRECTOR, STRATEGIC DEVELOPMENT P Jones BSc For AND CORPORATE AFFAIRS R A Kawalilak BA, FPRIA MANAGER, MARINE CONSERVATION BRANCH C J Simpson B App Sci (Biol), G Dip Nat Res, PhD DIRECTOR, SUSTAINABLE FOREST MANAGEMENT MANAGER, PARK POLICY AND TOURISM BRANCH C Bailey* C B Ingram B App Sc

DEPUTY DIRECTOR, BIODIVERSITY CONSERVATION MANAGER, PEOPLE SERVICES BRANCH A A Burbidge BSc, PhD C W Gillam BA (Hons), MA, PG Dip Bus, AFAHRI

MANAGER, PROGRAMS & PUBLICATIONS S McKenna* OTHER SENIOR STAFF MANAGER, WA THREATENED SPECIES & COMMUNITIES UNIT REGIONAL MANAGER, GOLDFIELDS J Blyth* BSc (Hons) I G Kealley BSc MANAGER, WILDLIFE BRANCH REGIONAL MANAGER, KIMBERLEY K Atkins* BSc (Hons), PhD C C Done BSc PRINCIPAL MEDIA RELATIONS OFFICER REGIONAL MANAGER, MIDWEST N Higgs K Gillen BSc (Hons) SCIENCE ADVISER REGIONAL MANAGER, PILBARA I J Abbott BSc (Hons), PhD, DSc C Muller Dip For, BSc For GOVERNMENT ASTRONOMER REGIONAL MANAGER, SOUTH COAST J Biggs BSc (Hons), PhD J R Watson BSc, Grad Dip Rec, PhD

REGIONAL MANAGER, SOUTH WEST R Chandler BSc

REGIONAL MANAGER, SWAN A Sands BAppliedSc, Grad Dip Nat Res

REGIONAL MANAGER, WARREN P Keppel Cert For Mngmt * Acting

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 51 112 116 120 124 128

MANAGED LANDS AND WATERS AS AT 30th JUNE 2002 Legend National Park 14 14 Conservation Park Nature Reserve State Forest, Timber Reserve, Freehold & Other Reserve Sections 5(1)(g) & 5(1)(h) Reserve Leasehold, Former Leasehold & Sections 16, 16A & 33(2) Land Marine Park / Marine Nat Res / Marine Management Area Kununurra Region Boundary Regional Office

Scale 0 100 200 300 400 Km KIMBERLEY Projection: Polyconic, Origin 121 , 0 18 18

D E P A R T M E N T O F Conservation A N D L A N D M A N A G E M E N T Produced by INFORMATION MANAGEMENT BRANCH Conserving the nature of WA

Karratha

PILBARA

22 22

N o r t h e r n T e r r i t o r y

l

26 MIDWEST 26

GOLDFIELDS

Geraldton

S o u t h A u s t r a l i a

30 30 Kalgoorlie

SWAN WHEATBELT PERTH SOUTH COAST

Narrogin

Bunbury

SOUTH Manjimup WEST 34 34

WARREN Albany

112 116 120 124 128 GENERAL INFORMATION

LANDS AND WATERS Conservation Parks State Forest

Total Estate Conservation parks have the same State forests are managed for multiple purpose as national parks, but they do purposes, including water catchment As at 30 June 2002 the total area under the not have the same national or protection, recreation, timber Department’s care was 24,185,198 ha international significance. They have production on a sustained yield basis representing an increase of 607,665 ha significant local or regional value for and conservation. Provision is also during 2001–2002. conservation and recreation. made for public utilities and mineral production, where these activities are The terrestrial area (not including The area of conservation parks at 30 imposed. Within State forests, marine reserves) is approximately 9.11 June 2002 was 704,216 ha, representing designated areas are managed for per cent of the land area of Western an increase for the year of 11 ha. The specific purposes, such as conservation Australia. increase was due to the change in or optimum yield of exotic plantings. tenure of Penguin Island. The table below provides a summary of The area of State forest at 30 June all tenure classifications. Nature Reserves 2002 was 1,729,949 ha a net increase National Parks Nature reserves are for wildlife and for the year of 2,663 ha. Notable landscape conservation, scientific changes were the addition of 5,702 ha National parks are for wildlife and study, and preservation of features of comprising unallocated Crown Land landscape conservation, scientific archeological, historic or scientific west of Muchea and the decrease of study, preservation of features of interest. Recreation that does not harm 3,110 ha east of Walpole. archeological, historic or scientific natural ecosystems is allowed. interest, and enjoyment by the public. Timber Reserves They have national or international The area of nature reserves at 30 June Timber reserves are managed on the significance for scenic, cultural or 2002 was 10,825,039 ha, representing a same basis as State forests. The biological values. net increase of 6,840 ha for the year. category is transitional; as reserves are Notable additions to existing nature evaluated they may be changed to a The area of the 69 national parks at reserves included Zuytdorp Nature more appropriate tenure eg. State 30 June 2002 was 5,095,200 ha, a net Reserve (6,291 ha) due to an area re- forest or nature reserve. increase of 2,990 ha for the year. calculation and Lake Muir Nature Notable changes were the increase to Reserve (73 ha) as a result of a The area of timber reserves at 30 June Walpole-Nornalup National Park purchase. New nature reserves created 2002 remained unchanged at (3,112 ha) and the decrease of Moore during the year included one south of 141,434 ha. River National Park (286 ha) following Kulin as a result of a purchase (297 ha) an area re-calculation. and one south west of Kulin (62 ha).

Department-Managed Lands and Waters (ha) by Region as at 30 June 2002

Tenure South Goldfields Kimberley Midwest Pilbara South Warren Swan Wheatbelt Total Classification West Coast

National Park 31,836 151,009 829,773 504,845 2,396,627 891,810 243,150 44,858 1,292 5,095,200 Conservation Park 581 33,517 460,232 3,750 149,309 - - 56,570 257 704,216 Nature Reserve 9,813 6,304,437 809,783 738,589 250,595 1,585,430 32,922 50,590 1,042,880 10,825,039 Marine Park - - 23,250 748,735 225,564 - - 16,391 - 1,013,940 Marine Nature Reserve - - - 132,000 - - - - - 132,000 Marine Management Area ------State Forest 656,404 781 - - - 4,055 544,119 496,524 28,066 1,729,949 Timber Reserve 33,765 28,576 - 26,338 - 5,231 19,023 28,501 - 141,434 Sections 5(1)(g) & 5(1)(h) Reserve 30,282 81,593 79,623 2,318 8,131 <1 634 27,440 588 230,609 Miscellaneous Reserve 358 <1 61 517 1,779 3,814 342 5,946 15 12,832 Freehold(Exec Dir) 21,344 <1 1 <1 <1 63 4,921 274 1 26,604 Leasehold (Exec Dir), Former Leasehold & Section 33(2) Managed Land - 1,216,829 35,625 2,584,832 420,079 - - - - 4,257,365 Sections 16 & 16A Managed Land 121 215 - 7,020 - - - 8,654 - 16,010 Totals 784,504 7,816,957 2,238,348 4,748,944 3,452,084 2,490,403 845,111 735,748 1,073,099 24,185,198 Source: Information Management Branch

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 53 GENERAL INFORMATION

Marine Reserves Section 5(1)(g) and 5(1)(h) Reserves Miscellaneous Reserves

Marine Parks are managed for Within the meaning of the There are some remaining reserves conservation and recreation, with areas Conservation and Land Management managed by the Department, which do zoned for commercial fishing on a Act 1984, lands categorised as sections not fall within any of the above discrete sustained yield basis. Marine nature 5(1)(g) and 5(1)(h) reserve are lands categories. The purposes of reserves reserves are managed for the reserved under the Land Act 1933 and within this category are varied and may conservation of marine and terrestrial the Land Administration Act 1997 include settlements and offices for the flora and fauna and their habitats. respectively, for which care, control Department’s operations. The area of Fishing and collecting are not and management is issued to the miscellaneous reserves at 30 June 2002 permitted. Conservation Commission. Unlike was 12,832 ha, representing a decrease national parks, conservation parks and of 141 ha for the year. The area of marine parks at 30 June nature reserves, they are not 2002 was approximately 1,013,940 ha. automatically vested in the Other Land The area of marine nature reserves at Conservation Commission. The area of freehold land held by the 30 June 2002 was approximately Immediately before the Executive Director at 30 June 2002 was 132,000 ha. There were no changes commencement of the Conservation 26,604 ha, representing a net decrease during the year. and Land Management Act 1984, some for the year of 135 ha. Softwood forests were vested in, or were under the occupy the major portion of freehold Marine Management Areas will provide control of, the National Parks land held by the Executive Director. a formal integrated management Authority but not as a national park, framework over areas that have high eg. Matilda Bay Reserve. Predominantly The area of pastoral lease held by the conservation value and intensive they have conservation/recreation Executive Director at 30 June 2002 was multiple use, selected primarily on the purposes. 225,705 ha. In addition, a further basis of their biological and recreational 3,913,007 ha of former pastoral lease values and their existing or future The area of sections 5(1)(g) and 5(1)(h) land is being held under an interim commercial activities. reserves at 30 June 2002 was 230, 609 management arrangement prior to ha an increase for the year of 204 ha. As yet no Marine Management Areas formal reservation. have been proclaimed.

National Parks Vested in the Conservation Commission of Western Australia NAME AREA (ha) NAME AREA (ha) NAME AREA (ha)

Alexander Morrison 8,500 Hassell 1,265 Serpentine 4,357 Avon Valley 4,366 Hidden Valley 2,068 Shannon 52,598 Badgingarra 13,121 John Forrest 2,676 Sir James Mitchell 497 Beedelup 1,786 Kalamunda 375 Stirling Range 115,920 Boorabbin 26,000 Kalbarri 183,004 Stokes 9,726 Brockman 49 Karijini 627,442 Tathra 4,322 Cape Arid 279,382 Kennedy Range 141,660 Torndirrup 3,936 Cape Le Grand 31,801 Lawley River 17,254 Tuart Forest 2,049 Cape Range 50,581 Leeuwin-Naturaliste 18,779 Tunnel Creek 91 Collier Range 235,162 Lesmurdie Falls 56 Un-named 1,571 D’Entrecasteaux 116,686 Lesueur 26,966 Un-named 16,039 Drovers Cave 2,681 Millstream-Chichester 199,736 Walpole-Nornalup 19,072 Drysdale River 448,264 Mitchell River 115,325 Walyunga 1,812 Eucla 3,560 Moore River 17,254 Warren 2,982 Fitzgerald River 329,882 Mount Augustus 9,168 Watheroo 44,474 Francois Peron 52,587 Mount Frankland 30,830 Waychinicup 3,982 Frank Hann 67,550 Nambung 18,362 Wellington 3,045 Geikie Gorge 3,136 Neerabup 1,060 West Cape Howe 3,517 Gloucester 876 Peak Charles 39,959 William Bay 1,734 Goldfields Woodlands 64,612 Porongurup 2,621 Windjana Gorge 2,134 Goongarrie 60,397 Purnululu 239,723 Wolfe Creek Crater 1,460 Gooseberry Hill 33 Rudall River 1,283,706 Yalgorup 13,090 Greenmount 58 Scott 3,273 Yanchep 2,842 TOTAL 5,095,200 * Names shown in italics are not yet gazetted

54 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 GENERAL INFORMATION

Crown land placed under the Strategy. Additionally, a capital CORPORATE SERVICES management of the Department under appropriation of $501,000 was section 33(2) of the Conservation and provided from State Treasury for the Financial Services Branch acquisition of 640 ha adjacent to Land Management Act 1984 as at 30 During the year ended 30 June 2002 Wellington National Park for addition June 2002 totalled 118,653 ha. Of this the Department’s Financial Services to the Park. The total expenditure from 406 ha comprises unvested Crown Branch provided a range of ongoing all funding sources for the financial reserve. The remainder is land proposed administrative support services to the year was more than $3.15 million. for addition to the conservation estate, Corporate Executive and operational which is managed accordingly under an staff, and completed the following With funds allocated under the interim arrangement. projects: Gascoyne-Murchison Strategy, the Two areas, parts of Credo and Boolardy following pastoral leases were • Implemented system changes to Pastoral Leases, totalling 7,235 ha are purchased during the year: Doolgunna, email remittance advices to currently managed under section 16A Narloo, Karara and part of Twin Peaks, suppliers. of the Conservation and Land Yuin, Boologoroo, Bulga Downs, • Contributed to planning for the Management Act 1984 by agreement Cashmere Downs and Wooleen. The future conversion of the between the lessees and the leases and part leases cover a combined Department’s mainframe Department. total area of more than 589,000 ha. computers to a new operating system. The area of freehold land managed by Acquisitions outside the Gascoyne- • Provided new reports to assist the Department under section 16 of Murchison Strategy area included the Departmental management the Conservation and Land following: 11.5 ha for addition to the processes using the new service Management Act 1984 at 30 June 2002 Woody Lake Nature Reserve in the provider/purchaser internal was 8,775 ha. Most of this land falls Shire of Esperance; 9.5 ha north-west framework. within regional parks and is managed of Bullsbrook supporting an example of • Implemented a new system to by agreement between the Western the tumulus (organic mound) springs automatically allocate operational Australian Planning Commission and of the Swan Coastal Plain; a 219-ha on-costs across direct costs. the Department. parcel of remnant vegetation in the Shire of Chapman Valley; 65 ha north- • Reviewed the Department’s heavy Conservation Land Acquisitions north-east of Eneabba supporting a fleet requirements and produced new specifications for fire pumping The Department acquired over wetland and highly restricted units. 591,000 ha of land of high vegetation type; five parcels of remnant conservation value during the year for vegetation in the Wheatbelt totalling • Assisted in a number of major future addition to the conservation 1,538 ha; and 1,355 ha in the procurement tenders. estate. Priorities for purchase are those Ravensthorpe Range supporting a wide • Sold a number of properties that areas containing ecosystems that are range of vegetation communities. were no longer required for not adequately reserved in the existing Department purposes. The Department gratefully acknowledges conservation reserve system, and • Upgraded office security systems at the significant contribution made by the additions to existing reserves, which the Department’s Kensington office Commonwealth Government through would greatly improve their diversity site. or facilitate their management. the National Reserve System Program of the Natural Heritage Trust, which • Made refinements to purchasing procedures to increase the Funds for conservation land supported most of the above purchasing level delegated by the acquisitions were obtained from four purchases. The contribution of the State Supply Commission. sources: the Department’s annual National Reserve System Program this capital allocation; an allocation under year has totalled more than $1.48 • Reviewed the Department’s labour the Gascoyne-Murchison Strategy; the million. This support will continue to on-cost rate. National Reserve System Program of assist in making significant progress • Commenced a valuation for the the Natural Heritage Trust; and some towards the establishment of a Bibbulmun Track. comprehensive, adequate and funding from the Crown reserves • Made a range of other representative reserve system in component of the State Salinity improvements to business Western Australia. processes to improve efficiency and effectiveness.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 55 GENERAL INFORMATION

People Services Branch technical support of the CONCEPT Workplace Discrimination and Sexual system is also well advanced. It is Harassment – Legal Compliance. New WorkForce Services and Planning anticipated that the ASP model will managers and supervisors will be Section: The introduction of the new deliver greater functionality due to the required to complete the course during Government Framework General technical expertise that will be 2002–2003. Agreement impacted heavily on the provided, and the increased number of Workforce Services and Planning modules that are available for In accordance with the WA Section in terms of processing. implementation at no additional cost. Government Equity and Diversity Plan Enormous efforts by staff resulted in Considerable work has also been done for the Public Sector Workforce 2001– 1034 employee occupancies being to enhance the accessibility and 2005, the Department has determined individually updated to reflect the new accuracy of information from performance objectives for increasing General Agreement salary rates in the CONCEPT for management reporting the representation of Indigenous Department’s Human Resource purposes. It is expected that a full suite people, women, people from culturally Information System, CONCEPT. The of management reports will be diverse backgrounds, people with next stage of updating all employee available in the early part of the new disabilities and youth across all levels leave entitlements individually to financial year to assist managers with of the Department. The Department is include leave loading on annual leave, decision-making. currently in the process of establishing and the addition of short and public an Equity and Diversity Taskforce that service holiday leave is currently A significant restructure in Regional will be responsible for developing progressing. Services Division and the proposed strategies to meet these objectives establishment of new parks as a within specified timeframes. The Ranger’s General Agreement has consequence of the Government’s also now been introduced, and 80 Risk Management: The Risk Protecting Our Old-Growth Forests rangers have been updated to the new Management Section is responsible for policy resulted in the establishment General Agreement salary rates. developing and implementing risk and advertising of a number of management policies and procedures positions. Throughout the Department The Web Kiosk facility is now fully in respect to occupational safety and last year, 18 salaried staff achieved implemented and operational health; corporate health and fitness; career advancement through throughout the Department. Web workers’ compensation; injury promotion via advertised vacancies. Kiosk is a facility that provides access management; general liability and the Seventeen salaried staff were to information within the Concept corporate insurance portfolio. reclassified into higher-level positions, Human Resource Information and four achieved advancement Management System through the In the area of occupational safety and through criteria progression. intra/internet, and enables employees health, 90 work groups across the to view and update his or her own Department achieved their safety There were no breaches found in personal details and provides the performance targets during the relation to any Public Sector Standard ability to apply/approve leave online. reporting period. These groups or the Department’s Code of Conduct. Training in the Web Kiosk facility has received awards marking their commenced within the Department achievements at the annual Industrial The Good Working Relations Online and will continue over the course of Foundation for Accident Prevention Training Package for Grievance the coming year. Safeway Awards, presented by the Contact Officers has undergone Minister for Consumer and With the introduction of the employer significant redevelopment and redesign Employment Protection, Hon John direct salary packaging, 42 employees and is now an information and Kobelke MLA, in October 2001. For the have now taken up the opportunity to education program aimed at eighth consecutive year, the salary package their government employees, managers and Grievance Department was the most successful employee superannuation through Investigation Officers, as well as participating organisation. People Services Branch. Grievance Contact Officers. The expanded program was launched The benefit of a safe working Testing of the new version 8.06 of the Department-wide on the CALMweb and environment is well recognised within Department’s Human Resource at the Perth Hills District in the Department, as is the interface Information Management System, Mundaring in March 2002. between safety, health and fitness in CONCEPT, is currently in progress and minimising injury to workers and is expected to be functioning by the Managers and supervisors throughout reducing costs. The continuing positive end of next financial year. Preparatory the Department have continued to effectiveness of the safety and health work for a move to an Application complete the online self-paced program is reflected in the Service Provider (ASP) model for the interactive training course on performance indicators shown opposite.

56 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 GENERAL INFORMATION

Occupational Safety & Health Organisational Learning and • June Craig Scholarship for Performance Indicators Development: Twelve recruits Departmental Women – designed 2001–02 2000–01 graduated in May 2002 after to encourage, support and facilitate Lost Time Injury 10 8 completion of 12 weeks of competency- all women in the Department, to Frequency Rate based training delivered over a two- enhance and develop their careers All Injury Frequency Rate 37 46 year period. Training programmes and increase their contribution to Number of Lost Time 24 20 Incidents included four wheel drive operators, the Department’s mission. The Average Days Lost per (LTI) 5 13 field surveying, recreation planning 2002 recipients are Tammie Reid, Workers’ Compensation and management, disease Ingrid Hunt, Cheryl Cowell, Laura Premium $600,408 $648,259 management, fire management, public Beck and Dr Margaret Byrne. participation, law enforcement, • C. E. Lane Poole Memorial Trust Employee Relations: Under the conversing with the community, Award – this study tour award Government’s new Wage and Parity supervisory skills and senior first aid. provides an opportunity for a Policy, new General Agreements were Each of the programs has national Departmental or Conservation introduced for public servants and recognition from the Training Commission officer to undertake a rangers, with negotiations for similar Accreditation Council. All of the study tour in the eastern states or conditions well advanced for graduating officers have since achieved New Zealand. The recipient of the construction and maintenance workers permanent appointment with the award for 2002 is Ian Dumbrell. covered by the Australian Workers Department. Union (AWU). Next priorities include Thirty-eight people have successfully finalisation of new agreements for the Eighteen Departmental people were completed the Leadership and remaining groups of visitor centre successful for six internal scholarship Organisational Development program employees and pilots. programmes, which promote over the past financial year. The continuous learning in the following programme has been designed to Final drafts for a new simplified AWU areas: provide the learner with the necessary (WA Public Sector) Award have been • Executive Director’s Scholarship tools to address the areas of provided to the Australian Industrial – made available to all wages Leadership, Change Management and Relations Commission for ratification. employees to assist them Project Management. The programme financially in post secondary features a multi-faceted approach A review of the AWU career structure education studies, required for incorporating theory, experiential elements of competence, initially entry to field officer positions. The learning and above all collegial introduced in the early 1990s, was 2002 recipient is Ken Howes from learning. Murdoch University has undertaken. Existing competencies Margaret River; delivered the two programs. have been updated and the opportunity • Dr George Malajczuk Sciences to revisit the implementation manual Scholarship – designed to provide Sixteen people have successfully was undertaken. Work is due to continuous learning opportunities completed the internationally commence on further development of in a science disciplines. The 2002 recognised Certificate IV Effective competencies for the “above recipient is Stephen White from Manager course. This course offers tradesperson equivalent” classifications Environmental Protection Branch; formal qualifications in management. and further tripartite discussions will Six of these graduates have articulated • Seamus Mulholland Leadership continue into the next year. their studies into the Diploma of Scholarship – designed to provide Management course. A further 10 continuous learning opportunities Discussions on a review of the ranger Departmental people have now in a range of management and classification structure continued, and enrolled in the Certificate IV Effective leadership disciplines. The 2002 following the resolution of possible Manager course and 10 Departmental recipient is Andrew Hill from demarcation issues between the Civil people have articulated into the Service Association and the Australian Fremantle; Diploma of Management course for Liquor, Hospitality and Miscellaneous • Executive Director’s 2002. Workers Union, proposals for a new Undergraduate Scholarship – Currently there are 41 wages employees classification structure were well made available to all permanent enrolled in the Certificate IV in advanced but had not concluded by 30 Departmental people to assist them Conservation and Land Management June. financially in relevant Course. undergraduate study programs. There were no disputes referred to There are nine recipients of this The Department has also embarked on either the Australian or the Western scholarship and they are located an employment strategy for Indigenous Australian Industrial Relations throughout the state. Commissions. people. A partnership with the

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 57 GENERAL INFORMATION

Federal Department of Employment development of a training package. Waste Paper Recycling: The and Workplace Relations has been Implementation of a corporate Department follows the State announced. This will see 18 Keyword Classification Thesaurus Government’s policy to recycle all Indigenous trainees graduate from the continued with the commencement of waste paper generated by government Conservation and Land Management conversion for the South West Region. metropolitan agencies and utilises the Training Package over a six-year A project commenced to replace the ‘Whole of State Government Contract’ period. These graduates will be Department’s existing records administered by the Department of employed in field officer positions management system with an Industry and Technology for Waste throughout the State. A further four Electronic Document and Records Paper Recycling. cadets have been sponsored by the Management System. Department while undertaking tertiary The primary objectives of the contract studies. This programme is part of the The Geographic Information Services are to: National Indigenous Cadetship Section provided spatial data and • improve waste management and Programme that provides funds for the mapping support for regional recycling practices within the student during the 40 weeks of operations throughout the public sector; academic study and placement with the Department, including training in • maximise the volume of waste Department for the remaining 12 global positioning systems, desktop paper collected from all weeks whilst on semester breaks and geographic information systems (GIS) metropolitan agencies for between academic years. These cadets and data capture and plotting tools. In recycling; will be offered full-time work with the addition, digital spatial data was Department on completion of their distributed on compact disk, including • reduce the volume of waste paper studies and satisfactory performance the cadastre and new versions of the going to landfill; and whilst employed by the Department Department’s Land Management Maps. • help foster recycling within the during the 12 weeks per year. community. The section provided GIS support for The Department has also undertaken a the processes involved in the During the 2001–2002 financial year, the strategy to develop learning establishment of new national parks in Department provided 6,610 tonnes of programmes on-line to provide equity the southwest of the State. Assistance paper for recycling under the contract. access to learning and development was also provided for the identification ELECTORAL ACT 1907 programmes for all our people of areas of high conservation value for regardless of location. The initiative the preparation of the Forest In accordance with the requirements of will add a further four on-line learning Management Plan, and for the National Section 175ZE of the Western programmes by the end of next Land and Water Resources Audit Australian Electoral Act 1907, the financial year. Biodiversity Project. Department of Conservation and Land Information Management Branch Management incurred the following Three new Land Management Series expenditures in the financial year Information Services Section sheets were published, and a new Atlas ended 30 June 2002. completed the extension of the was prepared for the Swan Region. Department’s communication network Maps were also produced for the Forest Media advertising organisations: and new email system. This has Management Plan Discussion Paper $179,478.27 (Marketforce Productions) improved access by remote offices and and for a variety of other map and $25,647.60 (Media Decisions WA). work centres for information exchange publications. and knowledge sharing. A new There was no expenditure for strategic plan outlining the strategy Remote sensing technology was advertising agencies or in the market and future direction of information employed in a major project to map research, direct mail and polling areas technology and telecommunication forest cover over the Goldfields- by the Department. was finalised for approval by Corporate Murchison area, and for other projects Executive. including the monitoring of vegetation Total expenditure was $205,125.87. over Peron Peninsula and Millstream Corporate Information Section has National Park. The Department is also undertaken project work to ensure the participating in a continuation of the Department’s compliance with the new Landsat-based Land Monitor project. State Records legislation, including the

58 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 GENERAL INFORMATION

FIRE MANAGEMENT SERVICES Throughout the State the Department Planned Burns attended 604 wildfires that affected The 2001–2002 fire season in the lands managed by the Department. Throughout the State, the Department southern half of Western Australia was The vast majority of these (533) completed 96,878 ha of planned extremely dry and continued the run of occurred in the southwest region, burning on Department-managed drought years that has prevailed since which exceeds the 10-year rolling lands. The burns were prescribed to 1998. No significant rainfall occurred average for this area by 20 per cent. meet a variety of purposes including in the period from early October 2001 The majority of wildfires were the conservation and protection of to late April 2002. This was reflected in deliberately lit (46 per cent) and biodiversity, protection of park visitors the Soil Dryness Index, which is an lightning strikes (17 per cent). During and natural assets, community indicator of the seasonal dryness of soil the period 16 to 18 January 2002, a protection, forest regeneration and and large branch ground debris. The total of 55 lightning caused wildfires plantation management. Soil Dryness Index for most locations were suppressed. All these fires, with in the southwest reached its peak value the exception of one on the southwest Throughout the southwest regions, the of 2000 in March and April 2002. coast near Lake Jasper, were contained planned burn program in the native to small sizes. ecosystems totalled 74,739 hectares. The dryness of the ground litter and Approximately 59 per cent of burns vegetation fuels meant that Escapes from Departmental burns were completed in the September to approximately 60 per cent of the represented one per cent of all November period, six percent in prescribed burning programs in wildfires, while four per cent of January to March, 20 per cent in April southwest Western Australia that were wildfires were from escapes from to June 2002, and 15 per cent in July planned for the Spring/early Summer private property burns. and August. and Autumn months were cancelled or postponed because of the risk of severe The long dry fire season and the record A total of 7,094 ha of pine (Pinus fire behaviour and possible burn number of wildfires attended by pinaster) plantations near Wanneroo escapes. As a result, the prescribed Departmental staff throughout the and Yanchep were prescribed burnt in burning program achieved within the State resulted in large expenditures on winter and early spring. A total of southwest forest ecosystems was only fire suppression operations including 13,251 ha of planned burn was 74,739 ha, which is the lowest in 41 wages, overtime, heavy machinery hire undertaken in the Midwest, South years. This was the third year since and costs associated with the operation Coast, Pilbara and Wheatbelt regions. 1998–1999 that the annual burning of aerial water bombers. Many of these burns were wind-driven program has fallen below 100,000 ha or open-edged burns that provide primarily because of extended drought Aerial Water Bombing Operations strategic protection to conservation conditions. reserves and nearby community assets. The aerial suppression programs Approximately 623 km of open-edge managed jointly by the Department Smoke management constraints that burns were ignited within and Fire and Emergency Services aim to avoid smoke accumulations in Departmental reserves in the Authority (FESA) during the summer Perth, and minimise smoke affecting Kimberley Region. months of 2001–2002 fire season again major regional centres, have severely provided an effective and rapid restricted the number of days that are Fire Management for Biodiversity suppression capability for the Perth suitable for undertaking safe and Conservation outer metropolitan area and the effective planned burns in 2001–2002 southwest region stretching from During 2001–2002, the Department fire season. Jurien Bay to Albany. Five Dromader initiated the Fire and Biodiversity aircraft were contracted to provide an Conservation Project, which will result The impact of the drought conditions aerial rapid-attack capability to assist in the development of comprehensive and other burning constraints has ground-based fire crews from the planning guidelines for the provision been such that the Department has Department, FESA or Bushfire of ecologically based fire regimes that been unable to achieve more than 50 Brigades. The water bombers attended are aimed at optimising the per cent of its annual burn programs a total of 131 wildfires during the maintenance of ecological processes since 1998–99. This decline in the period 3 December 2001 and 18 April and biodiversity values, whilst burn program in the southwest has 2002. It was estimated that the Perth ensuring the protection of resulted in a situation where about 70 and Bunbury based aircraft were conservation and societal values. per cent of the southwest forest responsible for saving public and Information on evolutionary regions are carrying natural fuel private assets, and natural values worth adaptations to fire by plants and accumulations that will sustain intense in excess of $33 million. animals will be utilised to determine wildfires under summer conditions. the most appropriate fire regimes for

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 59 GENERAL INFORMATION the conservation of biodiversity in the Fire Training in the year 2001–2002, including various ecosystems across the State number of people trained. commencing in the southwest. This Fire Management Services Branch ecological basis for fire management staff conducted 18 fire training The 275 trainees were predominantly will be the foundation on which the courses covering the following topics: Department employees, but also Department will meet its responsibility Incident Control System; Fire included personnel from the Forest to protect community values and to Management in the Department; Products Commission, FESA (both achieve other land management Logistics Management; Incident employees and volunteers), interstate objectives. The fundamental principle Planning; Fire Operations Officer; government agencies, local associated with this approach is that Sector/Divisional Commander; government and private contractors. fire diversity in terms of frequency, Advance Fire Fighter and Basic Fire intensity, season, spatial pattern and Fighter. Fire courses were also Liaison on training development at the scale promotes biodiversity. conducted for new Departmental field State and national level was staff recruits, and the Department’s maintained, and the Department Smoke Management Bush Rangers. District staff conducted continued to provide high-level input numerous training sessions for fire into the development of the Australian The Department’s fire managers crews, contractors and volunteer applied smoke management systems National Public Safety Competencies bushfire members. for all planned burns in the southwest and Fire Curriculum. The development and promotion of common training regions. This required careful analysis The following table shows the high- of forecast weather and atmospheric systems and course materials was level fire management and fire conditions, fuel conditions, ignition actively pursued between the fire fighting courses that were conducted patterns and timing, and size and agencies within Western Australia. locations of burns relative to population centres. Weather Course Title No. Courses Total Trainees forecasters from the Bureau of Basic Fire Awareness 3 48 Meteorology regularly provided the Basic Fire Fighter 1 8 Department with detailed information Level 1 Fire Fighter 1 18 on weather and atmospheric Fire Operations 1 1 13 conditions. As a result of this close Wildfire Suppression 3 1 16 collaboration there was only one Introduction to Incident Control System 3 31 instance out of the total of 208 Operational Management 2 32 burning days when smoke from a Logistics Management 1 20 Departmental planned burn caused Incident Planning 2 32 haze particulate levels to exceed the Resources Unit Management 1 16 State’s air quality standards set by the Situation Unit Management 1 16 State’s Department of Environmental Fire Management within the Department 1 25 Totals 18 275 Protection and the National Environment Protection Council.

60 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 GENERAL INFORMATION

FIRE MANAGEMENT SERVICES PERFORMANCE INDICATORS SOUTHWEST REGIONS 2001–2002

Key Effectiveness Indicators (1 and 2)

1. Prescribed Burning 2. Fire Suppression

Region 5-year Actual Difference Region Priority 1 & 2 (%) rolling average 2001–2002 (ha) (ha) (ha) % Standard 2001–2002

Swan 39,608 29,809 -9,799 -25 Swan 95 95 South West 32,028 25,157 -6,871 -21 South West 95 96 Warren 64,582 19,773 -44,809 -69 Warren 95 95 Total 136,218 74,739 -61,479 -45 Department Average 97 Note: Five-year rolling average does not reflect the scheduled prescribed burn area.

These statistics compare the 2001– The lower total burn area achieved in The percentage of all forest wildfires 2002 planned burning program with 2001–2002 was primarily due to the that are attacked with effective the five-year rolling average for very dry weather and fuel conditions suppression forces before these fires conservation and protection burning. throughout the burning season. Other exceed five hectares in Priority 1 and Burning achievements are dependent contributing factors to the lower areas Priority 2 areas, under 95 percentile upon the availability of suitable include the continuing reductions in weather conditions. The percentage weather conditions and resources, burn size; the increasing complexity of standard to be exceeded is 95 per cent and the need to maintain burn multiple ignition burns; the need to of all forest fires requiring suppression security and air quality standards in protect increasing areas of fire by direct attack. high population centres. sensitive forest regeneration; and the limited number of suitable burning Definition: The Warren, South West and Swan days when the risk of smoke The 95 percentile weather conditions Regions’ burning achievements were accumulation in Perth and regional are days when forest fire danger is below the five-year rolling average. centres are acceptably low. below ‘very high’ and ‘extreme’ as calculated in the Department’s Forest Fire Behaviour Tables (1998). Firefighters work safely and effectively under these conditions in standard forest fuels.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 61 LEGISLATION AND COMPLIANCE LEGISLATION AND COMPLIANCE

Statement of Compliance MINING AND GOVERNMENT Agreement Act 1973; Collie Coal with written law AGREEMENTS ACTS (Griffin) Agreement Act 1979; Collie 2001–2002 Coal (Western Collieries) Agreement The CALM Act does not generally Act 1979; Dardanup Pine Log Sawmill We have attempted to comply protect land managed by the with the requirements of Agreement Act 1992; Silicon Department from mining or relevant written law, as (Kemerton) Agreement Act 1987; originally enacted and as development projects. Section 4 of the Wesply (Dardanup) Agreement variously amended. Steps have CALM Act provides that nothing in the Authorisation Act 1975; Wood been taken to rectify minor Act shall take away from the operation errors and omissions detected Chipping Industry Agreement Act of any Act relating to minerals or during 2001—2002. The 1969. relevant Acts and amendments petroleum or any Agreement Act for a to legislation are noted in this development project (except in marine Where an Agreement Act involves section of the annual report. nature reserves and certain zones in contracting in relation to forest marine parks which are protected from products this is undertaken by the petroleum drilling and production). Forest Products Commission. Keiran McNamara ACTING EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR The CALM Act cannot impose The Mineral Sands (Eneabba) 30 August 2002 restrictions on mining or development Agreement Act 1975 affects the projects subject to an Agreement Act. Department’s management of the land ACTS ADMINISTERED The requirements for mining and involved in that project. development projects with respect to • Conservation and Land land and waters managed by the OTHER RELEVANT ACTS Management Act 1984. Department are stated in the Mining The Bush Fires Act 1954 has important • Sandalwood Act 1929. Act 1978 and the individual Agreement requirements for the Department with • Wildlife Conservation Act 1950. Acts. The requirements of the respect to fires on land managed by the Environmental Protection Act 1986 Department. On behalf of the people of Western also need to be satisfied with such Australia, the Department manages projects on land managed by the Other State Acts which have relevance national parks, conservation parks, Department. to the Department’s operations and marine parks, State forests, timber role as an employer include: Aboriginal reserves, nature reserves, marine The following mining and petroleum Heritage Act 1972; Aerial Spraying nature reserves, other reserves, lease Acts generally prevail over the CALM Control Act 1966; Agriculture and areas and any associated fauna, flora Act – Mining Act 1978; Petroleum Act Related Resources Protection Act 1976; and forest produce under the 1967; Petroleum Pipelines Act 1969; Agriculture Protection Board Act 1950; legislation that it administers. It is also Petroleum (Submerged Lands) Act Beekeepers Act 1963; Control of responsible for conserving flora and 1982. Vehicles (Off-road Areas) Act 1978; fauna throughout the State. Country Areas Water Supply Act 1947; Agreement Acts which involve clearing Dividing Fences Act 1961; Energy The Conservation and Land land managed by the Department, or Operators (Powers) Act 1979; Management Act 1984 established the which require access to forest Electricity Corporation Act 1994; Department. There are also three resources, also include specific Environmental Protection Act 1986; statutory bodies established under the responsibilities for the Department. Equal Opportunity Act 1984; Act, namely the Conservation The bauxite and coal operations Explosives and Dangerous Goods Act Commission of Western Australia, the predominantly require permission to 1961; Financial Administration and Marine Parks and Reserves Authority be given by the Department for the Audit Act 1985; Fish Resources and the Marine Parks and Reserves companies to harvest the timber before Management Act 1994; Forest Scientific Advisory Committee. All are mining. Products Act 2000; Freedom of responsible to the Minister for the Information Act 1992; Government Environment and Heritage. Their The Agreement Acts that affect Employees Housing Authority Act functions and proceedings are departmental responsibilities include: 1964; Health Act 1911; Heritage of described in separate annual reports to Alumina Refinery Agreement Act 1961; Western Australia Act 1990; Industrial the Minister. Alumina Refinery (Worsley)

62 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 LEGISLATION AND COMPLIANCE

Relations Act 1979; Land the Government of Australia for the The Conservation and Land Administration Act 1997; Local Protection of Migratory Birds and Management Regulations 2002 were Government Act 1995; Long Service Birds in Danger of Extinction and published in the Gazette on 3 May Leave Act 1958; Metropolitan Water their Environment; Convention on 2002 and provide a consolidated set of Supply, Sewerage and Drainage Act Wetlands of International Importance regulations applicable to management 1909; Minimum Conditions of Especially as Waterfowl Habitat of the visitors and other users of the Employment Act 1993; Misuse of (Ramsar Convention); Convention on land and waters that the Department Drugs Act 1981; Occupational Safety International Trade in Endangered manages. These regulations repealed and Health Act 1984; Occupiers Species of Wild Fauna and Flora; and replaced Part 6 of the Wildlife Liability Act 1985; Pearling Act 1990; Convention for the Protection of the Conservation Regulations 1970 (which Public Sector Management Act 1994; World Cultural and Natural Heritage; applied to nature reserves), all of the Public Works Act 1902; Soil and Land Convention on the Conservation of National Parks Authority Regulations Conservation Act 1945; State Migrating Species of Wild Animals; 1977, all of the Conservation and Land Superannuation Act 2000; State Convention on Biological Diversity. Management Regulations 1992 and Supply Commission Act 1991; Swan those regulations in the Forest River Trust Act 1988; Titles REGULATIONS ADMINISTERED Management Regulations 1993 that (Validation) and Native Title (Effect of addressed the activities of visitors to Past Acts) Act 1995; Town Planning • Conservation and Land forests. The new regulations address and Development Act 1928; Transfer of Management Regulations 2002. visitor and certain other activities in Land Act 1893; Water and Rivers marine conservation reserves for the • Forest Management Regulations Commission Act 1995; Water first time. 1993. Corporation Act 1995; Water Services Coordination Act 1995; Waterways • Sandalwood Regulations 1993. Changes to Conservation and Land Conservation Act 1976; Workers’ • Wildlife Conservation Regulations Management Act and Wildlife Compensation and Rehabilitation Act 1970. Conservation Act 1981; Workplace Agreements Act 1993. CHANGES IN LEGISLATION Consequential amendments to both the Conservation and Land Commonwealth Acts relevant to the Changes to regulations Management Act 1984 and the Wildlife Department’s activities include: Conservation Act 1950 came into effect Australian Heritage Commission Act Regulation 63 in Part 11 of the Wildlife on 29 June 2002 under the Criminal 1975; Environment Protection and Conservation Regulations 1970, Investigation (Identifying People) Act Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999; suspends the operation of section 23(1) 2002. These amendments were made Native Title Act 1993; Regional Forest of the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950 because each of the Acts administered Agreements Act 2002; Trade Practices with regard to the taking by Aboriginal by the Department relied on section 50 Act 1974; Workplace Relations Act 1996. people of declared specially protected of the Police Act 1892 to deal with fauna and rare flora for food. The suspected offenders who refused to International agreements relevant to suspension does not apply to the give their name and address to an the Department’s activities: Agreement taking of dugong. This regulation was investigating officer. Section 50 of the between the Government of the amended on 14 August 2001 to extend Police Act was repealed under the People’s Republic of China and the that exception to a further eight Criminal Investigation (Identifying Government of Australia for the specially protected fauna species that People) Act 2002 and the consequential Protection of Migratory Birds and are not threatened by taking by amendments enable the powers of their Environment; Agreement Aboriginal people. Part 3 of the 2002 Act to be applied by between the Government of Japan and prescribed public officers.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 63 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

I certify that the performance indicators are based on proper records, are relevant and appropriate for assisting users to assess the performance of the Department of Conservation and Land Management and fairly represent the performance of the Department of Conservation and Land Management for the financial year ended 30 June 2002.

Keiran McNamara ACTING EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR 15 August 2002

OUTCOME OUTCOME Conservation of biodiversity Community understanding (Biodiversity: the variety of life forms: enjoyment and appreciation of parks, the different plants, animals and wildlife and the natrual environment microorganisms, the genes they and involvement in their management. contain, and the ecosystems they • Output 4: Parks and Visitor form). Services; and • Output 1: Nature Conservation; • Output 5: Astronomical Services • Output 2: Sustainable Forest Management and; • Output 3: Resources and Services Provided to the Conservation Commission of Western Australia.

64 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

OUTPUT 1 NATURE CONSERVATION

Outcome achieved by: Performance Indicator To monitor the implementation of Western Shield, monitoring sites are The conservation of indigenous Example population estimates of being established across the range of plants, animals and ecological native fauna following control of a the baiting program. processes in natural habitats. threatening process. Measure Output description Notes Population estimates for native fauna The development and implementation Research by Department scientists susceptible to fox predation in areas of programs for flora and fauna demonstrated in 1988 that fox where fox baiting is occurring, as conservation, for threatened species predation was a major cause of small shown by monitoring sites where and ecological communities and for fauna decline in the southwest of Western Shield is operating. commercially exploited species Western Australia. This led to the according to the principles of baiting for foxes in selected areas of Note: The full Western Shield program ecological sustainability; the land managed by the Department, commenced in 1996, and hence only acquisition, conservation and which resulted in the recovery of six years of monitoring data are protection of representative several species of threatened fauna at available for areas where baiting was ecosystems; and encouraging public those sites. In 1994 the baiting not previously undertaken. An example awareness, understanding and support program was extended as Operation set of data from an area baited under for nature conservation services and Foxglove, where 500,000 ha of the Western Shield is presented below. policies. northern jarrah forest was baited on a regular basis. In 1996, this program The graph below shows the recovery Note: The Department uses the was further expanded as Western following fox baiting, of the medium- National Strategy for the Conservation Shield with fox baiting now occurring sized mammal, the Brushtail Possum, of Australia’s Biological Diversity over 3.5 million hectares of the State. in the 329,038 ha Fitzgerald River definition of ‘conservation’, ie. ‘the National Park in the Department’s protection, maintenance, If baiting for foxes is successful in Albany District. Prior to fox baiting, management, sustainable use, reducing fox predation as a low levels of medium-sized mammals restoration and enhancement of the threatening process, then it would be were known from the park. Following natural environment’. expected that fauna in the size range fox baiting the known diversity of susceptible to fox predation would, in medium-sized fauna in the area has The Output performance can be best the absence of other factors, firstly increased, with populations of Brush- measured by effectiveness and stabilise, and then recover to an tailed Possums increasing significantly. efficiency indicators in three key areas: equilibrium level for the area of This response to fox baiting is typical suitable habitat in a bushland locality. 1. Wildlife and habitat management; of the response over the range of fox 2. Wildlife utilisation; and

3. Threatened species management. Trap Success for Brushtail Possum in eastern Fitzgerald River NP Key Effectiveness Indicators 8

1. Wildlife and habitat management 7

Land is set aside for the 6 management of wildlife and 5 habitat. Management strategies are Western Shield aerial fox baiting commenced October 1996 developed to ameliorate 4 threatening agents, such as fire, 3 Trap success (%) Trap pests, weeds and diseases, which 2 can impact on the functioning of 1 native ecosystems, and threaten the 0 survival of species. Nov-97 Mar-98 Sep-98 Apr-99 Nov-99 May-00 Oct-00 May-01 Trapping period

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 65 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION baiting activity, although the drought information, while western grey realistic estimate of kangaroo over the past two years has caused kangaroo populations are only numbers. Previous years’ population some variation in the maintenance of recalculated when the southern data has also been recalculated using fauna levels with continued fox baiting. pastoral region, where this species the temperature correction. Further examples of monitoring from mainly occurs, is surveyed. other regions have been presented in The variations observable in the previous annual reports. Sustainable harvest quotas have been populations of the kangaroo species determined from historical monitoring, mainly reflect rangeland condition, 2. Wildlife utilisation and are set at a maximum of around 25 primarily as determined by rainfall, Species such as kangaroos, per cent of the population estimate, rather than the level of harvest crocodiles and a number of flora with the actual quota based on: permitted. As a natural feature of species (excluding timber) are • current population trends; kangaroo population data, these commercially utilised and must be • seasonal conditions; fluctuations are taken into account managed to ensure the use is • review of previous harvests; over the longer term in setting sustainable. • the proportion of the habitat and sustainable harvest levels. population not subject to harvesting; Performance Indicator • current land use practice and 3. Threatened species management trends in land use; and Example population levels of A management system is in place harvested wildlife. • significance of the take outside the to identify, protect and recover commercial quota. flora and fauna that is threatened Notes with extinction or otherwise in Measure need of special protection. The management of flora is based on the non-destruction of the harvested The graph below illustrates the Performance Indicator plants and is therefore sustainable. management of harvest levels that Limited harvesting of breeding allow for the maintenance of kangaroo The identification and management of crocodiles, eggs and hatchlings occurs populations in areas where commercial wildlife taxa that are threatened or from the wild. Kangaroo harvesting, harvesting occurs. requiring special conservation however, involves the taking of larger attention. Notes: Harvest levels are recorded for numbers of animals from the wild, and the previous calendar year as delays must, therefore, be managed in a Note: Threatened taxa conservation in occur in receiving harvest reports. manner that does not threaten the wild Western Australia involves two phases; Minor corrections may also occur to populations. previous years’ data as late harvest (i) the identification and listing of returns are incorporated. As from The management programs for red and taxa in appropriate categories as 1998, population estimates for western grey kangaroo harvesting were determined by the level of threat kangaroos have been corrected for first published in 1973. These programs and the level of available temperature. This gives a more outline the basis of sustainable knowledge; and harvesting using population estimates Population Estimates and Harvest Levels for Managed and harvest quotas. Kangaroo Populations In Western Australia

From 1981 to 1993, triennial aerial Red Kangaroo Harvest 3000000 Western Grey Kangaroo surveys were undertaken for red and Harvest Red Kangaroo Population western grey kangaroos over the estimate 2500000 Western Grey Kangaroo pastoral region of Western Australia. Population estimate Since 1995 the surveys have been done annually, each covering one third (one 2000000 million km²) of the pastoral region. These data are used to estimate the 1500000 populations of these species which are Animals Number of subject to commercial harvest. 1000000 Annual population estimates of red kangaroos are calculated from the 500000 survey data, with the estimates for the between-survey areas being 0 2000 2001 extrapolated using population trend

66 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

(ii) management to enable threatened Number of Declared Rare (DRF) and Priority Flora Taxa taxa to be de-listed, or re-listed in less threatened categories, and to obtain the necessary information Priority 4 3000 for poorly known taxa to Priority 3 categorise them properly. 2500 Priority 2 Priority 1 2000 Priority Flora (All) Indicators (a) and (b) below address Presumed Extinct DRF these two phases. 1500 Ex t ant DRF 1000 a) The number of the State’s wildlife taxa identified and listed as either NUMBER OF TAXA 500 threatened or requiring special 0

0 2 || 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 conservation attention, compared 9 0 98 98 99 99 to previous years. 198 1 198 1 198 199 1 199 199 199 1 199 199 19 199 200 20 200 YEAR Note

As from 1998–99 the measure relates Number of Threatened, Otherwise Specially Protected and Priority Fauna Taxa to actual listing changes to the declared lists of specially protected 400 fauna and flora made by the Minister 350 Priority Fauna for the Environment and the lists of 300 Otherwise Specially Protected priority fauna and flora prepared by the 250 Presumed Extinct Department. Recommendations made 200 Threatened Fauna by the Threatened Species Scientific 150 Committee, but not yet declared by the 100 NUMBER OF TAXA OF NUMBER 50 Minister are not included. 0 1972 1973 1980 1981 1982 19831984 1985 1986 19871988 1989 1990 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 Measure Year As shown in the graph above, at 30 June 2002 a total of 2,801 taxa Notes: Migratory bird species listed but potentially in need of special (2,430 flora and 371 fauna) were under Schedule 3 of the fauna notice protection based on the declared to be specially protected, or are not included in the numbers of information available, or rare but included on the Department’s priority taxa requiring special protection as not currently threatened and in flora and fauna lists. This represents most are not Western Australian need of monitoring. Full an increase of 2.6 per cent in the species. definitions were presented in the Department’s 1997–98 Annual number of taxa listed as requiring A taxon (plural taxa) is a term for any Report. special conservation status compared classificatory group of organisms, to 2000–2001. including species, subspecies and The increase in the number of taxa varieties. The indicator refers to the listed mainly reflects the Department’s Forty-five flora and 67 fauna taxa were number of the State’s wildlife taxa that maintenance of an enhanced added, and 26 flora and 12 fauna taxa are either: were deleted from the lists during the knowledge base of the State’s wildlife year. Additions were due to further through taxonomic revision, curation • declared to be specially protected scientific study revealing additional of collections, databasing of by the Minister for the taxa that appear to warrant special information, and field investigations, Environment and Heritage under conservation attention, the listing at and does not in itself represent a the Wildlife Conservation Act 1950; subspecific level of certain taxa, or the change in the conservation status of that is, taxa that are considered to inclusion of nationally-listed species of the State’s wildlife. be either rare, likely to become avifauna. Deletions were due either to extinct, or otherwise in need of taxonomic studies revealing that taxa b) The recovery of threatened taxa as special protection; or were inappropriately listed, or surveys a consequence of specific revealing that taxa were more common management actions as • listed by the Department as than previously thought, and hence no demonstrated through case priority flora or fauna; that is, longer warranting special conservation examples. taxa that are either poorly known attention.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 67 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

Note Verticordia spicata subsp. squamosa Plant Counts

Given the probabilistic nature of the 80 categories of threat, and the long-term Second Translocation 70 First Translocation nature of threatened taxa recovery, Habitat recreation Smoke Treatment through significant management actions may Natural plants revegetation Translocations 60 occur before a taxon moves from one Smoke New population Treatment category to a lower risk category. The discoveries applied 50 measure of such movements thus will occur over long time periods. 40 Gazetted as Rare Flora and Ranked Critically

Plant Count Endangered

Measure 30

i) Verticordia spicata subsp. 20 squamosa was first collected east of Three Springs in 1974. It was 10 listed as Declared Rare flora in June 0 1995 and ranked in September 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 1995 as Critically Endangered due Ye ar to the low number of known carried out at three populations in throughout the dry winter and individuals and the continuing an attempt to produce more early summer. Six of the 8 plants decline in the quality of the plant’s seedlings. Two very dry winters are healthy and one flowered habitat. At the time it was known followed and no new seedlings have during it’s first summer. from only four small populations, been recorded to date. mainly on narrow road verges and The Botanic Gardens and Parks totalling 21 plants. A larger It was evident that very little Authority propagated 21 new population of 15 plants on private appropriate habitat for this taxon plants, and these were planted near property had been partially cleared. remained and the likelihood of the previous eight, and a watering system installed. The herbarium Following the listing, Departmental locating further new populations staff and members of the local was very low. A Translocation group will continue to monitor the community became familiar with Proposal was approved and translocated population and the subspecies, resulting in the attempts to raise seedlings by the manage the remnant for its discovery of several new larger Botanic Gardens and Parks conservation values. populations. Unfortunately most Authority began. The subspecies All populations are monitored were in decline and by 1999, there proved very difficult to propagate regularly. The private property was still only a total of 32 plants both from seed and cuttings. More population where recruitment was known in seven populations. No seed and cuttings were collected in recorded following smoke recruitment of new seedlings had the summer of 2000 to use in treatment has four very vigorous been observed at any of the direct seeding and the seedlings which are now populations. An honours student translocation site. Also at this time approximately 30cm tall. In total had conducted smoke treatment a property owner reported that a there are now 9 populations with a trials at one site to stimulate new population of one plant total of 69 plants. Although still germination. occurred in a Shire road reserve. A critically endangered, its future is In November 1999 an Interim fence was erected some distance now more secure. outside the road reserve and the Recovery Plan for this subspecies ii) Medium-sized mammals in the area revegetated, effectively was approved and local staff began southwest of the State have doubling the width of the road implementing recovery actions generally declined in their reserve and providing a more with assistance from the local population size and range due to secure habitat for this plant. community. Following summer loss of habitat and predation by rain in early 2000, several new Eight plants were available for an foxes. While fox control under the seedlings appeared in the smoke initial translocation, and with the Western Shield program has treated area. These were enclosed assistance of the Mingenew assisted the recovery of these in rabbit netting for protection, Herbarium group, were planted species in many areas, in other and surrounding property owners (with additional direct seeding) areas some species have become baited for rabbits. into remnant vegetation on private locally extinct. In such situations, In Autumn 2000, smoke treatment property. The community group translocation programs may be and weed control trials were monitored and watered the plants implemented to re-establish the

68 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

species in secure conservation Key Efficiency Indicators Note reserves, in conjunction with fox This measure mainly comprises the control to remove this threatening Note direct and overhead costs associated process. This is the first year of cost allocation with the conservation management of The chuditch is a listed threatened under the new service provider the kangaroo, emu, crocodile, species. Fox control, habitat agreements and a new chart of aviculture, and flora industries, and management, captive breeding and accounts within the Department. marine fauna interactions; expressed the establishment of new Consequently there has been a on a per licence issued basis (2,728 populations in protected areas are reallocation of some of the licences in 1997–98; 2,666 in 1998–99; strategies included in the Department’s resources, plus a more 2,599 in 1999–2000; 2,274 in 2000–2001; published Recovery Plan for this accurate accounting of expenditure, and 2,363 in 2001–2002). species. resulting in a higher budget The graph below shows the results expenditure against nature Measure of a translocation program of the conservation actions. This has caused a 1997–1998: $410 per licence chuditch, Dasyurus geoffroii into rise in the per unit costs for the nature 1998–1999: $425 per licence the 107,812 ha Lake Magenta conservation efficiency indicators. 1999–2000: $362 per licence Nature Reserve, in the south eastern 2000–2001: $512 per licence Wheatbelt, with supporting fox 1. Wildlife and habitat management 2001–2002: $1291 per licence control. While the translocation The cost per hectare managed. was done as a reintroduction, 3. Threatened species management Note subsequent data showed that The accrual basis net cost after chuditch were already present but This measure provides an indicative revenue of management per taxon that in extremely low density, hence it is comparison of the accrual basis gross is threatened or otherwise requires technically a restocking. The total cost (excluding revenues) per special conservation attention. translocation has been successful hectare of managing nature in establishing a replicating, viable conservation on Departmental- Note population of this species in the managed lands and waters. This measure mainly comprises the reserve, as shown by the increase direct and overhead costs associated Measure in the numbers of animals with species conservation, science originating from the original 1997–1998: $2.12 per hectare services, fox control and the management translocated stock. 1998–1999: $1.85 per hectare of threatened flora and fauna; expressed While the population has 1999–2000: $2.05 per hectare on a per taxon basis (2,619 taxa at 30 fluctuated, and declined in recent 2000–2001: $2.03 per hectare June 1998; 2,657 at 30 June 1999; years, it has generally been trapped 2001–2002: $2.28 per hectare 2,687 at 30 June 2000; 2,729 at 30 above the criterion for successful June 2001; and 2,801 at June 2002). 2. Wildlife utilisation establishment (1 per cent trap Measure success), as set out in the Recovery The accrual basis net cost after revenue 1997–1998: $2,671 per taxon Plan, and was trapped at this rate at of managing the harvesting and 1998–1999: $2,606 per taxon the last survey time. The utilisation of wildlife per licence issued. 1999–2000: $2,650 per taxon fluctuation and reduction cycles 2000–2001: $2,303 per taxon represents the normal trend 2001–2002: $6,341 per taxon expected when a population increases rapidly and beyond the Trap Success for Chuditch in Lake Magenta Nature Reserve carrying capacity of the available 6 habitat, combined with the impact Western Shield aerial fox baiting commenced May 1996 5 of drought during 2000 and 2001. Captive-bred Chuditch first released October 1996

It would be expected that further 4 fluctuation will occur as the population stabilises with habitat 3 capacity, and seasonal variations. Trap success (%) 2 This example is typical of the type of response achievable with properly 1 planned habitat management and 0 fauna translocations. Further Aug-96 Nov-96 Feb-97 May-97 Aug-97 Nov-97 Feb-98 May-98 Nov-98 Feb-99 May-99 Nov-99 May-00 Nov-00 May-01 Nov-01 May-02

examples have been presented in Trapping period previous annual reports.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 69 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

OUTPUT 2 SUSTAINABLE FOREST MANAGEMENT

Outcome achieved by: The results of a field audit were The breach of a boundary is considered presented to the Conservation an incident. Incidents are categorised The development and implementation Commission in November 2001. The as minor if a machine has crossed the of management plans and systems for audit forms the basis for the measures boundary with minimal soil sustainable management of State of the Key Effectiveness Indicator. The disturbance or major if the crossing forest and timber reserves. Conservation Commission resolved to involves soil and vegetation note the audit findings and responses, disturbance or tree removal. Removing Output description and endorse follow-up audit in 2002 as trees from within zones for reasons of part of the Conservation Commission’s safety are not considered as incidents. The sustainable management of State audit program. The follow-up audit Compliance is presented in the table forest and timber reserves while will be reported on in the 2002–2003 below. maintaining or enhancing nature annual report. conservation, water, recreation, Compliance with requirements for the landscape and other values in the long Measures Ministerial Condition for phased term, and encouraging public logging. awareness, understanding and support Output performance can best be for sustainable forest management, measured in two key areas of In all second order catchments in the services and policies. compliance with the Forest Management Plan 1994-2003. These intermediate and low rainfall zones of Key Effectiveness Indicator are: the multiple use jarrah forest subject to logging, at least 30 per cent of each Satisfaction of the sustainable forest (i) Ministerial Conditions and second order catchment has a retained management standards of the Commitments; and basal area of greater than 15 square Conservation Commission of Western metres per hectare for a period of at (ii) major aspects of the Manual of Australia. least 15 years after harvesting of the Management Guidelines for remainder of the catchment. The Note Timber Harvesting. requirements of this Ministerial The Conservation Commission of Condition were being complied with (i) Ministerial Conditions and Western Australia has adopted for all areas sampled. Commitments compliance with the Ministerial Conditions, Commitments and Compliance with requirements for the Compliance with the Ministerial operational guidelines for the Forest Ministerial Condition for high salt risk Condition to keep river and stream Management Plan 1994-2003 as its catchments. reserves and diverse ecotype standards for sustainable forest conservation areas unharvested in management pending finalisation of a Within each catchment identified as a perpetuity, and the zone boundaries new forest management plan. The high salt risk additional river and protected during harvesting. Department has a statutory stream buffers are to be retained. No requirement to manage State forest harvesting was found to have occurred and timber reserves and regulate in these areas in the past year. access to State forest and timber reserves by the Forest Products Stream Zone Diverse Other Commission and its contractors, and to Ecotype (Reserves, Coupe ensure that operational guidelines and Zone Boundaries, etc) standards are met. Compliance is Length Assessed(metres) 10,156 2,666 2,215 measured through a field audit process that samples active and completed No. of Minor Incidents 28 6 1 forest coupes in both jarrah and karri, Length of Minor Incidents (metres) 239 24 6 in a range of rainfall zones, that have No. of Major Incidents 7 Nil Nil or are being harvested by a range of Length of Major Incidents (metres) 223 Nil Nil contractors. The audits are conducted at least annually. % of Edge Protected Intact 95.5% 99% 99.7%

70 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

Compliance with Commitments for the Compliance with specifications for Compliance with requirements for the retention of habitat elements. coupe demarcation. protection of threatened flora.

Requirements are the identification Management boundaries, including Field searches are conducted along and marking of four primary habitat coupe, river, stream, travel route and proposed road alignments, landing and trees per hectare or 20 per five hectares diverse ecotype zones, must be gravel pit sites before harvesting in all areas cut over. The specification identified and demarcated prior to the operations commence. Located also requires the identification and commencement of cutting. Ninety- six populations are demarcated and marking of at least one example of per cent of boundaries assessed were protected from disturbing activity. ground habitat per hectare. The found to be marked correctly. Field searches for the presence of average number of habitat trees per threatened flora populations had been hectare for areas sampled was found to Compliance with requirements for the conducted in all coupes sampled. be 5.8 and the average number of protection of soil. ground habitats per hectare was 0.2. Compliance with requirements for the When extraction is completed in any protection of threatened fauna. Compliance with the Commitment to feller’s block, and prior to machinery limit karri gap size. leaving, interceptor banks and drains Areas planned for harvesting are must be constructed across all assessed in a desktop procedure against The requirement is that karri gap size extraction tracks and disturbed a matrix that determines the be no larger than 80 hectares. All firebreaks with exposed soil to probability of habitats of threatened areas sampled complied. The minimise the risk of erosion. Ninety- fauna occurring. Databases containing maximum gap size recorded was 39.3 three per cent of assessed track records of known habitats, populations ha. The average gap size was 11.2 ha. complied with the requirement. and sightings are also consulted. The desktop procedure is yet to be formally Compliance with the Commitment to Compliance with requirements for the approved. The audit found limited limit the distance between retained protection of water. evidence of the procedure being mature karri forest. followed due to a lack of records of use Effective water protection measures and results for the procedure. The requirement is to, where possible, should be undertaken during all phases ensure the distance between areas of of harvesting. The level of compliance retained mature forest is a maximum is incorporated in the table showing Key Efficiency Indicator of 400 metres. The areas sampled compliance with the Ministerial The average cost per hectare of complied. Conditions and the Commitment for managing State forest and timber river and stream reserves. Compliance reserves (ii) Major aspects of the Manual of is also monitored through measures in Management Guidelines for place such as phased logging in the Note Timber Harvesting. intermediate/low rainfall zone in the jarrah forest and also the identification The accrual basis average gross cost per hectare of managing gazetted State Compliance with planning and pre- of high salt risk catchments where forest and timber reserves in harvest checklists. additional stream buffers are retained. Additional measures to protect water accordance with current forest management plans. The area managed Standard documentation must be quality are in place, such as the totalled 1,871,000 hectares. completed prior to any harvesting requirement to construct erosion operation on State forest commencing. barriers in harvested areas to protect Measure Approval of the documentation streams from turbidity. signifies formal approval for an area to The cost per hectare managed was be harvested. The requirements of this $17.82, a decrease on the ‘Target’ cost specification were complied with for of $20.94 in the 2001–2002 Budget each coupe sampled during the audit. Statements.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 71 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

OUTPUT 3 RESOURCES AND SERVICES PROVIDED TO THE CONSERVATION COMMISSION OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA

Outcome achieved by: enjoyment of the State’s natural Key Efficiency Indicator environment, and promoting the The average cost per management The provision of resources and appreciation of flora, fauna and the plan/significant policy developed. services to the Conservation natural environment; advice to the Commission of Western Australia Minister for the Environment and Note Output description Heritage on the development of The accrual basis average cost of policies for the conservation and developing management plans and/or The provision of resources and management of biodiversity significant policies for the services to the Conservation throughout the State and on the Conservation Commission’s Commission of Western Australia for ecologically sustainable management consideration. the satisfaction of its functions which of State forest, timber reserves and include; having vested in it the State’s forest produce; and audit of the Measure national parks, conservation parks, Department of Conservation and Land The average cost per management nature reserves, State forest and Management’s and the Forest plan/significant policy developed for timber reserves; policy development Products Commission’s performance the Commission’s consideration was for the preservation and community against management plans. $27,360. This represents an increase of $16,260 on the ‘Target’ cost of $11,100 in the 2001–2002 Budget Statements.This is due to the development of the new forest management plan.

72 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

OUTPUT 4 PARKS AND VISITOR SERVICES

Outcome achieved by: collection of other information useful periods throughout the year to visitors for planning and management to 18 parks/recreation sites across the Community enjoyment and purposes. The survey is being State with 1266 completed surveys appreciation of parks, wildlife and the conducted across a broad range of returned. At a 95 per cent confidence natural environment without parks, reserves and forest areas at level, the survey responses reported compromising conservation and different times of the year to account below have a standard error within the management objectives. for the geographic spread of these range of ±0.02. areas and associated seasonal Measures Output description variation in visitor patterns across the As part of the new survey program, a Dealing with public involvement, State. benchmark Visitor Satisfaction Index visitation and appreciation of the Respondents to the 2001–2002 survey (VSI) from which to compare visitor natural environment on lands and program show the following satisfaction levels each year has been waters managed by the Department, characteristics: adopted. This benchmark has been set including preparing and implementing at 6.1 on a rating scale from 1 (extremely management and recreation site • fifty-three per cent of respondents dissatisfied) to 7 (extremely satisfied). development plans; providing, were from Western Australia, 30 The 2001–2002 VSI averaged from managing and maintaining appropriate per cent from interstate and the visitor responses to the survey at the access, recreation opportunities and remaining 17 per cent from selected parks, reserves and forest areas visitor facilities; protecting natural overseas. around the State was 6.07, which is areas, visitors and facilities from • the majority of respondents just slightly below the benchmark VSI wildfire; training Departmental staff surveyed were visiting with friends of 6.1. This is illustrated in the Visitor and volunteers, working with local and/or family as opposed to Satisfaction Scores graph below, along tourist bureaux and commercial tour travelling on a tour, with an with the results from the previous two operators; involving Aboriginal people organised group or on their own. years during which time the new in park management and the provision survey program has been implemented. • the largest proportion of of visitor facilities and services; respondents were in the 40–59 year The survey also asked visitors to rate providing visitor information and age bracket, being 32% of visitors, the condition and management of the designing and initiating educational and the 25–39 year age bracket, site they visited, the activities in which and interpretive activity programs which comprised 31per cent of they participated and their overall which enrich visitor experience and respondents. help develop greater community experience at the site. All these factors • sixty-six per cent of respondents awareness and support for parks, contribute to the visitors’ overall overall were first time visitors to experience during their visit. The natural areas, nature-based tourism the recreation areas surveyed. Visitor Experience Ratings graph over and recreation services and policies. Note: A total of 2720 surveys were indicates that the naturalness of the Key Effectiveness Indicators distributed during specific survey area, helpfulness of Departmental staff

1. The extent to which visitors are Visitor Satisfaction Benchmark VSI=6.1 satisfied with their visit overall to recreation areas managed by the Department. 2001/2002 6.07

Notes

The Department’s revised survey 2000/2001 5.96 program first conducted in January 2000, was undertaken for its second full year during 2001–2002. This new survey program enhances the rigour Score Satisfaction Visitor 1999/2000 6.08 of measuring the overall level of visitor satisfaction to recreation areas managed by the Department as well 1234567 as providing for a benchmark Visitor Extremely Scale rating Extremely Satisfaction Index (VSI) and the dissatisfied satisfied

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 73 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

Visitor Experience Ratings

The information provided w as useful 6.0

My visit provided value for money 5.9

I saw evidence of environmental degradation 2.9

Features of cultural/historic value w ere w ell preserved 5.8

Areas such as this provide solitude and isolation 5.8

Being here I felt close to nature 6.1

Sufficient information w as provided about the area 5.7

This area provided a sense of adventure 5.8

The facilities provided w ere ideal (type, location and number) 5.9

I thought this w as an attractive natural area 6.5

The facilities w ere w ell managed (quality & cleanliness) 6.1

Road access and conditions w ere reasonable 5.6

The rangers and other CALM staff w ere helpful 6.4

The condition of the site w as excellent 6.1

I enjoyed the leisure activities I participated in 6.3

1234567 Strongly Strongly Rating scale disagree agree and rangers, the enjoyment derived Volunteer Involvement from leisure activities and the condition and management of facilities 6000 56 83 250000 received the highest ratings from Number of 4966 visitors’ responses to this part of the 5000 Volunteers 4499 200000 survey. These were also the highest

Hours Contributed d ratings given from responses to the 4000 3293 3600 surveys conducted last year. 150000

3000 2677 2400 2. The extent to which the public has 100000 19 2 1 shown interest/support for 2000 1773 Hours Contribute

Departmental-managed recreation of Volunteers No. 1260 50000 areas, facilities and services. 1000 900 Note 0 0 1991/92 1993/94 1995/96 1997/98 1999/00 2001/02 The level of volunteer involvement indicates continued public support for Year the Department’s management programs and the Department’s ability hours. In addition, a further 180,000 3. The number of visits to recreation to balance competing land uses to aid hours were contributed to various areas managed by the Department. public enjoyment and protect projects by the 1100 Bush Ranger conservation values. cadets who participated in the CALM Note Measures Bush Ranger cadet program. The number of visits to recreation areas is based on data from the As illustrated in the diagram Volunteer The number of registered volunteers Department’s Visitor Information and Involvement, the number of volunteer currently stands at 5,683, an increase Statistics (VISTAT) Program. hours spent on various nature of 26 per cent on last year’s figure of conservation and parks and visitor 4,499. This reflects the community’s Measures services projects this year totalled strong interest in and willingness to Data from VISTAT indicates that the 217,000, hours, an increase of 14 per actively support environmental number of visits to lands and waters cent on last year’s figure of 190,000 management and protection projects.

74 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION managed by the Department for 2001– Visitor Use Levels 2002 totalled 9,821,000. As illustrated in the diagram opposite on Visitor Use 9.8 9.7 Levels, this figure comprises both 10.0 recorded numbers of visits from traffic 8.9 9.5 counter devices, surveys and other data 8.7 9.0 sources as well as estimated numbers 8.2 of visits based on field observation. 8.5 This figure represents a conservative 8.0 increase of just over 1 per cent on the Visits Total 7.5 9,718,000 visits in 2000–2001. 7.0 This increase in visits reflects a 1997/98 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 continuing interest by the public in Year visiting natural areas managed by the Department, despite increased fuel costs, dry weather conditions Trends in Visitor Numbers to Three National Parks experienced in some recreation areas and the effects of September 11 on National Parks 1998–1999 1999–2000 2000–2001 2001–2002 world travel. Cape Le Grand 72,000 74,000 65,000 65,000

To compare long term trends in visitor Nambung 191,000 194,000 169,000 173,000 use levels and patterns, Cape Le Grand, Purnululu 17,000 17,000 18,000 21,000 Nambung and Purnululu national parks have been selected because they represent low, medium and high levels Cost per Visit of annual visitation. $5.12 5.00 As indicated in the table over Trends in $3.92 $4.01 $4.01 $3.99 4.00 Visitor Numbers to Three National 3.00 Parks, two of the three parks have 2.00 experienced an increase in visitor 1.00 numbers over the previous 12 months. Cost per Visit ($) 0.00 Over the past four years, the general 1997-1998 1998-1999 1999-2000 2000-2001 2001-2002 trend has been one of continuous Year growth in visitation to Department managed parks, reserves and forest Measure 2. Ratio of total cost of services to areas throughout the State. operating revenues. The 2001–2002 gross cost per visit was Key Efficiency Indicators $5.12. As shown in the Cost per Visit Note graph, this represents an increase of 1. Cost per visit. $1.13 over the figure reported for The accrual basis total cost of providing Parks and Visitor Services 2000–2001. The primary reasons for Note expressed as a ratio of operating this increase were the allocation of an revenue from those services. The accrual basis gross total cost additional $6.55 million dollars to the (excluding revenues) of Parks and provision of parks and visitor facilities Measure Visitor Services, expressed as a cost per and services under the State recorded visit to Department-managed Government’s Protecting Our Old- With total expenditure of $50,297,000 lands and waters. Growth Forests policy and the and operating revenue of $17,847,000, settlement of a previous liability claim. the 2001–2002 ratio was 2.82:1, an increase of 0.64 on the ratio of 2.18:1 in 2000–2001.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 75 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

OUTPUT 5 ASTRONOMICAL SERVICES

Outcome achieved by: Overall Satisfaction with Perth Observatory

Astronomical information and services Response 1996–97 1997–98 1998–99 1999–2000 2000–2001 2001–2002 for the benefit of the community. %%%%%%

Output description Very satisfied 69.6 68.7 71.3 75.1 72.8 64.6 Satisfied 26.8 29.9 26.4 23.9 25.3 31.3 Providing public information and Neither satisfied 3.0 1.2 2.3 0.8 1.9 3.4 awareness directly beneficial to the or dissatisfied Western Australian community, and Dissatisfied 0.4 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.7 contributing to scientific research in Very dissatisfied 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.0 astronomy by co-operating with national and international institutions Note: Prior to 1999–2000 the table reports responses from surveys of star viewing in the acquisition, analysis, night customers only. interpretation and dissemination of information. Increased Knowledge and Awareness of Astronomy

Key Effectiveness Indicators Response 1996–97 1997–98 1998–99 1999–2000 2000–2001 2001–2002 %%%% % % 1. The level of customer satisfaction Strongly agree 48.7 45.4 52.6 54.9 57.6 42.0 with the services provided by the Agree 46.1 50.9 45.5 43.9 38.9 53.4 Observatory. Neither agree 4.2 3.5 1.9 1.2 3.5 4.6 Note or disaree Disagree 1.0 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 During 2001–2002, 9,714 people Strongly disagree 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 visited the Observatory, 1,001 people used the recorded information line, provided by the Perth Observatory described above. The analysis of the and 11,080 people telephoned seeking meet your needs?’ The responses to 238 (48 per cent) responses to the information. both survey questions indicate levels of question ‘To what extent do you agree satisfaction consistent across all types that the information presented on the A total of 535 customer survey of visits and services. tour increased your knowledge of and questionnaires were distributed; 495 to awareness of astronomy?’ indicates Observatory star viewing night, day levels of satisfaction consistent across and Sunday visitors between July 2001 2. The extent to which visitors all types of visits. and May 2002, and 40 to customers of perceive the information Observatory services such as lectures presented during their tour of the and natural lighting consultancies. Observatory increased their 3. Research findings published in knowledge and awareness of internationally recognised journals. Note: At a 95 per cent confidence level astronomy. Note the survey responses reported below Note have a standard error within the range One of the aims of Perth Observatory is ±4%. This indicator relates to the to further scientific research in astronomy. educational role of the Observatory in One method of measuring the Measure meeting the demand by the contribution to scientific research is to The table Overall Satisfaction with community for information on determine the number of articles Perth Observatory shows the astronomy and measures the extent to published in internationally recognised combined analysis of 233 (47 per cent) which that demand is met. scientific journals. The publishers of responses to the visitors’ survey these journals independently evaluate Measure question ‘How satisfied were you with articles submitted to ensure they meet the services provided by Perth The Increased Knowledge and appropriate standards and criteria. Observatory?’ and the 32 (80 per cent) Awareness of Astronomy table Publication in these journals evidences responses to the services customers’ illustrates visitors’ perception as that the Observatory is adding to survey question ‘Did the service measured by the visitors’ survey scientific knowledge and therefore furthering scientific research.

76 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

Measure Measure 3. Cost of research activities per refereed research paper. During 2001–2002, the Observatory The cost per visitor in 2001–2002 was had five (five in 2000–2001) articles $20.42 (2000–2001 $15.66) an increase Note published in internationally recognised of $1.92 on the ‘Target’ cost of $18.50 This indicator shows the average journals. Note: 18 (22 in 2000–2001) in the 2001–2002 Budget Statements accrual gross cost of the Observatory’s other scientific papers related to This increase is mainly due to an research activities expressed as an scientific data on astronomical objects increase in the number of night average per refereed scientific research were also published as articles in sessions conducted. paper. educational journals, popular magazines, newsletters or internal 2. Cost per enquiry. Measure reports. Note In 2001–2002 the average cost per Key Efficiency Indicators paper of the research activities This indicator shows the average supporting the five refereed research 1. Cost per tour visitor. accrual gross cost relating to the papers was $81,836 (five papers at Observatory receiving and responding $86,000 in 2000–2001), a decrease of Note to enquiries about astronomical $3,164 on the ‘Target’ cost of $85,000 information by way of the information The Perth Observatory conducts an on- in the 2001–2002 Budget Statements. site educational program line, telephone calls and attendance at astronomy talks and field nights. through guided tours for school and 4. Cost of research activities per community groups, tourists and the Measure 1,000 head of WA population. general public. This indicator shows the average accrual gross cost per tour Based on a total of 18,405 enquiries in Note visitor based on 2001-2002 tour 2001–2002, the cost per enquiry was This indicator shows the accrual gross participation totalling 9,714 $31.54 (22,720 enquiries at $28.30 in cost of the Observatory’s research (2000–2001 8,424), ie. night visitors – 2000–2001). This is a decrease of $1.36 activities expressed as an average cost 6,107, day visitors – 3,213 and Sunday on the ‘Target’ cost of $32.90 in the per 1,000 head of WA population. afternoon visitors – 394. 2001–2002 Budget Statements. Measure

The cost of research activities per 1,000 head of WA population was $213 in 2001–2002, ($191 in 2000–2001) an increase of $23 on the ‘Target’ cost of $190 in the 2001–2002 Budget Statements.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 77 PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

78 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The accompanying financial statements of the Department of Conservation and Land Management have been prepared in compliance with the provisions of the Financial Administration and Audit Act 1985 from proper accounts and records to present fairly the financial transactions for the period ending 30 June 2002 and the financial position as at 30 June 2002. At the date of signing we are not aware of any circumstances which would render the particulars included in the financial statements misleading or inaccurate.

Keiran McNamara John Byrne ACCOUNTABLE OFFICER PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING OFFICER 15 August 2002 15 August 2002

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 79 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2002

Note 2001–2002 2000–2001 ($’000) ($’000)

COST OF SERVICES Expenses from Ordinary Activities 4 Employee expenses 5 64,039 70,042 Supplies and services 6 43,302 53,479 Harvesting 0 25,401 Capital user charge 7 11,237 0 Depreciation expense 8 10,585 10,658 Borrowing costs expense 492 6,855 Bad and doubtful debt expenses 343 373 Administration expenses 9 6,481 6,235 Accommodation expenses 3,329 3,402 Grants & subsidies 10 754 691 Total cost of services 140,562 177,136

Revenue from Ordinary Activities User charges and fees 11 7,509 49,775 Commonwealth grants and contributions 9,607 13,172 Net profit on disposal of non-current assets 12 12 289 Other revenues from ordinary activities 13 42,688 51,776 Total revenues from ordinary activities 59,816 115,012

NET COST OF SERVICES (80,746) (62,124)

REVENUES FROM GOVERNMENT 14 Output Appropriations 96,812 74,291 Liabilities assumed by the Treasurer (1,059) (2,556) Resources received free of charge 833 555 Net assets assumed (Transferred) 15 (2,717) (644) Total revenues from Government 93,869 71,646

Change in net assets before extraordinary item 13,123 9,522 Net increase/(decrease) in asset revaluation reserve 124,942 8,727 Total changes in equity other than those resulting 138,065 18,249 from transactions with WA State Government as owners.

The Statement of Financial Performance should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

80 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2002

Note 2001–2002 2000–2001 ($’000) ($’000)

CURRENT ASSETS Cash assets 28(a) 30,393 22,441 Restricted cash assets 16 69 195 Inventories 17 2,681 2,371 Receivables 18 7,038 8,705 Amounts receivable for outputs 19 314 0 Prepayments 20 732 1,102 Total Current Assets 41,227 34,814

NON-CURRENT ASSETS Restricted cash assets 16 2,000 1,529 Amounts receivable for outputs 19 10,500 0 Property, plant, equipment and vehicles 21 2,055,429 1,939,537 Other assets 22 58,238 48,011 Total Non-Current Assets 2,126,167 1,989,077

TOTAL ASSETS 2,167,394 2,023,891

CURRENT LIABILITIES Payables 23 6,257 6,271 Interest-bearing liabilities 24 0 123 Provisions 25 9,210 8,443 Other liabilities 26 3,959 3,283 Total Current Liabilities 19,426 18,120

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES Interest-bearing liabilities 24 0 3,687 Provisions 25 5,342 4,846 Total Non-Current Liabilities 5,342 8,533

TOTAL LIABILITIES 24,768 26,653

EQUITY 27 Equity Contribution to Government (235,052) (234,998) Equity Contribution from Government 7,377 0 Reserves 1,979,326 1,854,384 Accumulated surplus/(deficit) 390,975 377,852 Total Equity 2,142,626 1,997,238

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 2,167,394 2,023,891

The Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 81 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2002

Note 2001–2002 2000–2001 ($’000) ($’000)

CASH FLOWS FROM GOVERNMENT Output appropriations 85,998 67,367 Capital appropriations 7,365 6,924 Holding account drawdowns 0 0 Net cash provided by Government 93,363 74,291

UTILISED AS FOLLOWS: CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Payments Employee costs (58,670) (66,100) Superannuation (5,103) (6,964) Supplies and services (42,364) (52,674) Harvesting costs 0 (25,003) Borrowing costs (581) (8,503) GST payments on purchases (6,059) (6,687) GST payments to taxation authority (208) (951) Capital user charge (10,525) 0 Other payments (11,308) (9,676) Receipts Sale of goods and services 32,320 91,757 User charges and fees 13,163 15,949 Commonweath grants and contributions 9,357 12,721 Interest received 1,343 841 GST receipts on sales 4,001 6,084 GST receipts from taxation authority 1,683 1,103 Other receipts 6,125 3,847 Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities 28 (66,826) (44,256)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Proceeds from sale of non-current physical assets 1,394 2,045 Purchase of non-current physical assets (15,824) (19,242) Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities (14,430) (17,197)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Repayment of borrowings (3,810) (8,200) Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities (3,810) (8,200)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash held 8,297 4,638 Cash at the beginning of the financial year 24,165 19,527 CASH AT THE END OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR 28(a) 32,462 24,165

The Statement of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

82 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 2001-2002 2000-2001 ( $’000) 2000-2001 2000-2001 SERVICES TOTAL OUTPUT 5 ASTRONOMICAL 2001-2002 ( $’000)

4,049 0 0 (2,717) (644) 0 0 0 0 0 25,401 PARKS AND VISITOR PARKS 3 OUTPUT 4 COMMISSION SERVICES ( $’000) ( $’000) 5 5 10,229 6,851 148 119 42,688 51,776 CONSERVATION CONSERVATION 5,613 0 0 364 913 0 0 492 6,855 42,99740,970 0 0 7,509 6,778 0 0 7,509 49,775

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2002 FOR THE OUTPUT SCHEDULE OF EXPENSES AND REVENUES OUTPUT SCHEDULE OF EXPENSES DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT OF CONSERVATION DEPARTMENT 2000-2001 2001-2002 2000-2001 2001-2002 2000-2001 2001-2002 2000-2001

( $’000) ( $’000) 0 7 (2,717) (4,700) 0 0 0 NATURE FOREST THE RESOURCES SUPPLIED TO SUSTAINABLE OUTPUT 1 OUTPUT 2 OUTPUT

458) (1,107) (271) (804) (5) (7) (316) (610) (9) (28) (1,059) (2,556) CONSERVATION MANAGEMENT 2,3102,954 01,253 2,613 1,153 2,6279,150 1,629 7256,497 0 8,600 1,775 3,831 986 2 102 302 25,809 27 28 0 528 16 1,752 6,107 0 1,305 1,783 0 0 1,229 44 191 155 19 36 0 4,044 18 6,481 11,237 0 3,329 6,235 0 3,402 0 9,607 13,172 4,713 4,286 4,693 (2,396) (124) 0 3,764 7,841 77 (209) 13,123 9,522 28,12817,347 27,074 14,165 16,207 9,360 24,70155,061 26,719 350 47,991 194 200 33,33315,673 41 89,103 12,484 18,773 16,229 684 26,143 17,455 12,391 287 84,650 581 172 5 50,297 612 163 38,745 5 64,039 43,302 1,187 70,042 17,847 53,479 1,010 17,754 140,562 177,136 148 119 59,816 115,012 44,199 40,711 14,657 7,374 555 288 36,283 25,212 1,118 706 96,812 74,291 44,101 39,793 11,883 2,057 555 282 36,214 28,832 1,116 682 93,869 71,646 (39,388) (35,507) (7,190) (4,453) (679) (282) (32,450) (20,991) (1,039) (891) (80,746) (62,124) 2001-2002 4 8 2,174 1,966 2,473 3,554 9 2 5,749 4,955 180 181 10,585 10,658 14 Note Revenue from Ordinary Activities Revenue from Ordinary Employee expensesSupplies and servicesHarvestingCapital user chargeDepreciation expense Borrowing costs expenseBad and doubtful debt expensesAdministration expensesAccommodation expensesGrants & subsidies 5 6 cost of services Total 7 User charges and feesCommonwealth grants and contributions 9 Net profit on disposal of non-current assets 13 128Other revenues from ordinary activities 12 revenues from ordinary activities Total 10 0 13 329 0 26 11 754 0 53 312 691 0 0 354 0 32 0 0 25,401 0 155 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18 0 (46) 19 0 81 0 0 0 0 0 0 343 0 373 12 754 289 691 Output appropriations Liabilities assumed by the TreasurerResources received free-of-chargeNet assets assumed (transferred) 15 ( 360 182 214 187 5 1 247 181 7 4 833 555 Total revenues from Government Total NET COST OF SERVICES COST OF SERVICES Activities Expenses from Ordinary REVENUES FROM GOVERNMENT Change in net assets The Output Schedule of Expenses and Revenue should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 83 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT SUMMARY OF CONSOLIDATED FUND APPROPRIATIONS AND REVENUE ESTIMATES (NOTE 37) FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2002

2001–2002 2000–2001 Estimate Actual Variance Estimate Actual Variance $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000 $’000

PURCHASE OF OUTPUTS Item 66 Net amount appropriated to purchase outputs 102,255 96,664 (5,591) 96,664 67,174 29,490 Amount Authorised by Other Statutes - Salaries and Allowances Act 1975 173 148 (25) 148 193 (45) Total appropriations provided to purchase outputs 102,428 96,812 (5,616) 96,812 67,367 29,445

DETAILS OF EXPENDITURE BY OUTPUTS Nature Conservation 64,419 55,061 (9,358) 55,061 47,991 7,070 Sustainable Forest Management 39,158 33,333 (5,825) 33,333 89,103 (55,770) Resources and services provided to the Conservation 555 684 129 684 287 397 Commission of Western Australia Parks and Visitor Services 48,155 50,297 2,142 50,297 38,745 11,552 Astronomical Sevices 1,211 1,187 (24) 1,187 1,010 177 Total Cost of Outputs 153,498 140,562 (12,936) 140,562 177,136 (36,574)

Less retained revenue (52,061) (60,649) (8,588) (60,649) (115,567) 54,918

Net Cost of Outputs 101,437 79,913 (21,524) 79,913 61,569 18,344 Adjustment for movement in cash balances and other accrual items 991 16,899 15,908 16,899 5,798 11,101 Total appropriations provided to purchase outputs 102,428 96,812 (5,616) 96,812 67,367 29,445

CAPITAL Item 155 Capital Contribution (2000–01 Amount 7,365 7,365 0 7,365 6,924 441 provided for capital services)

Capital Expenditure Capital appropriations 7,365 7,365 0 7,365 6,924 441 Adjustment for movement in cash balances and other funding sources 8,700 8,459 (241) 8,459 12,318 (3,859) Total capital expenditure 16,065 15,824 (241) 15,824 19,242 (3,418)

GRAND TOTAL OF APPROPRIATIONS 109,793 104,177 (5,616) 104,177 74,291 29,886

DETAIL OF REVENUE ESTIMATES Revenues disclosed as Administered Revenues 103 110 7 110 85 25

The Summary of Consolidated Fund Appropriations, Variance to Actual and Budget should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. This Summary provides the basis for the Explanatorary Statement information requirements of TI 945.

Footnote: The comparative figures for 2000–01 have been revised to report accrual information rather than the cash information reported in this summary for 2000–01, to provide more meaningful comparative information with the figures presented for the current financial year for the purposes of the Explanatory Statement required by Treasurer’s Instruction 945. The financial effect in the current year of this change in reporting is that the total cost of outputs for 2000–01 reported in this summary is $M140.6 where as in the summary for 2000- 01 the total cost of outputs was $M168.9 .

84 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2002

1. DEPARTMENTAL MISSION AND FUNDING Basis of accounting

In partnership with the community, to conserve Western The financial statements have been prepared in Australia’s natural diversity of native plants, animals, and accordance with Australian Accounting Standard AAS29. other organisms, and the lands and waters entrusted to the Department for the benefit and appreciation of The statements have been prepared on an accrual basis present and future generations. using historic cost accounting, with the exception of certain non-current assets and liabilities, which, as In 2001–2002 the Department was predominantly noted, are measured at fair value. funded by Parliamentary appropriations. The Department provided the outputs as disclosed at Note 3. Administered assets, liabilities, expenses and revenues Government policy determines the fees charged. are not integral to the Department in carrying out its functions and are disclosed in the notes to the financial In the process of reporting on the Department as a single statements, forming part of the general purpose financial entity, all intra-entity transactions and balances have report of the Department. The administered items are been eliminated. disclosed on the same basis as is described above for the financial statements of the Department. The As part of the State Government’s Machinery of administered assets, liabilities, expenses and revenues are Government framework announced on 21 June 2001, the those which the Government requires the Department to Department will be renamed the Department of administer on its behalf. The assets do not render any Conservation when legislation is amended. service potential or future economic benefits to the 2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Department, the liabilities do not require the future sacrifice of service potential or future economic benefits The following accounting policies have been adopted in of the Department, and the expenses and revenues are the preparation of the financial statements. Unless not attributable to the Department. otherwise stated these policies are consistent with those adopted in the previous year. As the administered assets, liabilities, expenses and revenues are not recognised in the principal financial General Statement statements of the Department, the disclosure requirements of Australian Accounting Standard AAS 33, The financial statements constitute a general purpose Presentation and Disclosure of Financial Instruments, financial report which has been prepared in accordance are not applied to administered transactions. with Australian Accounting Standards, Statements of Accounting Concepts and other authoritative a) Output Appropriations pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board, and Urgent Issues Group (UIG) Consensus Views Output Appropriations are recognised as revenues in the as applied by the Treasurer’s Instructions. Several of period in which the Department gains control of the these are modified by the Treasurer’s Instructions to vary appropriated funds. The Department gains control of application, disclosure, format and wording. The appropriated funds at the time those funds are deposited Financial Administration and Audit Act and the into the Department’s bank account or credited to the Treasurer’s Instructions are legislative provisions holding account held at the Department of Treasury governing the preparation of financial statements and and Finance. Refer to Note 14 for further commentary take precedence over Australian Accounting Standards, on output appropriations. Statements of Accounting Concepts and other b) Contributed Equity authoritative pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board, and UIG Consensus Views. Under UIG 38 “Contributions by Owners Made to The modifications are intended to fulfil the requirements Wholly-Owned Public Sector Entities“ transfers in the of general application to the public sector, together with nature of equity contributions must be designated by the the need for greater disclosure and also to satisfy Government (owners) as contributions by owners (at the accountability requirements. time of, or prior to transfer) before such transfers can be recognised as equity contributions in the financial If any such modification has a material or significant statements. Capital contributions (appropriations) have financial effect upon the reported results, details of that been designated as contributions by owners and have modification and where practicable, the resulting been credited directly to Contributed Equity in the financial effect, are disclosed in individual notes to these Statement of Financial Position. All other transfers have financial statements. been recognised in the Statement of Financial Performance. Prior to the current reporting period, capital appropriations were recognised as revenue in the

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 85 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2002

Statement of Financial Performance. Capital Aircraft 5 – 6 years appropriations which are repayable to the Treasurer are Boats 5 years recognised as liabilities. Refer to Note 14 for further Plant and Machinery 4 – 10 years commentary on the application of UIG 38. Heavy Fleet Vehicles 5 years Recreation / Tourism Assets 10 – 20 years c) Net Appropriation Determination g) Revaluation of Land, Buildings and Infrastructure Pursuant to section 23A of the Financial Administration and Audit Act, the Treasurer may make a determination The Department has a policy of valuing land, buildings providing for prescribed revenue to be retained by a and infrastructure at fair value. department. Receipts in respect of all revenues recognised in the Statement of Financial Performance Freehold land held in the name of the Executive are the subject of a net appropriation determination by Director, Crown land in the conservation estate and the Treasurer. vested State Forest are valued by the Valuer General on either a market value or current use basis. The Valuer The net appropriation determination allows all General provided a revaluation for 2001–2002 that has prescribed revenues to be retained. been recognised in the financial statements.

Prescribed revenues include moneys received other than Crown land is reserved for or held by the Conservation from taxes, royalties and Commonwealth general Commission of Western Australia for the conservation purpose grants. and land management purposes prescribed by the Conservation and Land Management Act 1984. Should Retained revenues may only be applied to the outputs the land no longer be reserved or held for these purposes specified in the 2001–2002 Budget Statements. the land becomes Crown land within the meaning of the Land Administration Act 1997 and thus would no longer d) Grants and Other Contributions Revenue be vested in the Conservation Commission. Therefore Grants, donations, gifts and other non-reciprocal land of this nature cannot be sold by the Department to contributions are recognised as revenue when the meet liabilities or fund activities. Department obtains control over the assets comprising The value of tourism facilities standing on the land is the contributions. Control is normally obtained upon reported separately from the Valuer General’s land their receipt. Contributions are recognised at their fair valuation. value. Contributions of services are only recognised when a fair value can be reliably determined and the h) Recognition of Revenue services would be purchased if not donated. Revenue from the sale of goods and disposal of other e) Operating Accounts assets and the rendering of services, is recognised when the Department has passed control of the goods or other Amounts appropriated are deposited into the assets or delivery of the service to the customer.. Department’s bank account and any revenues that are the subject of net appropriation determinations are i) Employee entitlements deposited into the account. Revenues not subject to net appropriation determinations are credited to the Annual leave Consolidated Fund. All payments of the Department are made from the operating account. This entitlement is recognised at current remuneration rates and is measured at the amount unpaid at the f) Depreciation of non-current assets reporting date in respect to employees’ service up to that date. All non-current assets having a limited useful life are systematically depreciated over their useful lives in a Long Service Leave manner that reflects the consumption of their future economic benefits. Leave entitlements are calculated at current remuneration rates. A liability for long service leave is Depreciation is calculated on the straight-line basis, recognised after an employee has completed four years of using rates which are reviewed annually. Useful lives for service. An actuarial assessment of long service leave each class of depreciable asset are: undertaken by PricewaterhouseCoopers in 2000 determined that the liability measured using the short Buildings 20 – 40 years hand method was not materially different from the Furniture 10 years liability measured using the present value of expected Office Equipment 6 – 7 years future payments. Computer Equipment 4 years

86 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2002

This method of measurement of the liability is consistent effectively retains all of the risks and benefits incidental with the requirements of Australian Accounting to ownership of the items held under the operating Standard AAS 30 “Accounting for Employee leases. Equal instalments of the lease payments are Entitlements”. charged to the operating statement over the lease term as this is representative of the pattern of benefits to be Superannuation derived from the leased property.

Staff may contribute to the Pension Scheme, a defined The Department had no finance lease commitments benefits pension scheme now closed to new members, or during 2001–2002. to the Gold State Superannuation Scheme, a defined benefit lump sum scheme now also closed to new k) Receivables members. All staff who do not contribute to either of these schemes become non-contributory members of the Receivables are recognised at the amounts receivable as West State Superannuation Scheme, an accumulation they are due for settlement no more than 30 days from fund complying with the Commonwealth Government’s the date of recognition. Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992. Collectability of accounts receivable is reviewed on an All of these schemes are administered by the ongoing basis. Debts that are known to be uncollectable Government Employees Superannuation Board (GESB) are written off. A provision for doubtful debts is raised The superannuation expense comprises the following where reasonable doubts as to collection exist. elements: l) Accrued Salaries i) change in the unfunded employer’s liability in The Treasury accrued salaries suspense account (refer respect of current employees who are members of note 16) consists of amounts paid annually into a the Gold State Superannuation Scheme. Employer suspense account maintained at Treasury over a period of contributions have been paid to the Gold State 10 financial years to meet the additional cash outflow in Superannuation scheme since the inception of the each eleventh year when 27 pay days occur in that year scheme in 1987; and instead of the normal 26. No interest is received on this ii) employer contributions paid to the Gold State account. Superannuation Scheme and the West State Accrued salaries (refer note 26) represent the amount Superannuation Scheme. due to staff but unpaid at the end of the financial year, as The superannuation expense does not include payment the end of the last pay period for that financial year does of pensions to retirees, as this does not constitute part of not coincide with the end of the financial year. Accrued the cost of services provided by the Department in the salaries are settled within a few days of the financial year current year. end. The Department considers the carrying amount of accrued salaries to be equivalent to the net fair value. A revenue “Liabilities assumed by the Treasurer” equivalent to (i) is recognised under Revenues from m) Payables Government in the Statement of Financial Performance Payables, including accruals not yet billed, are as the unfunded liability is assumed by the Treasurer. recognised when the Department becomes obliged to The GESB makes the benefit payments and is recouped make future payments as a result of a purchase of assets by the Treasurer. or services. Payables are generally settled within 30 days. The total unfunded liability assumed by the Treasurer for n) Inventories current employees in the Gold State Superannuation Scheme for pre 1987 service is $12.39M. (2000-2001 Inventories have been valued at the lower of cost and net $13.44M) realisable value, apart from publications that are valued at the wholesale price. Nursery stock at the Narrogin The total unfunded liability assumed by the Treasurer in Nursery is valued at cost including overheads. respect of the Pension Scheme pensions that will be payable to current employees when they retire is $2.49M. o) Accrued Superannuation (2000–2001 $2.86M). Accrued superannuation represents the Department’s j) Leases estimated liability at the end of year for employer superannuation contributions to the Government The Department has entered into a number of operating Employees Superannuation Board. The Department lease arrangements for the rent of buildings, office receives fortnightly invoices in arrears. equipment and motor vehicles where the lessor

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 87 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2002 p) Interest-bearing liabilities 4. OPERATING EXPENSES

The Department has borrowed funds through the Operating expenses for 2000–2001 include expenditure Western Australian Treasury Corporation. These of $48.476 million incurred by the Forest Products borrowings are recorded at an amount equal to the net Division in the period 1 July to 15 November 2000 prior proceeds received. Borrowing costs expense is to the establishment of the Forest Products Commission recognised on an accrual basis. on 16 November 2000. This expenditure is included under the Sustainable Forest Management output in the q) Resources Received Free of Charge or For Nominal Value Output Schedule of Expenses and Revenues. Resources received or provided free of charge or for nominal value that can be reliably measured are recognised as revenues or expenses as appropriate at fair 2001–2002 2000–2001 value. ($’000) ($’000) r) Comparative Figures

Comparative figures are, where appropriate, reclassified 5. EMPLOYEE EXPENSES so as to be comparable with the figures presented in the Wages and salaries 58,356 66,233 current financial year. Superannuation 4,079 3,773 s) Rounding Annual Leave 560 1,079 Long Service Leave 736 (1,637) Amounts in the financial statements have been rounded Workers Compensation Insurance 308 594 to the nearest thousand dollars, or in certain cases, to 64,039 70,042 the nearest dollar. 6. SUPPLIES AND SERVICES 3. OUTPUTS OF THE DEPARTMENT Services & Contracts 14,496 17,446 Materials 17,014 24,236 Information about the Department’s outputs and, the Operating Leases 10,061 10,308 expenses and revenues which are reliably attributable to Repairs and maintenance 1,729 1,465 those outputs is set out in the Output Schedule. 43,302 53,479 Information about expenses, revenues, assets and liabilities administered by the Department are given in 7. CAPITAL USER CHARGES 11,237 0 notes 34 and 35. A capital user charge rate of 8% has been set by the The five key outputs of the Department are: - Government for 2001–2002 and represents the Output 1: Nature Conservation opportunity cost of capital invested in the net assets of This output comprises the conservation of indigenous the Department used in the provision of outputs. The plants, animals and ecological processes in natural charge is calculated on the net assets adjusted to take habitats. account of exempt assets. Payments are made to the Output 2: Sustainable Forest Management Department of Treasury and Finance on a quarterly basis. This output comprises the long term maintenance of the forest ecosystem. 8. DEPRECIATION EXPENSE Buildings, Plant & Equipment 4,975 5,266 Output 3: Resources and Services Provided to the Vehicles 1,936 1,916 Conservation Commission of Western Australia Recreation & Tourism Facilities 3,674 3,476 This output comprises the provision of resources and 10,585 10,658 services to the Conservation Commission of Western Australia for the satisfaction of its functions. 9. ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES Telephones, Postage, Communications 1,875 1,765 Output 4: Parks and Visitor Services This output comprises Community enjoyment and Travel Expenses 2,136 2,159 appreciation of parks, wildlife and the natural Resources Received free-of -charge 831 555 environment without compromising conservation and Other Admin Expenses 1,639 1,756 management objectives. 6,481 6,235

Output 5: Astronomical Services This output comprises Astronomical information and services for the benefit of the community.

88 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2002

2001–2002 2000–2001 2001–2002 2000–2001 ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000)

10. GRANTS & SUBSIDIES 13. OTHER OPERATING REVENUES Recurrent Interest received 1,343 841 Oil Mallee Association of WA 319 50 State Grants 6,179 3,771 Green Skills Inc 129 153 Other Revenue Oil Mallee Company 50 35 - Mining Compensation 3,534 3,520 World Wide Fund for Nature 46 50 - Sale of Publications 462 477 Kalgoorlie Boulder Urban 30 0 - Nursery Sales 72 4,571 Landcare Group - Other Revenues 1,059 1,757 Urban Bushland Council 17 18 - Agency Sharefarming revenue 0 7,090 Central Oil Mallee Region Inc 14 0 - Recoups and Private Grants 30,039 29,749 Eastern Wheatbelt Oil Mallee 14 0 42,688 51,776 Midwest Oil Mallee Association 14 0 Upper Great Southern Oil 14 0 14. REVENUES (TO)/FROM GOVERNMENT Mallee Growers Appropriation revenue received during the year: Conservation Council of WA 13 32 - Output Appropriation (i) 96,812 67,367 Cockburn Wetlands Education Centre 10 10 - Capital Appropriation (ii) 0 6,924 Beverley Natural History Society 0 5 96,812 74,291 Birds Australia Group 0 12 Malleefowl Preservation Group 0 16 The following liabilities have been assumed by the Moore River Catchment Group Inc 0 15 Treasurer during the financial year: (iii) National Trust of Australia 0 10 - Superannuation (1,059) (2,556) Vasse Wonnerup Land Conservation 0 5 Total liabilities assumed by District Committee the Treasurer (1,059) (2,556) WA National Parks & Reserves 0 6 Wildflower Society of WA 0 7 Resources received free-of-charge (iv) WA State Coastal Conference 0 5 Determined on the basis of the following estimates Greening Western Australia 0 20 provided by agencies: Yenyenning Lakes Management Group 0 11 Department of Land Administration 631 287 Trees Southwest 0 36 Crown Solicitor’s Office 117 178 Shire of Ravensthorpe 0 60 Office of the Auditor General 77 90 Various Grants under $5,000 84 135 Agriculture Western Australia 8 0 754 691 833 555 (i) Output appropriations are accrual amounts as from 11. USER CHARGES AND FEES 1 July 2001, reflecting the full price paid for outputs Royalties and Timber Sales purchased by the Government. The appropriation - Hardwood Royalties 0 9,313 revenue comprises a cash component and a - Softwood stumpages 0 5,482 receivable (asset). The receivable (holding account) - Sandalwood sales 0 5,560 comprises the depreciation expense for the year and - Recovery of Hardwood Harvesting Costs 0 12,856 any agreed increase in leave liability during the year. - Recovery of Softwood Harvesting Costs 0 9,786 (ii) Capital appropriations were revenue in 2001 (year Parks and Visitor Services revenue 7,509 6,778 ended 30 June 2001). From 1 July 2001, capital 7,509 49,775 appropriations, termed Capital Contributions, have been designated as contributions by owners and are 12. NET PROFIT/(LOSSES) ON DISPOSAL OF credited straight to equity in the Statement of NON-CURRENT ASSETS Financial Position. Profit on Sale of Non-Current Assets 12 289 (iii)Where a liability has been assumed by the Treasurer Gross Proceeds on disposal of Assets 1,347 888 or other entity, the department recognises revenues equivalent to the amount of the liability assumed and an expense relating to the nature of the event or events that initially gave rise to the liability.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 89 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2002

2001–2002 2000–2001 2001–2002 2000–2001 ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000)

(iv) Where assets or services have been received free of 21. PROPERTY, PLANT, EQUIPMENT AND VEHICLES charge or for nominal consideration, the department Land at valuation 01/07/01 (i) 2,001,387 recognises revenues equivalent to the fair value of Land at valuation 01/07/00 1,879,546 the assets and/or the fair value of those services that Land at cost 3,230 8,875 can be reliably determined and which would have Sub Total 2,004,617 1,888,421 been purchased if not donated, and those fair values shall be recognised as assets or expenses, as applicable. Buildings at valuation 1996–97, 32,647 33,094 1997–98, 1998–99 15. NET ASSETS ASSUMED (TRANSFERRED) Accumulated Depreciation (7,919) (6,391) During 2001–2002 State forest valued at $2.7M Sub Total 24,728 26,703 was transferred to the Edith Cowan University. (2,717) (644) Buildings at cost 11,513 10,471 Accumulated Depreciation (1,371) (948) 16. RESTRICTED CASH ASSETS Sub Total 10,142 9,523 Current Cash amounts in suspense account (i) 69 195 Plant and Equipment at valuation, 3,894 4,207 69 195 1995–96 Non-current Accumulated Depreciation (3,384) (3,434) Accrued salaries suspense account (ii) 2,000 1,529 Sub Total 510 773 2,000 1,529 Plant and Equipment at cost 21,322 18,334 (i) Cash in this account relates to unidentified amounts Accumulated Depreciation (11,179) (9,279) received. Sub Total 10,143 9,055 (ii) Amount held in the suspense account is only to be used for the purpose of meeting the 27th pay in a Vehicles at cost 15,302 13,907 financial year that occurs every 11 years. Accumulated Depreciation (10,013) (8,845) Sub Total 5,289 5,062 17. INVENTORIES Total Property, Plant, Publications 2,504 2,264 Equipment and Vehicles 2,055,429 1,939,537 Souvenirs 171 100 (i) The revaluation of land was performed in July 2001 in Nursery Stock 6 7 accordance with an independent valuation by the Valuer 2,681 2,371 General’s Office. Fair value of land has been determined on the basis of a combination of current market buying 18. RECEIVABLES values where the land could be sold readily in the real Receivables 7,207 9,172 estate market and non market values for land not Provision for doubtful debts (1,292) (965) normally sold in the real estate market. The valuations GST Receivable from ATO 1,123 498 were made in accordance with a regular policy of annual 7,038 8,705 revaluation.

19. AMOUNTS RECEIVABLE FOR OUTPUTS 22. OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS Current 314 0 Parks and Visitors Facilities at 63,519 55,307 Non Current 10,500 0 valuation, 1997–98, 2001–02 10,814 0 Accumulated Depreciation (15,941) (12,714) This asset represents the non-cash component of output Sub Total 47,578 42,593 appropriations. It is restricted in that it can only be used for asset replacement or payment of leave liability. Parks and Visitors Facilities at cost 7,709 5,404 Accumulated Depreciation (812) (364) 20. OTHER ASSETS Sub Total 6,897 5,040 Current Prepayments 609 557 Work in Progress 3,763 378 Earned Revenue 123 545 732 1,102 Total Other Non-Current Assets 58,238 48,011

90 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2002

2001–2002 2000–2001 2001–2002 2000–2001 ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000)

Reconciliations Reconciliations of the carrying amounts of asset categories at the beginning and end of the current financial year are set out below:

2001–2002

Plant, Parks & Land Buildings Assets Total Equipment Visitor under & Vehicles Facilities construction

Carrying amount at start of year 14,890 47,633 1,888,420 36,227 378 1,987,548 Additions 7,515 2,249 3,230 1,784 3,385 18,163 Disposals 1,749 45 946 890 0 3,630 Revaluation increments 0 8,312 116,630 0 0 124,942 Depreciation 4,712 3,674 0 2,199 0 10,585 Write off assets 0 0 0 0 0 0 Assets transferred to other 2 0 2,717 52 0 2,771 Government departments Carrying amount at end of year 15,942 54,475 2,004,617 34,870 3,763 2,113,667

23. PAYABLES 26. OTHER LIABILITIES Trade payables 6,257 6,271 Current 6,257 6,271 Accrued expenditure 1,730 1,628 Accrued Wages & Salaries 1,208 1,503 24. INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES Accrued Superannuation 97 63 Current borrowings 0 123 Accrued Capital User charge 712 0 Non-current borrowings 0 3,687 Accrued Loan Interest 0 89 Total Borrowings 0 3,810 Unearned Revenue 212 0 3,959 3,283 25. PROVISIONS Employee Entitlements 27. EQUITY The aggregate employee entitlement liability recognised Equity represents the residual interest in the net assets and included in the financial statements is as follows: of the Department. The Government holds the equity Provision for employee entitlements: interest in the Department on behalf of the community. Current Distribution of equity to Government Current annual leave 4,827 4,300 Opening balance (234,998) 0 Current long service leave 4,383 4,143 9,210 8,443 The following forestry assets and liabilities were Non-current distributed to Government for transfer to the Forest Long service leave 5,342 4,846 Products Commission for the year. 5,342 4,846 Forest Infrastructure 0 (31,660) Total Provisions 14,552 13,289 Standing Timber 0 (261,859) Plant & Equipment (2) (12,237) Buildings (52) (2,083) Land 0 (710) Inventories 0 (3,006) Petty Cash 0 (4) Total Assets (54)(311,559)

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 91 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2002

2001–2002 2000–2001 2001–2002 2000–2001 ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000)

27. EQUITY (continued) (b) Reconciliation of net cost of services to net cash Non-Current leave 0 813 flows provided by / (used in) operating activities WA Treasury Corporation Debt 0 75,748 Total liabilities 0 76,561 Net cost of services (80,746) (62,124)

Closing balance (235,052) (234,998) Non-cash items: Depreciation expense 10,585 10,658 Contributed equity Superannuation liability assumed (1,059) (2,556) Opening balance 0 0 by the Treasurer Capital contributions (i) 7,365 0 Assets transferred from the Resources received free-of-charge 833 555 Forest Products Commission 12 0 (Profit) / loss on sale of assets (12) (289) Closing balance 7,377 0 (Increase) / decrease in current assets: (i) From 1 July 2001, capital appropriations, termed Accounts receivables 1,980 11,496 Capital Contributions, have been designated as Inventories (310) 9,811 contributions by owners and are credited straight to Prepayments (52) 452 equity in the Statement of Financial Position. Other Current Assets 748 53 Net GST Receipts (Payment) (583) (451) Asset Revaluation Reserve Increase / (decrease) in 1,003 (2,022) Balance at beginning of year 1,854,384 1,845,657 employee provisions Revaluation during the year: Increase / (decrease) in other 112 (2,475) - Land 116,630 7,445 current liabilities - Buildings 0 1,282 Transfer of Assets and Liabilities 0 (2,197) - Parks & Visitors assets 8,312 0 Accounts Payable (37) (2,870) Balance at end of year 1,979,326 1,854,384 Accrued Capital User charge 712 0 Accrued Logging Costs 0 (2,298) The Asset Revaluation Reserve represents that portion of Net Cash Used in Operating Activities (66,826) (44,256) equity resulting from the revaluation of non-current assets. The balance at the end of the year of $M1,979 is 29. RESOURCES PROVIDED FREE-OF-CHARGE comprised of Land ($M1,969.8), Parks & Visitors Assets During the year the following resources were provided to ($M8.3) and Buildings ($M1.2). other agencies free of charge for functions outside the normal operations of the Department: Accumulated Surplus / (Deficit) Balance at beginning of year 377,852 368,330 Conservation Commission of 58 302 Change in net assets resulting from 13,123 9,522 Western Australia (expenses) operations and restructuring 58 302 Balance at the end of the year 390,975 377,852 30. COMMITMENTS FOR EXPENDITURE Non-cancellable operating lease commitments 28. NOTES TO THE STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (a) Reconciliation of cash Not later than 1 year 4,114 3,739 Cash assets 30,393 22,441 Later than 1 year and not later 15,441 14,112 Restricted cash assets 2,069 1,724 than 5 years (refer to note 16) Later than 5 years 4,193 3,573 32,462 24,165 23,748 21,424

92 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2002

2001–2002 2000–2001 2001–2002 2000–2001 ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000)

31. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS Fixed Interest Rate Maturity Weighted Variable Less 1 to 5 More Non- Total Average Interest than 1 Years than 5 Interest Effective Rate Year Years Bearing Interest Rate 2002 % $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 $000 Financial Assets Cash assets 4.48 30,393 - - - - 30,393 Restricted cash assets 4.48 69 - - - 2,000 2,069 Receivables - - - - 7,206 7,206 30,462 - - - 9,206 39,668 Financial Liabilities Payables - - - - 6,257 6,257 - - - - 6,257 6,257

2001 Financial assets 5.66 22,636 - - - 9,250 31,886 Financial liabilities 8.95 - 1,515 1,441 854 6,271 10,081

32. REMUNERATION AND RETIREMENT BENEFITS OF 33. SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION SENIOR OFFICERS Write-Offs Remuneration Losses of Public Money and Public or other Property The number of senior officers, whose total of fees, Irrecoverable amounts 19 26 salaries and other benefits received, or due and Other 16 25 receivable, for the financial year, fall within the following General (includes thefts reported 1 1 bands are: to Police, lost property and stock taking deficiencies) $ 2001–2002 2000–2001 36 52

80,000 – 90,000 0 1 Public and other property, revenue and other debts due 90,000 – 100,000 1 0 to the state written off in accordance with Section 45 of 100,000 – 110,000 1 1 the Financial Administration and Audit Act. 110,000 – 120,000 6 4 120,000 – 130,000 0 1 Approved by the Executive Director 21 52 160,000 – 170,000 1 1 Approved by the Minister / Governor. 15 0 170,000 – 180,000 0 0 36 52 200,000 - 210,000 0 1 280,000 – 290,000 1 0 34. ADMINISTERED EXPENSES AND REVENUES Expenses The total remuneration Transfer payments (i) 1,286 631 of senior officers is: 1,327 1,134 Receipts paid into Consolidated fund 107 85 Total administered expenses 1,393 716 Retirement Benefits In respect of Senior Officers the following amounts were Revenues paid for in the financial year: Fauna Licences 110 85 Contractors Deposits 41 169 Contributions to Gold State and West 99 74 Total administered revenues 151 254 State Superannuation Schemes

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 93 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2002

2001–2002 2000–2001 2001–2002 2001–2002 ($’000) ($’000) Estimate Actual Variance ($’000) ($’000) ($’000)

35. ADMINISTERED ASSETS AND LIABILITIES SIGNIFICANT VARIATIONS TO ANNUAL ESTIMATES Current Assets Significant variations are considered to be those greater than Cash assets 2 1,245 10% or above $2.5M. Total Administered Current Assets 2 1,245 Item 66 Net amount appropriated to purchase outputs Total Administered Assets 2 1,245 102,255 96,664 (5,591) The reduction in this item relates principally to the Current Liabilities deferment of $8.058 million that was provided Payables 2 0 for the Salinity Strategy. These funds have been reallocated Contractors Deposits - 1,245 to 2002/03 and the out-years. Total Administered Current Liabilities 2 1,245 Other adjustments concern unbudgeted amounts for a Total Administered Liabilities 2 1,245 public liability claim payment, $1.75 million and a recalculation of the Capital User Charge payable to (i) Deposits held for the satisfactory completion of Treasury, $1.067 million. contracts related to Forest Products Commission operations was transferred to the Forest Products Amount Authorised by Other Statutes Commission. - Salaries and Allowances Act 1975 173 148 (25) 36. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES The reduction in payments under the Salaries and In addition to the liabilities incorporated in the financial Allowances Act relate to the former Executive statements, the Department has the following Director leaving the Department in July 2001 and the contingent liabilities: appointment of an acting Executive Director (a) Litigation in progress on a different remuneration package. Various claims for damages have been lodged against Details of Expenditure by Outputs the Department. The Department has denied liability

and the Accountable Officer is of the opinion that no - Nature Conservation 64,419 55,061 (9,358) material loss will be incurred. The reduction in estimated expenditure is principally (b) Native title claims attributable to the deferment Native title claims have been made on departmental of Salinity Strategy funds of $8.058 million which have been land of which some have yet to be determined. reallocated to 2002/03 and the out-years.

37. EXPLANATORY STATEMENT - Sustainable Forest Management The Summary of Consolidated Fund Appropriations and 39,158 33,333 (5,825) Revenue Estimates discloses appropriations and other Expenditure on this Output has undergone change since the statutes expenditure estimates, the actual expenditures 2001/02 estimate was presented. made and revenue estimates and payments into the The Government’s Protecting of Our Old Growth-Forests Consolidated Fund, all on an accrual basis. policy has seen an increase in the area of proposed national and conservation parks emanating from areas previously The following explanations are provided in accordance designated as State Forest and Timber Reserves. The with Treasurer’s Instruction 945. consequence of this change has been for generally lower expenditure on the Sustainable Forest Management Output and increased expenditure on the other Outputs of Nature Conservation and Parks and Visitor Services. In the Regional Services Directorate lower expenditures were recorded against budget for; Jarrah Forest Enhancement Program $1.0 million, Warren Region $0.7 million, Fire Management Services $0.5 million and South West Region $0.4 million.

94 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2002

2001–2002 2001–2002 2001–2002 2000–2001 Estimate Actual Variance Actual Actual Variance ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000)

Other areas where actual expenditures were lower than Amount Authorised by Other Statutes budget occurred in recoupable projects $1.1 million, - Salaries and Allowances Act 1975 and depreciation charges $0.4 million. 148 193 (45) The reduction in payments during 2001/02 under the - Resources and services provided to the Conservation Salaries and Allowances Act relate to the former Executive Commission of WA 555 684 129 Director leaving the Department in July 2001 and the The increased expenditure undertaken by the Commission appointment of an acting Executive Director on a different relates to work for the new Forest Management Plan. remuneration package.

Less retained revenue (52,061) (60,649) (8,588) Details of Expenditure by Outputs Actual revenues achieved for 2001/02 exceeded budget in -Nature Conservation 55,061 47,991 7,070 several areas of which the major items were; recoup to the Increased expenditure in this Output was due to: application Department from the FPC $1.9 million, general recoupable of a capital user charge for the first time $2.3 million, projects $1.9 million, grants for Regional Parks capital increased specific purpose grants expenditure funded from development from the Department for Planning and the Natural Heritage Trust $1.2 million and other grants Infrastructure $1.3 million, mining compensation from $0.5 million, reduction in the credit applicable to reduced bauxite mining operations $1.0 million, income from superannuation liability assumed by the Treasurer recreation areas $0.8 million and interest on bank account $0.6 million, increased leave liability expense $0.5 million, balance $0.5 million. increased depreciation charges $0.2 million and resources received free of charge $0.2 million. 2001–2002 2000–2001 Actual Actual Variance -Sustainable Forest Management ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) 33,333 89,103 (55,770) Significant increased expenditures were experienced for SIGNIFICANT VARIATIONS TO 2000-01 OUT-TURNS 2000-01 due to the retention of the Forest Products Division Significant variations are considered to be those greater than (FPD) operations up to 16th November 2000 within the 10% or above $2.5M. Department. From this date onwards the FPD became the Forest Products Commission (FPC) and operated as a Item 66 Net amount 96,664 67,174 29,490 separate entity. appropriated to purchase outputs The large increase in the appropriation to the Department in -Resources and services provided to the Conservation 2001/02 is mainly attributable to the introduction of accrual Commission of WA 684 287 397 appropriations for depreciation and leave liability The Commission commenced operations part way through $10.8 million and implementation of a capital user charge 2000/01 and the higher expenditure in 2001/02 reflects a full $10.5 million. year operations. Other major increases include: changed financial arrangements resulting from CALM / FPC -Parks and Visitor Services 50,297 38,745 11,552 restructure $2.9 million, “Protecting Our Old-Growth Forest Increased expenditure in this Output was due to: application policy allocation for national parks and of a capital user charge for the first time $6.1 million, new Project Director $2.8 million, compensation for royalty funding for national parks from the Government’s reductions resulting from the Regional Forest Agreement Protecting Our Old-Growth Forests policy $2.1 million, $2.3 million, funding for the payment of a one-off public public liability claim against the Department $1.8 million, liability claim $1.7 million and an amount for increased depreciation charges $0.8 million and wildfire payroll increases $1.5 million. suppression expenditure in national parks $0.5 million. Offsetting the increased appropriation amounts was a budget reduction of $4.5 million required to meet the -Astronomical Services 1,187 1,010 177 Government’s Priority and Assurance Dividend targets as Increased expenditure in this Output was due to the well as savings required in travel, consultancies and application of a capital user charge for the first time, advertising expenditures. $0.191 million.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 95 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT – NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2002

2001–2002 2000–2001 2001–2002 2000–2001 Actual Actual Variance Actual Actual Variance ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000) ($’000)

Less retained revenue (60,649)(115,567) 54,918 DETAIL OF REVENUE ESTIMATES Significant increased revenues were experienced for 2000-01 Revenues disclosed as 110 85 25 due to the retention of the Forest Products Division (FPD) Administered Revenues operations up to 16th Novemberr 2000 within the The increased revenue collections in 2001/02 were from the Department. From this date onwards the FPD became the issuing of kangaroo tags. Forest Products Commission (FPC) and operated as a separate entity.

96 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 APPENDICES APPENDICES

1. Area of Prescribed Burns 1999–2000 to 2001–2002 ...... 97 2. Number of Wildfires and Areas by Land Categories ...... 98 3. Area and Number of Wildfires ...... 98 4. Areas Prescribed Burnt within Southwest Forest Regions ...... 99 5. Number of Prescribed Burns Conducted within Southwest Forest Regions ...... 99 6. Trends in the Area of Native Forest Harvested ...... 100 7. Wildlife Licences Issued in 2001–2002 ...... 101 8. Summary of Damage Licences Issued in 2001–2002 ...... 101 9. Offences Under the Conservation and Land Management Act and Regulations and Wildlife Conservation Act and Regulations, 2001– 2002 ...... 102 10. Publications Produced in 2001– 2002 ...... 103

APPENDIX 1 AREA OF PRESCRIBED BURNS FOR ALL DEPARTMENT REGIONS 1999–2000 TO 2001–2002

1999–2000 2000–2001 2001–2002 Indigenous Vegetation - Hand Burning (ha) State forest 8,722 4,266 7,027 National parks 8,039 4,528 5,754 Nature reserves 6,205 2,178 3,024 Other Crown land and private property 4,158 676 470 Total 27,124 11,648 16,275 Indigenous Vegetation - Aerial Burning (ha) State forest 73,889 34,769 24,958 National parks 22,712 63,123 13,747 Nature reserves 24,083 3,220 13,256 Other Crown land and private property 970 243 839 Total 121,654 101,355 52,801 Indigenous Vegetation - Silviculture Burning (ha) • Jarrah 38,485 14,276 17,042 • Karri 1,662 3,345 1,873 • Wandoo - - - Total 40,147 17,621 18,915 Softwood Plantation - Burning (ha) State forest • fuel reduction 5,488 7,656 8,306 • second rotation clearing burns 556 75 582 Total 6,044 7,731 8,888 Grand Total 194,968 138,355 96,878

For data specific to Southwest Forest regions see Appendices 4 and 5.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 97 APPENDICES

APPENDIX 2 WILDFIRES IN ALL DEPARTMENT REGIONS 1999–2000 TO 2001–2002 NUMBER AND AREA BY LAND CATEGORY AND NUMBER AND PER CENT BY CAUSE

All Department Number Area Burnt (ha) Regions 1999–2000 2000–2001 2001–2002 1999–2000 2000–2001 2001–2002 State forest • native hardwood 141 160 192 6,770 3,073 2,330 • softwood plantation 129 153 63 68 187 122 National parks 70 71 63 112,131 442,382 *360,469 Nature reserves 55 56 36 214,463 295,201 27,820 Other Department reserves 29 51 57 339,856 31,668 83,951 Other Crown lands 84 91 82 167,607 1,053,545 88,483 Private property 81 129 111 25,989 14,590 14,735 Total 589 711 604 866,885 1,840,647 577,910 CAUSES Number Per cent 1999–2000 2000–2001 2001–2002 1999–2000 2000–2001 2001–2002 Deliberately/illegally lit 274 327 280 47 46 46 Escapes—Department burns 11 5 5 2 1 1 Escapes—other burning 49 47 25 8 7 4 Accidental—timber industry 2 4 3 0 1 0 Accidental—other industries 28 29 16 5 4 3 Accidental—recreationists 14 35 32 2 5 5 Lightning 101 83 101 17 12 17 Unknown 88 151 113 15 21 19 Other causes 22 30 29 4 4 5 Total 589 711 604 100 100 100 * The majority of area burnt by wildfires during 2001–2002 fire season occurred within National Parks within the Kimberley and Pilbara regions. APPENDIX 3 AREA AND NUMBER OF WILDFIRES FOR ALL DEPARTMENT REGIONS 2001–2002 Region State forest State forest National Nature Crown lands native softwood parks reserves and private Total hardwood plantation property Southwest Forest Regions Swan Area (ha) 1 ,795 34 330 1, 987 5 ,119 9 ,265 Number 124 52 22 11 150 359 South West Area (ha) 436 87 131 46 624 1 ,324 Number 57 11 15 3 49 135 Warren Area (ha) 93 - 4,682 3,310 315 8,400 Number 11 - 14 3 11 39 Sub Total Area (ha) 2,324 121 5,143 5,343 6,058 18,989 Number 192 63 51 17 210 533 Other Regions outside of Southwest Forests Kimberley Area (ha) - - 300,900 - 15 300,915 Number - - 3 - 2 5 Pilbara Area (ha) - - 52,000 3,500 2,400 57,900 Number - - 3 1 1 5 Midwest Area (ha) - - 9 370 15,773 16,152 Number - - 1 3 12 16 Goldfields Area (ha) - - 450 - 153 603 Number - - 1 - 2 3 Wheatbelt Area (ha) - - - 12,550 7,765 20,315 Number - - - 8 4 12 South Coast Area (ha) - - 1,982 9,556 151,498 163,036 Number - - 4 7 19 30 Sub Total Area (ha) - - 355 ,341 25, 976 177, 604 558, 921 Number - - 12 19 40 71 Grand Total Area (ha) 2,324 121 360,484 31,319 183,662 577,910 Number 192 63 63 36 250 604 1 Kimberley Region data derived from DOLA fire scar mapping for the principal wildfire period July to December 2001.

98 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 APPENDICES

APPENDIX 4 AREAS PRESCRIBED BURNT WITHIN SOUTHWEST FOREST REGIONS FOR 2001–2002

Dominant Forest Area (hectares) Years since purpose Region Winter Spring Summer Autumn last burnt Strategic fire Swan 2,033 7,184 - 1,502 8 - 30 protection South West - 6,483 - 352 4 - 16 Warren - 1,723 1,937 - 7 - 17

Silviculture Swan 4,210 - - 4,141 10 - 21 South West - 11,232 - 131 6 - 22 Warren 62 1,484 2,293 958 2 - 26

Nature Swan 3,761 2,176 - 1,861 8 - 31 Conservation South West - 4,966 - 208 5 - 9 Warren 303 5,471 - 5,426 8 - 15

Tourism and Swan 637 1,737 - 566 8 - 31 Recreation South West - 1,785 - - 8 - 21 Warren - 1 115 - 7 - 15 Grand Total by season (ha) 11,006 44,243 4,345 15,145 Grand Total (ha) 74,739

Does not include softwood plantation burns.

APPENDIX 5 NUMBER OF PRESCRIBED BURNS CONDUCTED WITHIN SOUTHWEST FOREST REGIONS IN EACH SEASON FOR VARIOUS PURPOSES IN 2001–2002

Dominant Forest Winter Spring Summer Autumn Total No. No. of purpose Regions Aero Hand Aero Hand Aero Hand Aero Hand of burns escapes

Fuel Swan 1 6 4 7 - - 3 - 21 - reduction South West - - 2 1 - - - 2 5 - Warren - - 2 3 2 1 - - 8 2

Silviculture Swan 1 - - - - - 1 - 2 - South West - - 6 1 - - - 2 9 - Warren - 1 - 11 - 12 - 21 45 -

Nature Swan 1 - 1 1 - - 1 3 7 - Conservation South West - - 2 1 - - - 3 6 - Warren - 1 2 6 - - 3 7 19 -

Tourism and Swan - 2 1 6 - - - 3 12 1 Recreation South West - - 2 2 - - - - 4 - Warren - - - 1 - 3 - - 4 - Total 3 10 22 40 2 16 8 41 142 3

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 99 APPENDICES

APPENDIX 6 TRENDS IN THE AREA OF NATIVE FOREST HARVESTED

Jarrah Forest Jarrah/Wandoo Forest Karri Forest Clearfelled or cut Thinned to seed trees ha ha ha ha

1976–77 32,320 1 170 2,610 - 1977–78 26,020 740 4,450 - 1978–79 25,540 530 2,710 - 1979–80 25,150 860 2,110 60 1980–81 22,930 1,440 2,080 180 1981–82 24,680 610 2,180 320 1982–83 23,740 330 990 190 1983–84 21,540 580 1,490 260 1984–85 20,010 1,440 2,360 500 1985–86 22,640 650 1,590 340 1986 19,340 1,150 1,090 490 1987 17,180 1,380 1,310 700 1988 23,400 490 1,180 840 1989 15,130 200 1,510 910 1990 12,960 100 1,560 340 1991 10,910 - 1,920 230 1992 13,990 30 1,540 310 1993 14,250 40 1,630 80 1994 14,050 50 1,440 - 1995 17,830 30 2,410 - 1996 22,320 50 1,300 60 1997 18,240 60 1,870 60 1998 19,250 60 1,970 320 1999 14,200 50 1,890 360 2000 20,570 10 1,310 70 2001 15,760 * 1,380 120

* Jarrah/wandoo harvested included in jarrah total.

100 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 APPENDICES

APPENDIX 7 WILDLIFE LICENCES ISSUED IN 2001–2002 Fauna Licences Licences Issued Fauna Licences (Cont.) Licences Issued SCIENTIFIC KANGAROO Scientific Collection (Reg 17) 351 Take Kangaroos for sale (Reg 6) 269 Bird/Bat Banding (Reg 23) 120 Deal in carcasses (Reg 8) 26 EDUCATION & PUBLIC Skin Dealing (Reg 10) 15 (to take) (Reg 15) Processing (Reg 7) 22 Marine interaction 251 Other 148 EXPORTS INTERSTATE EDUCATION & PUBLIC Skins of fauna (or other dead fauna) 40 (to hold) (Reg 16) 107 Fauna (live) 213 AVIAN FAUNA 253 Keep & breed in captivity (Reg 12) 3,687 EXPORT OVERSEAS Deal (Reg 13) 53 Skins of fauna (or other dead fauna) from WA 65 Breed for Commercial Purposes (Reg 14) 1 Emu eggs or products (personal items) from WA 10 Trap (Reg 11) 3 Fauna (avian) from WA (live) 1 SPECIES TRAPPED COMMERCIALLY Number 76 Twenty-eight Parrot 572 IMPORTS INTERSTATE Red-capped Parrot 109 Skins of fauna (or other dead fauna) into WA 2 Western Rosella 153 Australian fauna (live) 252 Galah 12 Live exotic birds and other animals 140 FAUNA 394 Keep in Captivity (Reg 12A) 122 Total Fauna Licences 5,930 EMUS Emu Farming (Reg 14) 22 Flora Licences Dealing (Reg 8) 3 Commercial Purposes 480 Dealing (Emu eggshells Reg 13) 1 Commercial Producers 417 Processing (Reg 7) 2 Scientific/Prescribed Purposes 923 CROCODILES Sandalwood (from Crown Land) 43 Crocodile Farming (Reg 14) 2 Sandalwood (from Private Land) 28 Skin Dealing (Reg 10) 0 Permits To Take Declared Rare Flora 71 Processing (Reg 7) 2 1,962 APPENDIX 8 SUMMARY OF DAMAGE LICENCES AND DANGEROUS FAUNA LICENCES ISSUED IN 2001–2002 No. of Licences Total No. of Each No. of Licences Total No. of Each Issued Species Authorised Issued Species Authorised to be Taken to be Taken OTHER AVIAN FAUNA WATERFOWL Australian Bustard 1 4 Eurasian Coot 2 trap and relocate Australian Raven 24 240 Little Pied Cormorant 1 2 Barn Owl 1 trap and relocate Maned Geese 18 150 + scare/trap and relocate Black Kite 3 scare only Mountain Duck 2 200 + scare only Brolga 3 scare only Pacific Black Duck 8 60 + scare/trap and relocate Brown Goshawk 4 trap and relocate Pelican 2 scare only Collard Sparrowhawk 2 trap and relocate Pied Cormorant 5 58 Eastern Long-billed Corella 1 scare only Galah 20 2230 + scare only EMU 62 6880 Little Corella 18 2378 + scare only Little Crow 1 5 MAMMALS Magpie Lark 1 2 Agile Wallaby 1 scare only Osprey 2 Disturb/scare only Euro 13 1700 Red-tailed Black Cockatoo 4 scare only Grey Kangaroo 927 741 ,138 Red-capped Parrot 5 125 Red Kangaroo 20 3880 Sacred Ibis 2 scare only Silver Gull 8 1470 + scare only DANGEROUS FAUNA Southern Boobook Owl 1 trap and relocate Butcherbirds 2 3 Twenty Eight Parrots 45 9035 + scare/trap and relocate Galah 1 50 Wedge Tailed Eagles 2 1 + scare only Magpie 74 89 Welcome Swallow 1 trap and relocate Magpie Lark 1 1 Western Long-billed Corella 34 5030 + scare/trap and relocate S/W Crocodile 6 6 White-tailed Black 7 scare only Western Grey Kangaroo 2 11 Cockatoo (Long billed)

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 101 APPENDICES

APPENDIX 9 OFFENCES UNDER THE CONSERVATION AND LAND MANAGEMENT ACT AND REGULATIONS AND WILDLIFE CONSERVATION ACT AND REGULATIONS, 2001–2002

Charges Recomm’d Convic- Fines Costs Dismissed Letter of No. Further Pending Charges tions $ $ Warning Action

CONSERVATION and LAND MANAGEMENT ACT Illegal taking or possession of forest produce. 100 28 $2900.00 $1621.60 0 3 68 1 Offences relating to the occupation of Department land 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 Offences relating to Marine Parks and Reserves. 8 0 0 0 0 1 0 7

CONSERVATION and LAND MANAGEMENT REGULATIONS Offences relating to disease risk areas 7 2 $550.00 $115.40 0 2 3 0 Offences relating to activities on State Forests, Nature Reserves and National Parks 32 1 $300.00 $57.70 0 13 3 15 Totals 152 31 $3750.00 $1794.70 0 19 74 28

WILDLIFE CONSERVATION ACT Use of illegal devices in taking fauna 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 Illegal taking or possession of protected fauna 55 6 $2050.00 $317.85 0 20 0 29 Illegal importation, selling or taking for sale of fauna 23 0 0 0 0 10 7 6 Offences relating to the taking or possession of rare or threatened fauna 10 0 0 0 0 3 0 7 Illegal taking of protected flora 143 0 0 0 0 46 97 Offences relating to the sale of protected flora 29 0 0 0 0 6 0 23 Taking declared rare flora without the Minister’s consent 8 0 0 0 0 4 1 3 Offences against wildlife officers 9 0 0 0 0 6 0 3 Failing to comply with licence conditions 21 0 0 0 0 8 0 13

WILDLIFE CONSERVATION REGULATIONS Offences relating to the acquisition, possession, control and disposal of fauna 27 2 $250.00 $29.35 0 7 4 14 Totals 326 8 $2300.00 $347.20 0 110 13 195

102 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 APPENDICES

APPENDIX 10 PUBLICATIONS PRODUCED IN 2001–2002

GENERAL Oceans of Wealth - LANDSCOPE extract (leaflet) Partnerships in Conservation (book) Annual Report of the Department of Conservation and Land Partnerships in Nature Conservation (booklet) Management 2000– 2001 Phytophthora Cinnamomi Disease Vol 2 CALM Book News (leaflet, 5 issues) Plants of the Bibbulmun Track (leaflet) CALM Bush Rangers Annual Report 2000 Proposed Jurien Bay Marine Park – Have Your Say (leaflet) CALM News (newspaper, 6 issues) Proposed Marine Conservation Reserves in the South West Capes 2001 Organisational Learning and Development Manual Region CALMfire Safety Bulletin Regional Perspective : Dampier Archipelago/Cape Preston Carbon Rights in WA (leaflet) Regional Perspective : Montebello/Barrow Island Corporate Plan 2000 – 2005 RAMSAR Wetlands (report) Corporate Plan 2000 – 2005 (pocket size) Safety in Bushfire Control (leaflet) Herdsman Lake Regional Park Draft Management Plan State Salinity Review Report Jurien Bay Marine Park Management Plan Threatened Flora Seed Centre (poster) LANDSCOPE Calendar 2002 Western Shield Action Pack LANDSCOPE Expeditions Manual Western Shield Newsletter April 2001 LANDSCOPE Expeditions Program 2001 (catalogue) Western Wildlife Newsletter (4 issues) LANDSCOPE Magazine (4 issues) Whale Watching (leaflet) LANDSCOPE – We Miss You (leaflet) Wheatbelt Wonders Under Threat – LANDSCOPE extract (leaflet) Managing Fire (leaflet) Wildflowers of the South - West – Bush Book Marine Parks and Reserves Scientific Advisory Committee Annual Your Land Its Future (leaflet) Report 1999 – 2000 National Parks and Nature Conservation Authority Annual Report 1999 PARKS AND VISITORS – 2000 Our Observatory (leaflet) A Guide to Lane Poole Reserve (magpaper) Professional Development (flyer) A Guide to Shark Bay World Heritage Property (magpaper) Rowles Lagoon Nature Reserve Management Plan A Guide to the Coral Coast Parks (magpaper) Safety in Bush Fire Control (booklet) Aboriginal Culture Excursions (leaflet) Sensationally Summer Nights (leaflet) Albany to Denmark National Parks (leaflet) Stars and Telescopes (leaflet) An Invitation to Join Us – New Opportunities in 2001 at the Hills Forest Turquoise Coast Island Nature Reserves Draft Management Plan (flyer) Wedge and Grey Master Plan Avon Descent : Public Information (flyer) We’d like you to be our next Partners (folder and Leaflet) Avon Valley National Park – Avon Descent (leaflet) Best Recipes for Interpreting our Heritage (manual) NATURE CONSERVATION Cape to Cape Walk Track (leaflet) Caring for Gnangara Park (leaflet) Bundera - Threatened Flora (poster) Coastal Parks to Albany’s East (leaflet) CALMScience Vol 3 No 3 (journal) Dryandra Woodland Ecology Course (leaflet) CALMScience Vol 3 No 4 (journal) Experiencing Whale Sharks in Ningaloo Marine Park (leaflet) Catchment Carers Trail 2001 (leaflet) Exploring the Hills Forest (leaflet) Celebrate (flyer) Exploring the Hills Forest Parents Booklet Common Birds of the Kimberley – Bush Book Fees and Charges – A Visitors Guide (leaflet) Discovering Leeuwin – Naturaliste National Park – Discovery Book Forest Walk 2000 (leaflet) Encouraging Quendas Wildlife Notes No 5 (leaflet) Francois Peron National Park (leaflet) Fighting Fire with Fire - LANDSCOPE extract (leaflet) Go Bush Autumn 2001 (leaflet) Geology and Land Forms of the Kimberley – Bush Book Go Bush Spring 2000 (leaflet) Geology and Land Forms of the South - West – Bush Book How to see the Avon Descent (flyer) Hazardous Animals of North - West Australia – Bush Book John Forrest National Park (leaflet) How to Create a Local Herbarium (book) Julimar Conservation Park (leaflet) How to Manage your Granite Outcrops (booklet) Kalbarri National Park (leaflet) Lake Joondalup Midge Strategy Problem (leaflet) Karijini National Park Visitor Guide (leaflet) Living with Quendas (leaflet) Karri Forest Explorer (poster) Managing a Fiery Change – LANDSCOPE extract (leaflet) Leeuwin Caves Postcards Marine Community Monitoring Manual Monkey Mia Magic (leaflet) Marine Conservation Matters (newsletter, 2 issues) Monkey Mia Newsletter (3 issues) Marine Conservation Reserves in WA (leaflet) Mt Augustus National Park (leaflet) Marine Conservation Reserves Management Concepts in WA (flyer) Nambung National Park (leaflet) Marine Mammal Interaction Logbook National Parks Alive! Perth Hills (folder) Marmion Marine Park (4 posters) Need Information on National Park Passes (flyer) Natural Resource Management WA – Salinity Report Ngauwudu – Mitchell Plateau (flyer) No Take Areas in Marine Management (leaflet) Parks for People – LANDSCOPE extract (leaflet) Nuytsia Vol 13 no 3 (journal) Parks of the Coral Coast (leaflet)

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 103 APPENDICES

Parks of the Plateau – LANDSCOPE extract (leaflet) Abbott, I., Marchant, N. and Cranfield, R. (2000). Long-term change Penguin Island and Shoalwater Islands Marine Park (flyer) in the floristic composition and vegetation structure of Carnac Perth Outdoors (magpaper) Island, Western Australia. Journal of Biogeography 27. pp. 333- Purnululu National Park (leaflet) 346. Stirling Range and Porongurup National Parks (leaflet) Abbott, I., McGrath, J., Hearn, R., Liddelow, G. and Pearce, C. (2000). The Hills Forest, Nature’s Base (leaflet) FORESTCHECK: an integrated system for monitoring the forests Tour Operator’s Handbook (booklet) of south-west Western Australia: concept plan. Department of Touring WA Newsletter (2 issues) Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-30. Tourism Manual Abbott, I., Wills, A., Burbidge, T. and van Heurck, P. (2000). Arthropod Walk the Bibbulmun Track (poster) faunas of crowns of jarrah (Eucalyptus marginata) and marri Walking Tour (leaflet) (Corymbia calophylla) in Mediterranean-climate forest: a Welcome to Shoalwater Islands Marine Park and Penguin Island preliminary regional-scale comparison. Australian Forestry 63. pp. (leaflet) 21-26. Yanchep National Park Visitor Guide (leaflet) Afonso, C. ... Martin, R. ... and Williams, A. [94 authors] (2000). Yanchep, Perth’s Natural, Cultural meeting Place (leaflet) Combined analysis of the binary lens caustic-crossing event Your Guide to WA National Parks and Forests (leaflet) MACHO 98-SMC-1. Astrophysical Journal 532. pp. 340-352. You’re invited to the 2001 CALM Tourism Industry Exchange (flyer) Albrow, M.D., Beaulieu, J.-P., Caldwell, J.A.R., Depoy, D.L., Dominik, M., Gaudi, B.S., Gould, A., Greenhill, J., Hill, K., Kane, S., Martin, SUSTAINABLE FOREST MANAGEMENT R., Menzies, J., Naber, R.M., Pogge, R.W., Pollard, K.R., Sackett, P.D., Sahu, K.C., Vermaak, P., Watson, R. and Williams, A. (2000). A New Forest Management Plan for the South West (leaflet) Limits on stellar and planetary companions in microlensing event Adding Value to Forest Products (leaflet) OGLE-1998-BUL-14. Astrophysical Journal 535. pp. 176-189. Arbor Day Poster 2001 Albrow, M.D., Beaulieu, J.-P., Caldwell, J.A.R., Dominik, M., Gaudi, Calculating Sustained Yield for the Forest Management Plan (2004 – B.S., Gould, A., Greenhill, J., Hill, K., Kane, S., Martin, R., Menzies, 2013) J., Naber, R.M., Pollard, K., Sackett, P.D., Sahu, K.C., Vermaak, Conserving forests, building communities : An Information Kit P., Watson, R. and Williams, A. (2000). Detection of rotation in a Firewood collecting in the Collie and Harvey area (leaflet) binary microlens : planet photometry of MACHO 97-BLG-41. Growing WA Sandalwood from Seed Astrophysical Journal 534. pp. 894-906. Indicative Logging Plans 2000 – 2001 Consultation Report Algar, D. (2000). Introduced predators in the arid zone: the W.A. Investing in Maritime Pine (leaflet) experience: considering the impact on reintroductions and the Sandalwood – Fragrant Harvest – LANDSCOPE extract (leaflet) need for control. In: Biodiversity and the Re-Introduction of Native Sandalwood (leaflet) Fauna at Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park: Proceedings of the Uluru- Sandalwood Information Sheets No, No2 and No3 Kuta Tjuta National Park Cross-Cultural Workshop on Fauna Re- Saving the Giants – LANDSCOPE extract (leaflet) Introduction, September 1999. Bureau of Rural Sciences, School of Wood Catalogue Canberra. pp. 50-52. Seed Notes No1 - Information Newsletter Algar, D. and Angus, G.J. (2000). Recommendations on a control Seed Notes No2 – Seed Collection Newsletter strategy for feral cats at Peron Peninsula, Western Australia: a Seed Notes No3 – Eremophila Newsletter report to the Project Eden Management Committee. Department Seed Notes No4 – Adenanthos Newsletter of Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. Seed Price List (booklet) 1-60. Timber Harvesting in Water Catchment (flyer) Algar, D., Burbidge, A.A. and Angus, G.J. (2001). Cat eradication on Timber Technology Newsletter August 200l the Montebello Islands (ABSTRACT). In: Eradication of Island WA Forest Products (magpaper) Invasives: Practical Actions and Results Achieved at the University Wellington Discovery Forest – Educational Opportunities (leaflet) of Auckland, 19-23 February 2001. IUCN Species Survival Commission, Invasive Species Specialist Group, Auckland. pp. 11. SCIENTIFIC PUBLICATIONS Angus, G.J. and Thomas, N.D. (2000). An assessment of feral cat (Felis catus) abundance at Dragon Rocks Nature Reserve and Abbott, I. (2000). Impact of agricultural development and changed some implications for fauna conservation. Department of fire regimes on species composition of the avifauna in the Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-11. Denmark region of south-west Western Australia, 1889-1999. Bartle, J., Olsen, G., Carslake, J. and Cooper, D. (2001). Acacia CALMScience 3. pp. 279-308. species as large scale crop plants in the Australian wheatbelt Abbott, I. (2001). Aboriginal names of mammal species in south-west (ABSTRACT). In: Acacia Symposium: the Conservation and Western Australia. CALMScience 3. pp. 433-486. Utilisation Potential of Australian Dryland Acacias: 13-14th July, Abbott, I. (2001). Historic record of Australian pelican, Pelecanus 2001, Dalwallinu, Western Australia. Shire of Dalwallinu, conspicillatus, breeding in southwest Western Australia. Western Dalwallinu. pp. 1. Australian Naturalist 23. pp. 1-7. Behn, G., McKinnell, F.H., Caccetta, P. and Vernes, T. (2001). Mapping Abbott, I. (2001). Productivity of biologists in CALMScience Division: forest cover, Kimberley region of Western Australia. Australian a preliminary benchmarking study. - Draft. Department of Forestry 64. pp. 80-87. Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-9. Biggs, J. (2000). Notes from the institutions: Perth Observatory report. Abbott, I., Burbidge, T. and Wills, A. (2000). 1999 jarrah leafminer Newsletter (Astronomical Society of Australia) 24. pp. 9-10. survey [MAP]. Department of Conservation and Land Biggs, J. (2000). Star viewing night manual. - Version 4.0. Perth Management, Western Australia, pp. 1. Observatory, pp. 1-9. Abbott, I., Burbidge, T. and Wills, A. (2000). Jarrah leafminer cutout Birch, P. (2000). Analysis of visitor survey forms used for Perth boundaries, 1985-92, 1996 & 1999 [MAP]. Department of Observatory night tours, October 1999-May 2000. Perth Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1. Observatory, pp. 1-10.

104 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 APPENDICES

Bradshaw, S.D., Morris, K.D. and Bradshaw, F.J. (2001). Water and Burbidge, A.A., Blyth, J.D., Fuller, P.J., Kendrick, P.G., Stanley, F.J. electrolyte homeostasis and kidney function of desert-dwelling and Smith, L.A. (2000). The terrestrial vertebrate fauna of the marsupial wallabies in Western Australia. Journal of Comparative Montebello Islands, Western Australia. CALMScience 3. pp. 95- Physiology. B 171. pp. 23-32. 107. Brand, J.E. (2000). The effects of management regime and host Burbidge, A.A. and Fuller, P.J. (2000). The breeding seabirds of Shark species on sandalwood (Santalum spicatum) recruitment near Bay, Western Australia. CALMScience 3. pp. 190-124. Paynes Find, Western Australia. Rangeland Journal 22. pp. 243- Burbidge, A.H., Harvey, M.S. and McKenzie, N.L. (2000). Biodiversity 255. of the southern Carnarvon Basin. Records of the Western Brand, J.E. (2001). Review of the influence of Acacia species on Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. 1-595. sandalwood (Santalum spicatum) establishment in Western Burbidge, A.H., Johnstone, J.E., Fuller, P.J. and Stone, P. (2000). Australia (ABSTRACT). In: Acacia Symposium: the Conservation Terrestrial birds of the southern Carnarvon Basin, Western and Utilisation Potential of Australian Dryland Acacias: 13-14th Australia: contemporary patterns of occurrence. Records of the July, 2001, Dalwallinu, Western Australia. Shire of Dalwallinu, Western Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. 449-464. Dalwallinu. pp. 1. Burbidge, A.H., McKenzie, N.L. and Harvey, M.S. (2000). A Brand, J.E., Crombie, D.S. and Mitchell, M.D. (2000). Establishment biogeographic survey of the southern Carnarvon Basin, Western and growth of sandalwood (Santalum spicatum) in south-western Australia: background and methods. Records of the Western Australia: the influence of host species. Australian Forestry 63. Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. 1-11. pp. 60-65. Burbidge, A.A. and Morris, K.D. (2001). Introduced animal eradications Brand, J.E., Fox, J.E.D. and Moretta, P. (2001). Review of research for nature conservation on W.A. islands: a review (POSTER into sandalwood (Santalum spicatum) tree farm systems in south- ABSTRACT). In: Eradication of Island Invasives: Practical Actions western Australia. In: Conference Proceedings: Forests in a and Results Achieved at the University of Auckland, 19-23 Changing Landscape: 16th Commonwealth Forestry Conference February 2001. IUCN Species Survival Commission, Invasive jointly with the 19th Biennial Conference of the Institute of Species Specialist Group, Auckland. pp. 10. Foresters of Australia, Fremantle, Western Australia, 18-25 April, Burbidge, A.A., Morris, K. and Drew, M. (2000). Mammal monitoring, 2001. Promaco Conventions, Perth. pp. 527-535. Barrow Island Nature Reserve, October 2000. Department of Broadhurst, L. (2000). Morphometric analysis of variation in Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-27. Geleznoswia verrucosa Turcz. (Rutaceae). Australian Systematic Burrows, N.D., Burbidge, A.A. and Fuller, P.J. (2000). Nyaruninpa: Botany 13. pp. 479-490. Pintupi burning in the Australian Western Desert. Department of Buist, M., Byrne, M. and Yates, C. (2000). Understanding rarity in a Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-20. unique wattle (Acacia lobulata) in south-western Australia. Burrows, N., Ward, B. and Robinson, A. (2000). Behaviour and some Danthonia 9(2). pp. 8-9. impacts of a large wildfire in the Gnangara maritime pine (Pinus Buist, M., Coates, D. and Yates, C. (2001). Rarity and threat in relation pinaster) plantation, Western Australia. CALMScience 3. pp. 251-260. to the conservation of Acacia in Western Australia (ABSTRACT). Burrows, N.D., Ward, B.G. and Robinson, A.D. (2001). Bark as fuel in In: Acacia Symposium: the Conservation and Utilisation Potential a moderate intensity jarrah forest fire. CALMScience 3. pp. 405-409. of Australian Dryland Acacias: 13-14th July, 2001, Dalwallinu, Byrne, M. (2000). Disease threats and the of Western Australia. Shire of Dalwallinu, Dalwallinu. pp. 1. forest trees. In: Forest Conservation Genetics: Principles and Buist, M., Yates, C.J. and Ladd, P.G. (2000). Ecological characteristics Practice. CSIRO, Melbourne. pp. 159-166. of Brachychiton populneus (Sterculiaceae) (kurrajong) in relation Byrne, M. (2001). The role of genetics in the conservation and to the invasion of urban bushland in south-western Australia. utilization of Acacia. In: Abstracts: Society for Conservation Austral Ecology 25. pp. 487-496. Biology: Macquarie University, Sydney, July 13-16, 1998. Shire Burbidge, A. (2000). Brimming with birds: Cape Arid National Park. of Dalwallinu, Dalwallinu. pp. 1. Landscope 16(2). pp. 10-15. Byrne, M. and Macdonald B. (2000). Phylogeography and conservation Burbidge, A. (2000). Bristlebirds: they’re back!. Watsnu: the Newsletter of three oil mallee taxa, Eucalyptus kochii ssp. kochii, ssp. of the Western Australian Threatened Species and Communities plenissima and E. horistes. Australian Journal of Botany 48. pp. Unit 7(2). pp. 1-2. 305-312. Burbidge, A.A. (2000). Conservation of the biota of the megadiverse Byrne, M., MacDonald, B. and Francki, M. (2001). Incorporation of South-West Botanical Province, Australia. Australian Systematic sodium sulfite into extraction protocol minimizes degradation of Botany Society Newsletter 102. pp. 25-33. Acacia DNA. BioTechniques 30. pp. 742-743. Burbidge, A.A. (2000). Mammal translocations to Uluru-Kata Tjuta CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land National Park: some introductory comments. In: Biodiversity and Management, Western Australia (2000). CALMScience the Re-Introduction of Native Fauna at Uluru-Kata Tjuta National communications. - January-October 2000. Department of Park: Proceedings of the Uluru-Kuta Tjuta National Park Cross- Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-15. Cultural Workshop on Fauna Re-Introduction, September 1999. CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land Bureau of Rural Sciences, Canberra. pp. 57-63. Management, Western Australia (2000). CALMScience: Western Burbidge, A. (2000). Montebello renewal update. Watsnu: the Australian journal of conservation and land management. - Vol. Newsletter of the Western Australian Threatened Species and 3, no. 2. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Communities Unit 7(2). pp. 5. Western Australia, pp. 87-277. Burbidge, A.H. (2000). Western bristlebird annual report, 1999. CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Management, Western Australia (2000). Nuytsia. - Vol. 13, no. 2. Australia, pp. 1-4. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Burbidge, A.H. (2000). Western whipbird research plan: annual report Australia, pp. 265-409. 1999. Department of Conservation and Land Management, CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land Western Australia, pp. 1-15. Management, Western Australia (2000). Synopsis of Burbidge, A. (2001). Bristlebird translocation update. South Coast achievements of anticipated outputs and outcomes: strategic plan, Threatened Birds Newsletter 5. pp. 1-2. 1995-1999. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-43.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 105 APPENDICES

CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land Crombie, S. (2001). How much water do trees use?. Western Wildlife: Management, Western Australia (2001). Business plan, January Newsletter of the Land for Wildlife Scheme 5(1). pp. 11-12. 2001-June 2002. Department of Conservation and Land Crombie, S., Harper, R., Smettem, K., Williamson, D. and Farrington, Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-23. P. (2000). Reconciling productivity and drought risk in Eucalyptus CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land globulus: a regional perspective (ABSTRACT). In: Proceedings Management, Western Australia (2001). CALMScience of Conference Soils 2000: Making our Science more Useable, communications. - February 2001-April 2001. Department of Muresk Institute of Agriculture, Northam, Western Australia, 11- Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-10. 13 July, 2000. Australian Society of Soil Science (W.A. Branch), CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land Perth. pp. 199. Management, Western Australia (2001). CALMScience Davis, J.A., Halse, S.A. and Froend, R.H. (2001). Factors influencing communications. - November 2000-January 2001. Department biodiversity in coastal plain wetlands of southwestern Australia. of Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-8. In: Biodiversity in Wetlands: Assessment, Function and CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land Conservation. Volume 2. Elsevier, Amsterdam. Management, Western Australia (2001). CALMScience Division Dawes, G., Wallace, K. and Northfield, P. (2000). Astronomy 2001 : a business plan: January 2001-June 2002. Department of practical guide to the night sky. - Western Australian edn.. Quasar, Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-23. Strathfield. pp. 1-112. CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land De Tores, P. and Rosier, S. (2001). Operation Foxglove reaps rewards. Management, Western Australia (2001). CALMScience: Western Western Shield Apr. pp. 2. Australian journal of conservation and land management. - Vol. Dixon, K., Barrett, R. and Hollick, P. (2000). Orchid species interim 3, no. 4. Department of Conservation and Land Management, recovery plans ESU 00006460: final report submitted to the Western Australia, pp. 405-626. Commonwealth Threatened Species and Communities Section, CALMScience Division, Department of Conservation and Land Biodiversity Group, Environment Australia. Department of Management, Western Australia (2001). Nuytsia. - Vol. 13, no. 3. Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-52. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Dumbrell, I.C. and McGrath, J.F. (2000). Effect of fertiliser and growth Australia, pp. 410-616. rate on angle of spiral grain in young Pinus radiata in Western Clarke, K. and Langley, M. (2000). The vegetation and flora of the Australia. Australian Forestry 63. pp. 142-146. Acourt Road bushland, north Banjup, City of Canning, Jandakot Dumbrell, I.C. and McGrath, J.F. (2000). Soil water depletion by Pinus Regional Botanic Park: for the Bannister Creek Catchment Group pinaster plantations in the 400 mm to 600 mm rainfall zone of (Inc.). Wildflower Society of Western Australia, Nedlands. pp. 1-53. Western Australia. In: Soil 2000: new horizons for a new century: Coates, D.J. (2000). Defining conservation units in a rich and Australian and New Zealand second joint soils conference. Volume fragmented flora: implications for the management of genetic 3, poster papers. New Zealand Society of Soil Science, resources and evolutionary processes in south-west Australian Canterbury. pp. 59-60. plants. Australian Journal of Botany 48. pp. 329-339. Farr, J. (2000). Essigella californica (Monterey pine aphid): a new Coates, D.J. and Atkins, K.A. (2001). Priority setting and the pest of pines in Western Australia. Department of Conservation conservation of Western Australia’s diverse and highly endemic and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-7. flora. Biological Conservation 97. pp. 251-263. Farr, J.D., Dick, S.G., Williams, M.R. and Wheeler, I.B. (2000). Coates, D.J., Hopper, S.D. and Farrer, S.L. (2000). Genetics and Incidence of bullseye borer (Phoracantha acanthocera, (Macleay) conservation of Australian flora. Australian Journal of Botany 48. Cerambycidae) in 20-35 year old regrowth karri in the south west pp. 287-416. of Western Australia. Australian Forestry 63. pp. 107-123. Cochrane, A. (2001). Our frozen future. Landscope 16(4). pp. 23-27. FitzSimmons, N.N., Limpus C.J., Miller, J.D., Prince, R.I.T. and Moritz, Cochrane, A. (2001). Seed collection and long-term storage of some C. (2000). Male marine turtles: questions beyond gene flow. In: critically endangered and endangered taxa from the southwest of Proceedings of the Nineteenth Annual Symposium on Sea Turtle Western Australia: final report to BankWest Landscope Visa Biology and Conservation, 2-6 March, 1999, South Padre Island, Conservation Card Trust. Department of Conservation and Land Texas, U.S.A.. pp. 11-13. Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-5. Franke, B., Gurner, R. and Froend, R. (2001). Wetland vegetation Cochrane, A. and Barrett, S. (2000). Drummond’s grass: from monitoring, 2000/2001 (Salinity Action Plan). Edith Cowan presumed extinct to perched on mountain summits. Landscope University, Centre for Ecosystem Management, Joondalup. pp. 16(2). pp. 43-47. 1-260. Cochrane, A. and Monks, L. (2001). Partnerships in conservation: a Friend, T. (2000). Numbat Recovery Team: annual report, 1999. collaborative approach to recovery of Western Australia’s Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western threatened flora. In: Gardens 2001 Congress. pp. 1-2. Australia, pp. 1-20. Cochrane, A., Monks, L. and Juszkiewicz, S. (2000). Translocations Friend, J.A. (2000). Recovery of the numbat: a long road (POSTER trials for four threatened Western Australian plant taxa. Danthonia ABSTRACT). In: Australian Mammal Society 2000 Conference: 9(3). pp. 7-9. Program and Abstracts: Alice Springs, 12-14 April 2000. pp. 74. Cooper, D. (2000). What are the optimal within row spacings and Friend, J.A. (2001). Medium-term radio-tracking of dibblers, Fitzgerald number of rows for mallee belt plantings?. Dinkum Oil: Oil Mallee River NP: final report to BankWest Landscope Conservation Association of W.A. Newsletter 18. pp. 10. VisaCard. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Craig, G.F. and Coates, D.J. (2001). Declared rare and poorly known Western Australia, pp. 1-7. flora in the Esperance District. Department of Conservation and Friend, T. (2001). Tools of the trade. Landscope 16(3). pp. 41-47. Land Management, Western Australia, Wildlife Management Friend, T., Anthony, C. and Thomas, N. (2001). Return to Dryandra: Program 21. pp. 1-474. marsupials hop away from extinction. Landscope 16(4). pp. 10-16. Crane, C. and Shearer, B. (2001). Impact of Omphalotus nidiformis in Froend, R.H. and Loomes, R. (2001). Relationships between water a climax Banksia speciosa community (POSTER ABSTRACT). level, salinity and the emergent and fringing vegetation of Byenup- In: Fungimap National Conference 22-26 Jun 2001, Denmark, Muir wetlands: report to the Dept. of Conservation and Land W.A.. Management. Edith Cowan University, Centre for Ecosystem Management, pp. 1-26.

106 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 APPENDICES

Gathe, J. (2000). 10,000 vouchers. The Plant Press: Western Park Botanical Gardens, Western Australia, 14 February 2000. Australian Regional Herbaria Newsletter 82. pp. 3. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Gathe, J. (2000). Flora information systems and regional herbaria. Australia, pp. 1-5. The Plant Press: Western Australian Regional Herbaria Newsletter Harper, R.J. and Gilkes, R.J. (2001). Some factors affecting the 8. pp. 6. distribution of carbon in soils of a dryland agricultural system in Gathe, J. (2000). Herbarium celebrates a milestone. CALM News May/ southwestern Australia. In: Assessment Methods for Soil Carbon. Jun. pp. 4. Lewis Publishers, Boca Raton. pp. 577-591. Gathe, J. (2001). Coastcare grant. The Plant Press: Western Australian Harper, R.J., Hatton, T.J., Crombie, D.S. and Dawes, W. (2000). Phase Regional Herbaria Newsletter 9. pp. 1. farming with trees: a new weapon in the fight against dryland Gathe, J. (2001). Regional Herbari workshops 2000. The Plant Press: salinity?. In: Proceedings of Conference Soils 2000: Making our Western Australian Regional Herbaria Newsletter 9. pp. 2. Science more Useable, Muresk Institute of Agriculture, Northam, Gathe, J. (2001). Rottnest acquires herbarium. CALM News May/Jun. Western Australia, 11-13 July, 2000. Australian Society of Soil pp. 7. Science (W.A. Branch), Perth. pp. 74-79. Gathe, J. (2001). Tidy Towns talk. The Plant Press: Western Australian Harper, R.J., Hatton, T.J., Crombie, D.S. and Dawes, W. (2000). Phase Regional Herbaria Newsletter 9. pp. 3, 5-6. farming with trees: the acceleration of farm-forestry to combat Gaynor, A. (2000). Report on the history of the arrival of the feral cat dryland salinity. In: Soil 2000: new horizons for a new century: population in Western Australia. CALMScience 3. pp. 149-179. Australian and New Zealand second joint soils conference. Volume Gibson, N., Burbidge, A.H., Keighery, G.J. and Lyons, M.N. (2000). 3, poster papers. New Zealand Society of Soil Science, The temperate to arid transition of the Irwin-Carnarvon Canterbury. pp. 85-86. phytogeographic boundary, Western Australia. Records of the Harper, R.J., Hatton, T.J., Crombie, D.S., Dawes, W.R., Abbott, L.K., Western Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. 155-173. Challen, R.P. and House, C. (2000). Phase farming with trees: a Gibson, N. and Keighery, G.J. (2000). Flora and vegetation of the report for the RIRDC/LWRRDC/FWPRD Joint Venture Agroforestry Byenup-Muir reserve system, south-west Western Australia. Program. RIRDC publication 00/48. pp. 1-53. CALMScience 3. pp. 323-402. Harper, R.J., Mauger, G., Robinson, N., McGrath, J.F., Smettem, Gibson, N., Keighery, G. and Keighery, B. (2000). Threatened plant K.R.J., Bartle, J.R. and George, R.J. (2001). Manipulating communities of Western Australia. 1, the ironstone communities catchment water balance using plantation and farm forestry: case of the Swan and Scott coastal plains. Journal of the Royal Society studies from south-western Australia. In: Plantations, Farm of Western Australia 83. pp. 1-11. Forestry and Water: Proceedings of a National Workshop, 20-21 Gibson, N., Keighery, G.J. and Lyons, M.N. (2000). The flora and July, 2000, Melbourne. Rural Industries Research and vegetation of seasonal and perennial wetlands of the southern Development Corporation, Canberra. RIRDC Publication 01/20. Carnarvon Basin, Western Australia. Records of the Western pp. 44-50. Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. 175-199. Harper, R. and McGrath, J. (2000). Using soil survey for farm forestry Gibson, N., Keighery, G.J. and Lyons, M.N. (2001). Vascular flora of and greenhouse sink site selection and management. ACLEP Scott National Park, Camping Reserve 12951 and Gingilup Newsletter 9(1). pp. 8-13. Swamps Nature Reserve, Western Australia. CALMScience 3. Harper, R.J., McKissock, I., Gilkes, R.J., Carter, D.J. and Blackwell, pp. 411-432. P.S. (2000). A multivariate framework for interpreting the effects Gioia, P. and Pigott, J.P. (2000). Biodiversity assessment: a case study of soil properties, soil management and landuse on water in predicting richness from the potential distributions of plant repellency. Journal of Hydrology 231/232. pp. 371-383. species in the forests of south-western Australia. Journal of Harper, R.J., Ryan, P.J., Booth, T.H., McKenzie, N.J. and Gilkes, R.J. Biogeography 27. pp. 1065-1078. (2000). Overview of The Australian farm forestry site selection Graham, G., Start, T. and Kendrick, P. (2000). Methods. In: A Land manual. In: Proceedings Australian Forest Growers Biennial Management Assessment of Mandora Marsh and its Immediate Conference: Opportunities for the new Millennium, Cairns Surrounds, October 1999. Department of Conservation and Land Convention Centre, Queensland, Australia, September 4-6, 2000. Management, Western Australia, pp. 4-7. pp. 8-9. Groves, R.H., Hosking, J.R., Batianoff, G.N., Cooke, D.A., Cowie, I.D., Harper, R.J., Smettem, K.R.J. and Gilkes, R.J. (2000). Land Keighery, G.J., Lepschi, B.J., Rozefelds, A.C. and Walsh, N.G. assessment to integrate trees with agriculture for carbon (2000). The naturalised non-native flora of Australia: its sequestration, salinity control and profit. In: Soil 2000: new categorisation and threat to native plant biodiversity. CRC for horizons for a new century: Australian and New Zealand second Weed Management Systems, Adelaide. pp. 1-167. joint soils conference. Volume 2, oral papers. New Zealand Society Halse, S.A., Pearson, G.B., McRae, J.M. and Shiel, R.J. (2000). of Soil Science, Canterbury. pp. 129-130. Monitoring aquatic invertebrates and waterbirds at Toolibin and Harris, B. (2000). Perth Observatory vollie news. - April/May 2000. Walbyring lakes in the Western Australian wheatbelt. Journal of Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western the Royal Society of Western Australia 83. pp. 17-28. Australia, pp. 1-10. Halse, S., Shiel, R.J., Froend, R.H. and Cale, D.J. (2001). Biodiversity Harris, B. (2000). Perth Observatory vollie news. - January/February is multifaceted: cross-taxon congruence in species richness 2000. Department of Conservation and Land Management, patterns in wetlands (ABSTRACT). In: Final Program & Abstracts: Western Australia, pp. 1-6. Fenner Conference on the Environment 2001: Biodiversity Harris, B. (2000). Perth Observatory vollie news. - June 2000. Conservation in Freshwaters, 5-8 July 2001, Canberra. Australian Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Academy of Science, Canberra. pp. 35. Australia, pp. 1-3. Halse, S.A., Shiel, R.J., Storey, A.W., Edward, D.H.D., Lansbury, I., Harris, B. (2000). Perth Observatory vollie news. - March 2000. Cale, D.J. and Harvey, M.S. (2000). Aquatic invertebrates and Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western waterbirds of wetlands and rivers of the southern Carnarvon Basin, Australia, pp. 1-4. Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum Harvey, J.M., Alford, J.J., Longman, V.M. and Keighery, G.J. (2001). A Supplement 61. pp. 217-267. flora and vegetation survey of the islands of the Houtman Abrolhos, Harper, R.J. (2000). Site evaluation for farmland revegetation: paper Western Australia. CALMScience 3. pp. 521-623. presented to Restoration with Native Species Workshop, Kings

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 107 APPENDICES

Hingston, B. (2001). Growth plots established in Western Australia. Keighery, G. (2000). Salinity: 5th horseman of the Apocalypse. Agroforestry News 10(1). pp. 17. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Hislop, M. (2001). Collecting restiads. The Plant Press: Western Australia, pp. 1-10. Australian Regional Herbaria Newsletter 9. pp. 8. Keighery, G.J. (2000). Significant weed flora of the Greater Brixton Hobbs, R.J. and Yates, C.J. (2000). Priorities for action and Street Wetlands. In: The Greater Brixton Street Wetlands management guidelines. In: Temperate Eucalypt Woodlands in Management Guidelines, Natural History and Research. Friends Australia: Biology, Conservation, Management and Restoration. of the Brixton Street Wetlands, Perth. pp. 33-34. Surrey Beatty, Sydney. pp. 400-414. Keighery, G. (2000). Wheatbelt wonders under threat. Landscope Hobbs, R.J. and Yates, C.J. (2000). Temperate eucalypt woodlands 16(2). pp. 37-42. in Australia: an overview. In: Temperate Eucalypt Woodlands in Keighery, G.J. (2001). Calectasia browneana Keighery, K.W.Dixon & Australia: Biology, Conservation, Management and Restoration. R.L.Barrett. Nuytsia 13. pp. 419-424. Surrey Beatty, Sydney. pp. 1-5. Keighery, G.J. (2001). Calectasia gracilis Keighery. Nuytsia 13. pp. Hobbs, R.J. and Yates, C.J. (2000). Temperate eucalypt woodlands 424-426. in Australia: biology, conservation, management and restoration. Keighery, G.J. (2001). Cyperaceae of Western Australia. In: Knowing Surrey Beatty, Sydney. pp. 1-430. the Sedges of Perth: Background Papers for the Workshop held Hoey, B., Patrick, S. and Cochrane, A. (2000). Awash in colour: painting at Murdoch TAFE, April 28, 2001. South Metropolitan College of a path through the Murchison 2000. Department of Conservation TAFE, Murdoch. pp. 1-28. and Land Management, Western Australia, Landscope Keighery, G. (2001). Knowing the sedges of Perth: background and Expeditions 37. pp. 1-16. generic conspectus. In: Knowing the Sedges of Perth: Background Hoey, B., Patrick, S. and Cochrane, A. (2000). Awash in colour: painting Papers for the Workshop held at Murdoch TAFE, April 28, 2001. a path through the Murchison, August 4-13, 2000: expedition South Metropolitan College of TAFE, Murdoch. pp. 1-8. briefing. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Keighery, G.J. (2001). A new species of Chamaescilla (Anthericaceae) Western Australia, pp. 1-25. from Western Australia. Nuytsia 13. pp. 475-478. Hollebon, B. (2000). Make your own telescope mirror. Perth Keighery, G.J. (2001). A new subspecies of Isotropis cuneifolia Observatory, pp. 1-14. (Fabaceae). Nuytsia 13. pp. 471-474. Hollister, C., Coad, B., Campbell, R., Hislop, M. and Mahon, B.S. Keighery, G. (2001). Taxonomic notes on the genus Johnsonia (2000). WA index of taxonomic literature (current as at 10 August (Anthericaceae). Nuytsia 13. pp. 479-481. 2000). Department of Conservation and Land Management, Keighery, G.J., Keighery, B.J., Gibson, N. and Gunness, A.G. (2001). Western Australia, pp. 1-295. The vegetation and flora of the Quairading Nature Reserve, Shire Hopkins, A.J.M. (2000). Poorly conserved and potentially threatened of Quairading. Wildflower Society of Western Australia, Nedlands. vegetation types in the Western Australian wheatbelt. I, pp. 1-60. associations: Project no. N722, National Reserves System Keighery, G.J., Gibson, N., Lyons, M.N. and Burbidge, A.H. (2000). Cooperative Program, Environment Australia: first report. Flora and vegetation of the southern Carnarvon Basin, Western Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement Australia, pp. 1-42. 61. pp. 77-154. Hopkins, A.J.M. and Horwitz, P. (2000). Community and landscape Keighery, G., Halse, S. and McKenzie, N. (2001). Why wheatbelt decline in the moorrnongal-boodjar (ABSTRACT). In: Book of valleys are valuable and vulnerable: the ecology of wheatbelt Abstracts: International Symposium on Ecosystem Health, Carlton valleys and threats to their survival. In: Conference Papers: Crest, Brisbane, 12th-14th July, 2000. International Society for Dealing With Salinity in Wheatbelt Valleys: Processes, Prospects Ecosystem Health, Brisbane. pp. 1. and Practical Options, Merredin, 30 July-1 August 2001. State Hopkins, A.J.M. and Langley, M.A. (2000). West Midlands study: Salinity Council, Perth. pp. 55-65. project status report. Department of Conservation and Land Keighery, G.J., Halse, S., McKenzie, N., Gibson, N., Burbidge, A.H. Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-12. and Gomboso, J. (2000). Salinity: driving the catastrophic collapse Johnstone, R.E., Burbidge, A.H. and Stone. P. (2000). Birds of the of our ecosystem. Life Lines 6(3). pp. 29-30. southern Carnarvon Basin, Western Australia: distribution, status Keighery, G.J. and Keighery, B.J. (2000). Flora of the Greater Brixton and historical changes. Records of the Western Australian Street Wetlands. In: The Greater Brixton Street Wetlands Museum Supplement 61. pp. 371-448. Management Guidelines, Natural History and Research. Friends Kay, W.R., Halse, S.A., Scanlon, M.D. and Smith, M.J. (2001). of the Brixton Street Wetlands, Perth. pp. 15-33. Distribution and environmental tolerances of aquatic Keighery, G.J. and Keighery, B.J. (2001). Cyperaceae of the southern macroinvertebrate families in the agricultural zone of southwestern Swan Coastal Plain. In: Knowing the Sedges of Perth: Background Australia. Journal of the North American Benthological Society Papers for the Workshop held at Murdoch TAFE, April 28, 2001. 20. pp. 182-199. South Metropolitan College of TAFE, Murdoch. pp. 1-7. Kay, W., Scanlon, M. and Halse, S. (2000). AusRivAS in Western Keighery, G. and Keighery, B. (2001). Perth’s bushland plant Australia. Rivers for the Future 11. pp. 32-36. biodiversity. In: Skills for Nature Conservation: Seminar Series Keighery, B. and Keighery, G. (2001). Biology and weed risk of Program, 2001: Exploring Perth’s Unique Natural Environment, 9 Euphorbia terracina in Western Australia. In: Euphorbia terracina June 2001. pp. 1-2. (Geraldton Carnation Weed or Spurge): a Guide to its Biology Kendrick, P., van Leeuwen, S., Bromilow, B. and Hughes, M. (2000). and Control and Associated Safety Issues: Proceedings of a Rock pools and rugged ranges: wildlife of the Nullagine River, Workshop Conducted by Environmental Weeds Action Network, 2000. Department of Conservation and Land Management, 7 October 2000. Environmental Weeds Action Network, Perth. Western Australia, Landscope Expeditions 36. pp. 1-20. pp. 4-7. Kendrick, P., van Leeuwen, S., Hughes, M. and Bromilow, B. (2000). Keighery, G.J. (2000). Grevillea manglesioides subsp. ferricola Rock pools and rugged ranges: wildlife of the Nullagine River, Keighery, subsp. nov.. In: Flora of Australia. Volume 17A, May 22-31, 2000: expedition briefing. Department of Conservation Proteaceae 2, Grevillea. ABRS/CSIRO, Melbourne. pp. 497. and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-18. Keighery, G. (2000). Salinity: 5th horseman of the Apocalypse. Wildflower Society of Western Australia Newsletter 38(4). pp. 6-12.

108 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 APPENDICES

Kenneally, K., Coate, K., Edinger, D. and Morris, K. (2000). Montebellos organisation of a population of red foxes in a rangeland area in magic: sailing the Pilbara coast, 2000. Department of Conservation Western Australia. Wildlife Research 27. pp. 457-464. and Land Management, Western Australia, Landscope Martin, R. (2000). The detection of synthetic supernovae in galaxy Expeditions 40. pp. 1-24. images. Perth Observatory, pp. 1-9. Kenneally, K., Edinger, D., Coate, K. and Morris, K. (2000). Montebellos Maslin, B. (2000). Acacia seed for human consumption in the wheatbelt magic: sailing the Pilbara coast, October 21-29, 2000: expedition region of south-west Western Australia. In: Proceedings of Native briefing. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Foods Symposium, Muresk, 18 April 2000. Western Australia, pp. 1-23. Maslin, B.R. (2001). Australian dryland acacias with edible seeds Kinal, J. (2001). Using ground-based electromagnetic induction to (ABSTRACT). In: Acacia Symposium: the Conservation and estimate soil salt storage in south west forests: final report on Utilisation Potential of Australian Dryland Acacias: 13-14th July, SPP 1999/09. pp. 1-33. 2001, Dalwallinu, Western Australia. Shire of Dalwallinu, Lamont, B.B., Swanborough, P.W. and Ward, D. (2000). Plant size Dalwallinu. pp. 1. and season of burn affect flowering and fruiting of the grasstree Maslin, B.R. (2001). Is systematics critical for effective utilisation and Xanthorrhoea preissii. Austral Ecology 25. pp. 268-272. conservation of Acacia? (ABSTRACT). In: Acacia Symposium: Lander, N. (2000). Everlastings. Western Wildlife: Newsletter of the the Conservation and Utilisation Potential of Australian Dryland Land for Wildlife Scheme 4(4). pp. 6-7. Acacias: 13-14th July, 2001, Dalwallinu, Western Australia. Shire Lane, J., Jaensch, R., Lynch, R. and Elscot, S. (2001). Western of Dalwallinu, Dalwallinu. pp. 1-2. Australia. In: A Directory of Important Wetlands in Australia, 3rd McCarthy, A. (2001). Oil mallee establishment and carbon credits. edn.. Environment Australia, Canberra. http:// Dinkum Oil: Oil Mallee Association of W.A. Newsletter 19. pp. 11. www.environment.gov.au/wetlands/wet2.html pp. 103-115. McCauley, R.D., Fewtrell, J., Duncan, A.J., Jenner, C., Jenner, M.-N., Lepschi, B.J. (2000). A review of the genus Lythrum (Lythraceae) in Penrose, J.D., Prince, R.I.T., Adhitya, A., Murdoch, J. and McCabe, Western Australia, including typification of L. paradoxum. Nuytsia K. (2000). Marine seismic surveys: a study of environmental 13. pp. 273-282. implications. APPEA Journal 40. pp. 692-708. Lepschi, B.J. and Manning, J.C. (2000). A taxonomic review of the McCauley, R.D., Fewtrell, J., Duncan, A.J., Jenner, C., Jenner, M.-N., naturalized species of Babiana (Iridaceae) occurring in Western Penrose, J.D., Prince, R.I.T., Adhitya, A., Murdoch, J. and McCabe, Australia. Nuytsia 13. pp. 283-292. K. (2000). Marine seismic surveys: analysis and propagation of Lewington, M. (2000). The plant press : Western Australian Regional air-gun signals and effects of air-gun exposure on humpback Herbaria newsletter. - Volume 8. Department of Conservation and whales, sea turtles, fishes and squid: prepared for Australian Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-8. Petroleum Production Exploration Association. Curtin University Lewington, M. (2001). The plant press : Western Australian Regional of Technology, Centre for Marine Science and Technology, Perth. Herbaria newsletter. - Volume 9. Department of Conservation and pp. 1-198. Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-8. McCaw, L. (2000). Synopsis of the knowledge used in prescribed Lewington, M. (2001). Treasures of the Turquoise Coast: Jurien burning in Victoria, Kevin G. Tolhurst and N.P. Cheney (BOOK community conference. The Plant Press: Western Australian REVIEW). Australian Forestry 63. pp. 235. Regional Herbaria Newsletter 9. pp. 7. McCaw, L., Gould, J.S. and Cheney, N.P. (2001). Prediction of high- intensity forest fires in eucalypt forests (ABSTRACT). In: Liddelow, G. and Ward, B. (2000). Buckshot and breakaways: plants Conference proceedings: Forests in a Changing Landscape: 16th and animals of the Gibson Desert, 2000. Department of Commonwealth Forestry Conference jointly with the 19th Biennial Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, Conference of the Institute of Foresters of Australia, Fremantle, Landscope Expeditions 38. pp. 1-12. Western Australia, 18-25 April 2001. pp. 1. Liddelow, G., Ward, B., Adams, P. and Charand, O. (2000). Buckshots McCaw, L., Hagan, R. and Gould, J. (2001). Managing fire in regrowth and breakaways: plants and animals of the Gibson Desert, eucalypt forests. In: Intensive Management of Regrowth Forests September 4-15, 2000: expedition briefing. Department of for Wood Production in Australia: a Review of Current Practice Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-20. and Future Potential. CSIRO Forestry and Forest Products, Longman, V.M., Harvey, J.M. and Keighery, G.J. (2000). Bryophyllum Canberra. pp. 39-43. delagoense (Crassulaceae): a new weed for Western Australia McCaw, W.L., Smith, R.H. and Neal, J.E. (2000). Post fire recruitment and a potentially serious problem for the Abrolhos Island. Nuytsia of red tingle (Eucalyptus jacksonii) and karri (Eucalyptus 13. pp. 399-401. diversicolor) following low-moderate intensity prescribed fires near Lyons, M.N., Keighery, G.J., Gibson, N. and Wardell-Johnson, G. Walpole, south-west Western Australia. CALMScience 3. pp. 87-94. (2000). The vascular flora of the Warren bioregion, south-west McDonald, M.W. and Maslin, B.R. (2000). A taxonomic revision of Western Australia: composition, reservation status and endemism. salwoods: Acacia aulacocarpa Cunn. ex Benth. and its allies CALMScience 3. pp. 181-250. (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae: section Juliflorae). Australian Macfarlane, T. (2000). Useful native grasses in south west Western Systematic Botany 13. pp. 21-78. Australia. In: Native Grasses: Revegetation on Farms Information McEvoy P. and Pinder, A.M. (2000). Aquatic oligochaetes of South Kit. Agriculture Western Australia, pp. 1-5. Australia (POSTER ABSTRACT). In: Book of Abstracts: VIII Marchant, N. (2000). Karri forest in microcosm: William Bay National International Symposium on Aquatic Oligochaeta: Bilbao, 18-22 Park. Landscope 16(1). pp. 42-47. July 2000. University of the Basque Country, Bilbao, Spain. pp. 64. Marchant, N. (2000). We need operating funds. The Plant Press: McKenna, S. and Burrows, N. (2001). Colin a finalist in top science Western Australian Regional Herbaria Newsletter 8. pp. 1, 4. awards. CALM News May/Jun. pp. 5. Marchant, N. (2001). The CALM Herbarium’s Weed Information McKenzie, N.L., Hall, N. and Muir, W.P. (2000). Non-volant mammals Network (WIN). Western Wildlife: Newsletter of the Land for of the southern Carnarvon basin, Western Australia. Records of Wildlife Scheme 5(2). pp. 12. the Western Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. 479-510. Marchant, N. (2001). Funding issues. The Plant Press: Western McKenzie, N.L., Halse, S.A. and Gibson, N. (2000). Some gaps in the Australian Regional Herbaria Newsletter 9. pp. 1. reserve system of the southern Carnarvon Basin, Western Marlow, N.J., Thomson, P.C., Algar, D., Rose, K., Kok, N.E. and Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement Sinagra, J.A. (2000). Demographic characteristics and social 61. pp. 547-567.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 109 APPENDICES

McKenzie, N.L., Keighery, G.J., Gibson, N. and Rolfe, J.K. (2000). of Wellington, 11-17 February 2001. Victoria University of Patterns in the biodiversity of terrestrial environments in the Wellington, Wellington. pp. 32. southern Carnarvon Basin, Western Australia. Records of the Morris, K., Liddelow, G. and Johnson, B. (2000). Beyond the dreaming: Western Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. 511-546. Project Eden, September 22-29, 2000: expedition briefing. McKenzie, N.L. and Muir, W.P. (2000). Bats of the southern Carnarvon Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Basin, Western Australia. Records of the Western Australian Australia, pp. 1-17. Museum Supplement 61. pp. 465-477. Morris, K., Speldewinde P. and Orell, P. (2000). Djoongari (Shark Bay McKenzie, N.L., Rolfe, J.K., Aplin, K., Cowan, M. and Smith, L.A. mouse) recovery plan, 1992-2001. - 3rd edn.. Department of (2000). Herpetofauna of the southern Carnarvon basin, Western Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, Wildlife Australia. Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement Management Program 17. pp. 1-16. 61. pp. 335-360. Morris, K., Varley, J., Liddelow, G. and Ward, B. (2000). Beyond the McNamara, K., Brandis, T. and Hopkins, A. (2000). Filling the gaps: dreaming: Project Eden, 2000. Department of Conservation and building a reserve system in the Gascoyne-Murchison region. Land Management, Western Australia, Landscope Expeditions Landscope 15(4). pp. 43-48. 39. pp. 1-12. Millar, M.A., Byrne, M., Coates, D.J., Stukely, M.J.C. and McComb, Nguyen, V. (2000). A diet study of Australia’s most critically endangered J.A. (2000). Mating system studies in jarrah, Eucalyptus marginata mammal, Gilbert’s potoroo, Potorous gilbertii (Marsupialia: (Myrtaceae). Australian Journal of Botany 48. pp. 475-479. Potoroidae). Thesis (B.Sc.(Hons.)) — Edith Cowan University. pp. Miller, J., Maslin, B.R., Andrew, R. and Bayer, R. (2001). Towards an 1-104. understanding of variation within the mulga complex (Acacia anura Obbens, F. (2000). Critically endangered W.A. flora: monitoring and and relatives) using nuclear DNA techniques (ABSTRACT). In: weed control research (1998 to 2000): ESP project number 564: Acacia Symposium: the Conservation and Utilisation Potential of final report submitted to the Commonwealth Threatened Species Australian Dryland Acacias: 13-14th July, 2001, Dalwallinu, and Communities Section, Biodiversity Group, Environment Western Australia. Shire of Dalwallinu, Dalwallinu. pp. 1. Australia. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Monks, L. and Coates, D. (2001). The translocation of two critically Western Australia, pp. 1-52. endangered Acacia species (POSTER ABSTRACT). In: Acacia Paczkowska, G. and Chapman, A.R. (2000). The Western Australian Symposium: the Conservation and Utilisation Potential of flora: a descriptive catalogue. Wildflower Society of Western Australian Dryland Acacias: 13-14th July, 2001, Dalwallinu, Australia, Nedlands. pp. 1-652. Western Australia. Shire of Dalwallinu, Dalwallinu. pp. 1. Patrick, S.J. (2000). Threatened flora management plan for CALM’s Monks, L. and Gibson, N. (2000). Changes in peripheral vegetation Geraldton District: project no. 446: annual report, January 2000. of the Peel-Harvey Estuary 1994-1998. Department of Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-98. Australia, pp. 1-4. Moore, R. (2001). Eucalypts for sawlogs: a pilot project in Western Patrick, S. (2001). Awash with colour : a Landscope Expedition with a Australia. Agroforestry News 10(1). pp. 16. difference. Landscope 16(3). pp. 28-35. Moro, D. (2001). Evaluation and cost benefits of controlling house Patrick, S. (2001). Botanical survey with the aid of volunteers: a study mice Mus domesticus on islands: an example from Thevenard of the vegetation on a Murchison station (POSTER ABSTRACT). Island, Western Australia (ABSTRACT). In: Eradication of Island In: Acacia Symposium: the Conservation and Utilisation Potential Invasives: Practical Actions and Results Achieved at the University of Australian Dryland Acacias: 13-14th July, 2001, Dalwallinu, of Auckland, 19-23 February 2001. IUCN Species Survival Western Australia. Shire of Dalwallinu, Dalwallinu. pp. 1. Commission, Invasive Species Specialist Group, Auckland. pp. 26. Patrick, S. (2001). Declared rare and poorly known flora in the Moro, D. and Morris, K. (2000). Population structure and dynamics of Geraldton District. Department of Conservation and Land sympatric house mice, Mus domesticus, and Lakeland Downs Management, Western Australia, Wildlife Management Program short-tailed mice, Leggadina lakedownensis, on Thevenard Island, 26. pp. 1-664. Western Australia. Wildlife Research 27. pp. 257-268. Patrick, S.J. and Brown, A.P. (2001). Declared rare and poorly known Morris, K. (2000). Dasyurid recovery in Western Australia: the role of flora in the Moora district. Department of Conservation and Land captive breeding and translocation (ABSTRACT). In: Marsupial Management, Western Australia, Wildlife Management Program CRC Science Meeting, Akaroa, NZ 17-20 February 2000. 28. pp. 1-639. Morris, K. (2000). Fauna translocations in Western Australia, 1971- Pearson, D. (2000). Great desert skink. Landscope 16(2). pp. 36. 1999: an overview. In: Biodiversity and the Re-Introduction of Pearson, D. (2000). Research project: mulgaras and associated rare Native Fauna at Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park: Proceedings of dasyurids of the north-eastern goldfields: annual report 2000 for the Uluru-Kuta Tjuta National Park Cross-Cultural Workshop on Western Mining Corporation, Mt Keith Operations. Department of Fauna Re-Introduction, September 1999. Bureau of Rural Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-10. Sciences, Canberra. pp. 64-74. Pearson, D. and Jones, B. (2000). Lancelin Island Skink recovery Morris, K.D. (2000). The status and conservation of native rodents in plan. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia. Wildlife Research 27. pp. 405-419. Western Australia, Wildlife Management Program 22. pp. 1-14. Morris, K. (2000). Western Shield: the recovery of W.A.’s vertebrate Pearson, D. and Turner, J. (2000). Marsupial moles pop up in the fauna (ABSTRACT). In: Australian Association of Veterinary Great Victoria and Gibson deserts. Australian Mammology 22. Conservation Biologists Annual Conference 26 June, 2000. pp. 115-119. Morris, K.D. (2001). The control of the introduced black rat on Barrow Pearson, G., Goeij, P. de, Honkoop, P., Lavaleye, M., Piersma, T. and and adjacent islands off the north west coast of Western Australia Rogers, D. (2000). Flying for a feast: shorebird heaven on the (ABSTRACT). In: Eradication of Island Invasives: Practical Actions Eighty Mile Beach, October 8-14, 2000: expedition briefing. and Results Achieved at the University of Auckland, 19-23 Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western February 2001. IUCN Species Survival Commission, Invasive Australia, pp. 1-20. Species Specialist Group, Auckland. pp. 26. Perth Observatory (2000). Stars and telescopes: Perth Observatory Morris, K.D. and Burbidge, A.A. (2001). Translocations of threatened tours, September 2000 to August 2001 (PAMPHLET). Department vertebrates to islands and peninsulas in Western Australia of Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. (ABSTRACT). In: The Ecology of Insular Biotas, Victoria University 1-6.

110 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 APPENDICES

Pilbeam, R.A., Colquhoun, I.J., Shearer, B. and Hardy, G.E. St. J. Rye, B.L. and Trudgen, M.E. (2000). Aluta, a new Australian genus of (2000). Phosphite concentration: its effect on phytotoxicity Myrtaceae. Nuytsia 13. pp. 345-366. symptoms and colonisation by Phytophthora cinnamomi in three Rye, B.L. and Trudgen, M.E. (2001). A taxonomic revision of understorey species of Eucalyptus marginata forest. Australasian Thryptomene section Thryptomene (Myrtaceae). Nuytsia 13. pp. Plant Pathology 29. pp. 86-95. 509-528. Pinder, A.M. (2000). Diversity and zoogeography of freshwater Sage, L.W. (2000). New taxa in Goodenia (Goodeniaceae) from the oligochaetes from Australia (ABSTRACT). In: Book of Abstracts: south-west of Western Australia, with an update to the Goodenia VIII International Symposium on Aquatic Oligochaeta: Bilbao, 18- key in the Flora of Australia. Nuytsia 13. pp. 367-377. 22 July 2000. University of the Basque Country, Bilbao, Spain. Sage, L.W. (2001). New taxa in Goodenia (Goodeniaceae) from the pp. 75. Kimberley region of Western Australia. Nuytsia 13. pp. 529-536. Pinder, A.M. and Brinkhurst, R.O. (2000). A review of the Tubificidae Sage, L.W., Lloyd, S.G. and Pigott, J.P. (2000). Sagittaria platyphylla (Annelida: Oligochaeta) from Australian inland waters. Memoirs (Alismataceae), a new aquatic weed threat in Western Australia. of Museum Victoria 58. pp. 39-75. Nuytsia 13. pp. 403-405. Pinder, A.M. and Erséus, C. (2000). New Phreodrilidae (Annelida: Shearer, B.L. and Smith, I.W. (2000). Diseases of eucalypts caused Clitellata) from Tasmanian estuaries. Papers and Proceedings of by soilborne species of Phytophthora and Pythium. In: Diseases the Royal Society of Tasmania 134. pp. 29-33. and Pathogens of Eucalypts. CSIRO, Collingwood. pp. 259-291. Pinder, A.M., Halse, S.A., Shiel, R.J. and McRae, J.M. (2000). Granite Shiel, R.J., Green, J.D. and Halse, S.A. (2001). Copepods of outcrop pools in south-western Australia: foci of diversification ephemeral waters in arid and temperate Australia. In: Program & and refugia for aquatic invertebrates. Journal of the Royal Society Abstracts: Fifth International Crustacean Congress and Summer of Western Australia 83. pp. 149-161. 2001 Meeting of The Crustacean Society, 9-13 July 2001, the Pinder, A.M., Halse, S.A., Shiel, R.J., McRae, J.M., Cale, D.J. and University of Melbourne, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia. University Pennifold, M.G. (2001). Diversity, endemism and conservation of of Melbourne, Melbourne. pp. 132. the invertebrate fauna of saline wetlands in south-western Simmons, L.W., Beesley, L., Lindhjem, P., Newbound, D., Norris, J. Australia. In: Book of Abstracts: Societas Internationalis and Wayne, A. (2000). Nuptial feeding by male bushcrickets: an Limnologiae 2001, XXVIII Congress, Monash University, indicator of male quality?. Behavioral Ecology 10. pp. 263-269. Melbourne, Australia. Monash University, Melbourne. pp. 167. Smith, G.T. and McKenzie, N.L. (2000). Biogeography of scorpion Porter, W.M., Bartle, J. and Cooper, D. (2001). Fitting perennials into communities in the southern Carnarvon Basin, Western Australia. an annual world. In: Conference Papers: Dealing With Salinity in Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. Wheatbelt Valleys: Processes, Prospects and Practical Options, 269-279. Merredin, 30 July-1 August 2001. State Salinity Council, Perth. Speldewinde, P. and Morris, K. (2000). The re-introduction of the pp. 127-148. woylie, Bettongia penicillata, to Peron Peninsula, Shark Bay Prince, R.I.T. (2000). The Western Australian Marine Turtle Project. (ABSTRACT). In: Australian Mammal Society 2000 Conference: In: Sea Turtles of the Indo-Pacific: Research, Management & Program and Abstracts: Alice Springs, 12-14 April 2000. pp. 22. Conservation. ASEAN Academic Press, London. pp. 94-99. Spooner, A. and Gioia, P. (2001). Gaps in our knowledge of the Prince, R.I.T. (2001). Aerial survey of the distribution and abundance distribution of our flora. The Plant Press: Western Australian of dugongs and associated macrovertebrate fauna: Pilbara coastal Regional Herbaria Newsletter 9. pp. 4. and offshore region, WA: completion report. Department of Start, A.N., Anstee, S.D. and Endersby, M. (2000). A review of the Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-39. biology and conservation status of the ngadji Pseudomys Robinson, R.M. (2000). The effect of wildfire on the fruiting of chapmani Kitchener, 1980 (Rodentia: Muridae). CALMScience 3. macrofungi in regrowth karri forests. II, results from the second pp. 125-147. year of monitoring: SPP 98/0015 progress report. Department of Start, T. and Graham, G. (2000). Quadrat analysis. In: A Land Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-26. Management Assessment of Mandora Marsh and its Immediate Robinson, R.M. (2001). The effect of wildfire on the fruiting of Surrounds, October 1999. Department of Conservation and Land macrofungi. III, results from the third year of monitoring: SPP 98/ Management, Western Australia, pp. 59-65. 0015 progress report. Department of Conservation and Land Start, A.N., Handasyde, T. and Barrett, R.L. (2001). Environmental Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-30. management issues on the Yampi Sound Defence Training Area Robinson, R. (2001). Fruits of fire. Landscope 16(4). pp. 48-53. (YSTA), Derby, Western Australia: recommendations for the Robinson, R.M., Sturrock, R.N., Davidson, J.J., Ekramoddoullah, Australian Heritage Commission. Department of Conservation and A.K.M. and Morrison, D.J. (2000). Detection of a chitinase-like Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-9. protein in the roots of Douglas-fir trees infected with Armillaria Start, T. and Kendrick, P. (2000). Fauna. In: A Land Management ostoyae and Phellinus weirii. Tree Physiology 20. pp. 493-502. Assessment of Mandora Marsh and its Immediate Surrounds, Rolfe, J.K. and McKenzie N.L. (2000). Comparison of methods used October 1999. Department of Conservation and Land to capture herpetofauna: an example from the Carnarvon Basin. Management, Western Australia, pp. 33-45. Records of the Western Australian Museum Supplement 61. pp. Storey, A.W., Halse, S.A. and Shiel, R. (2000). Aquatic fauna and 360-370. water chemistry. In: A Land Management Assessment of Mandora Ryan, P. and Brand, J. (2001). Sandalwood: a lucrative solution to Marsh and its Immediate Surrounds, October 1999. Department salinity problem. CALM News Jan/Feb. pp. 6. of Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. Rye, B.L. (2000). (1472) Proposal to conserve the name Dicrastylis 66-77. against Lachnocephalus and Mallophora (Prostantheroideae: Thomas, N.D. and Whisson, L. (2001). Farewell felines of Faure: Lamiaceae). Taxon 49. pp. 815-816. follow-up survey of feral cats on Faure Island. Department of Rye, B.L. (2000). Brachysola (Lamiaceae: Prostantheroideae), a new Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-5. Western Australian genus. Nuytsia 13. pp. 331-338. Thomson, P.C. and Algar, D. (2000). The uptake of dried meat baits Rye, B.L. (2000). Trymalium monospermum (Rhamnaceae), a new by foxes and investigations of baiting rates in Western Australia. species from south-western Australia. Nuytsia 13. pp. 339-343. Wildlife Research 27. pp. 451-456. Rye, B.L. (2001). A taxonomic update of Stenanthemum (Rhamnaceae: Thomson, P.C., Marlow, N.J., Rose, K. and Kok, N.E. (2000). The Pomaderreae) in Western Australia. Nuytsia 13. pp. 495-507. effectiveness of a large-scale baiting campaign and an evaluation

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 111 APPENDICES

of a buffer zone strategy for fox control. Wildlife Research 27. pp. Wayne, A., Wheeler, I., Ward, C., Rooney, J. and Mellican, A. (2001). 465-472. The impacts of timber harvesting and associated activities on the Tommerup, I.C., Dobrowolski, M.P., Hüberli, D., O’Brien, P.A., Hardy, small terrestrial vertebrates of the jarrah forest: Kingston Project G.E. St. J. and Shearer, B.L. (2000). Risks and threats due to progress report. Department of Conservation and Land genetic variation in Phytophthora cinnamomi for disease Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-37. management in natural vegetation ecosystems. In: Phytophthora Webb, B., Murphy, D., Harper, R., Warren, J. and Jasper, D. (2000). Diseases of Forest Trees: IUFRO Working Party 70.02.09 First Tree-crops can increase the labile soil organic matter content in International Meeting on Phytophthoras in Forest and Wildland sandy soils of Western Australia (ABSTRACT). In: Remade Lands: Ecosystems, Grants Pass, Oregon, USA, August 30-September International Conference on the Remediation and Management 3 1999. pp. 55-63. of Degraded Lands: Book of Abstracts, Fremantle, Western Utting, M. (2000). Astronomy in Western Australia. Volume III, 1940- Australia, 30 November-2 December 2000. Murdoch University, 1962. Perth Observatory, pp. 1-131. Institute for Environmental Science, Murdoch. pp. 156-157. Van Heurck, P.F., Burbidge, T. and Wheeler, I. (2000). Invertebrate Wheeler, I. (2001). Owls in the south west of Western Australia. biodiversity in the tingle and other forests of the Walpole-Nornalup Western Wildlife: Newsletter of the Land for Wildlife Scheme 5(1). National Park in south western Australia. Department of pp. 5-6. Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-80. Wheeler, J.R. (2000). Hibbertia porongurupensis, a new name for a Vernes, T. (2000). Sandalwood research newsletter. - Issue 9. species of Dilleniaceae endemic to the Porongurup Range. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Nuytsia 13. pp. 395-398. Australia, pp. 1-5. Wheeler, J.R. (2000). Review of Hibbertia mucronata and its allies Vernes, T. (2000). Sandalwood research newsletter. - Issue 10. (Dilleniaceae). Nuytsia 13. pp. 379-394. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Wheeler, J.R., Marchant, N.G. and Robinson, C.J. (2001). Agonis Australia, pp. 1-8. fragrans (Myrtaceae), a new species from Western Australia. Vernes, T. (2000). Sandalwood research newsletter. - Issue 11. Nuytsia 13. pp. 567-570. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Whitford, K.R. (2001). Dimensions of tree hollows used by birds and Australia, pp. 1-8. mammals in the jarrah forest: improving the dimensional Vernes, T. (2000). Santalum album in the Top End, Northern Territory, description of potentially usable hollows. CALMScience 3. pp. Australia. Sandalwood Research Newsletter 9. pp. 2-3. 499-511. Vernes, T. (2001). Preliminary results from Santalum macgregorii ex Whitford, K.R. and Williams, M.R. (2001). Survival of jarrah (Eucalyptus situ conservation planting. Sandalwood Research Newsletter 13. marginata Sm.) and marri (Corymbia calophylla Lindl.) habitat pp. 6-7. trees retained after logging. Forest Ecology and Management 146. Vernes, T. (2001). Sandalwood research newsletter. - Issue 12. pp. 181-197. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Wilkinson, C.J., Shearer, B.L., Jackson, T.J. and Hardy, G.E. St. J. Australia, pp. 1-8. (2001). Variation in sensitivity of Western Australian isolates of Vernes, T. (2001). Sandalwood research newsletter. - Issue 13. Phytophthora cinnamomi to phosphite in vitro. Plant Pathology Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western 50. pp. 83-89. Australia, pp. 1-8. Williams, A. (2000). Perth Observatory DNS and WWW proxy services. Ward, D. (2000). Trouble in the tuart: a brief fire history. Department Perth Observatory, pp. 1-5. of Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. Williams, A. (2000). An unusually late marbled Xenica observation. 1-25. Newsletter of the Western Australian Insect Study Society Apr. Ward, D.J. and Lamont, B.B. (2000). Probability of grasstrees pp. 4. (Xanthorrhoea preissii) flowering after fire. Journal of the Royal Williams, A.R. (2001). An illustrated key to the perennial grasses of Society of Western Australia 83. pp. 13-16. the Avon wheatbelt of Western Australia. Western Australian Wardell-Johnson, G.W. (2000). Responses of forest eucalypts to Herbarium, Perth. pp. 1-43. moderate and high intensity fire in the tingle mosaic, south-western Williams, A. (2001). Long-tailed pea-blue (Lampides boeticus). Australia: comparisons between locally endemic and regionally Newsletter of the Western Australian Insect Study Society Feb. distributed species. Austral Ecology 25. pp. 409-421. pp. 2-3. Wardell-Johnson, G. and Williams, M. (2000). Edges and gaps in Williams, A.A.E. and Powell, R.J. (2000). Butterflies on Rottnest Island. mature karri forest, south-western Australia: logging effects on Landscope 15(4). pp. 23-27. bird species abundance and diversity. Forest Ecology and Williams, M. (2000). Northern butterflies visiting Perth. Newsletter of Management 131. pp. 1-21. the Western Australian Insect Study Society Feb. pp. 4-5. Watts, C.H.S. and Pinder, A. (2000). Two new species of Antiporus Williams, M.R. (2001). Grasstrees and woody plants as bio-indicators Sharp from Western Australia (Coleoptera: Dytiscidae). Records of past growing conditions and the patchiness of past fires: final of the South Australian Museum 33. pp. 17-19. report to the Department of Conservation and Land Management. Wayne, A., Rooney, J., Ward, C., Wheeler, I. and Mellican, A. (2001). Curtin University of Technology, Perth. pp. 1-15. Spotlight surveys to investigate the impacts of timber harvesting Williams, M. (2001). More on wedge skippers. Newsletter of the and associated activities within the jarrah forest of Kingston State Western Australian Insect Study Society Jun. pp. 8. Forest, with particular reference to the koomal (Trichosurus Willing, T. and Handasyde, T. (2000). Vegetation & flora. In: A Land vulpecula) and ngwayir (Pseudocheirus occidentalis): Kingston Management Assessment of Mandora Marsh and its Immediate Project progress report. Department of Conservation and Land Surrounds, October 1999. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-30. Management, Western Australia, pp. 19-32. Wayne, A., Ward, C., Rooney, J. and Wheeler, I. (2000). The immediate Wills, A., Tay, F., Stukely, M. and Burbidge, T. (2000). Crown decline impacts of timber harvesting and associated activities on the in wandoo, 1999-2000. Department of Conservation and Land ngwayir (Pseudocheirus occidentalis) in the jarrah forest of Management, Western Australia, pp. 1-17. Kingston State Forest Block: progress report, December 2000. Wilson, P.G. (2001). Leiocarpa, a new Australian genus of the Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Asteraceae tribe Gnaphalieae. Nuytsia 13. pp. 595-605. Australia, pp. 1-46.

112 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 APPENDICES

Wilson, P.G. (2001). Leptorhynchos (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae), notes, salmonophloia (salmon gum) remnant woodlands: effects of new taxa and a lectotypification. Nuytsia 13. pp. 607-611. restoration treatments. 8. pp. 135-143. Wilson, P. (2001). Salacious samphires. Western Wildlife: Newsletter Yates, C.J., Hobbs, R.J. and True, D.T. (2000). The distribution and of the Land for Wildlife Scheme 5(2). pp. 6-8. status of eucalypt woodlands in Western Australia. In: Temperate Yates, C., Coates, D. and Cochrane, A. (2000). Verticordia (6) interim Eucalypt Woodlands in Australia: Biology, Conservation, recovery plans (implementation): ESU 00006465: final report Management and Restoration. Surrey Beatty, Sydney. pp. 86- submitted to the Commonwealth Threatened Species and 106. Communities Section, Biodiversity Group, Environment Australia. Yates, C.J., Norton, D.A. and Hobbs, R.J. (2000). Grazing effects on Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western plant cover, soil and microclimate in fragmented woodlands in Australia, pp. 1-41. south-western Australia: implications for restoration. Austral Yates, C., Cochrane, A., Buist, M. and Coates, D. (2000). Acacia (6) Ecology 25. pp. 36-47. interim recovery plans (implementation): ESU 00006465: final Young, A.M., Bougher, N.L. and Robinson, R.M. (2000). report submitted to the Commonwealth Threatened Species and Hygrophoraceae of Western Australia. II, further taxa. Communities Section, Biodiversity Group, Environment Australia. Australasian Mycologist pp. 41-48. Department of Conservation and Land Management, Western Yung, F.H. (2001). Literature review in sustainability, stochastic Australia, pp. 1-64. methods & PVA and nonlinear dynamics (chaos) for ecological Yates, C.J., Hobbs, R.J. and Atkins, L. (2000). Establishment of modelling. Department of Conservation and Land Management, perennial shrub and tree species in degraded Eucalyptus Western Australia, pp. 1-56.

ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002 113 APPENDICES

114 ANNUAL REPORT 2001–2002